1

INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC COMPOUNDS 5. If a bond is made up of a large number of organic b) H2O 3. Ten covalent bonds in the Lewis structure of Propane
compound, then the bond is termed as? c) CO2 will account for how many valence electrons?
CHEMICAL BOND a) Ionic bond d) NaCl a) 10
1. Which among the following chemical bond were b) Metallic bond View Answer b) 20
c) Covalent bond c) 14
described by Kossel and Lewis? Answer: b
a) Metallic bond d) Dipolar bond d) 12
View Answer Water H2O is both a molecule and a compound. This is View Answer
b) Polar covalent bond because the atoms which make them are not the same.
c) Coordinate bond Answer: c Answer: b
d) Ionic and Covalent bond Explanation: This is because they have the tendency to 10. Bond energy and the corresponding bond length vary Explanation: From the Molecular formula of Propane
View Answer transfer electrons. directly with each other. comment whether the statement (C3H8), 3C has 3*4=12 valence electrons and 8H has 8*1=8
is true or false. valence electrons and hence total valence electrons is
Answer: d 6. Which among the following is not an example of a) True
Explanation: Both Ionic and Covalent bond arise from the given by their sum: 12+8=20.
hydrogen bond? b) False
tendency of atoms to attain stable configuration of a) H20 View Answer 4. What is the hybridization of oxygen in water?
electrons. b) Liquid HCl a) sp
c) NH3 Answer: b b) sp2
2. Which among the following is not a property of Ionic Explanation: Smaller the bond energy, greater will be the
bond? d) CHCl3 c) sp3
View Answer bond length and vice versa and hence the two vary 4) sp3d
a) Losing of electrons inversely with each other. View Answer
b) Gain of electrons Answer: b
c) Sharing of electrons Explanation: There is no hydrogen bond in liquid HCl since Answer: c
d) Transfer of electrons the bond breaks up when dissolved in water. Explanation: water has a linear shape as hydrogen shares
View Answer HYBRID ORBITALS
its electron with p-orbital.
7. Atoms undergo bonding in order to ?
Answer: c 1. The energy which must be transferred to any atom to
a) Attain stability 5. The electronegativity difference between the covalently
Explanation: Ionic bond results from a), b) and d). But the dislodge an electron is called?
b) Lose stability bonded atoms is
transfer of electrons is a property of Covalent bond. a) Free energy
c) Move freely a) Less than 0
b) Ionization Energy
d) increase energy b) 0-0.3
3. Which among the following formation is not an example c) Quantum mechanical energy
View Answer c) 0.3-1.7
of Covalent bond? d) Dissociation Energy
a) LiF View Answer d) Over 1.7
Answer: a View Answer
b) NH3 Explanation: Atoms undergo bonding to attain stable
c) CF4 Answer: b
electronic configuration and to gain energy. Answer: b
d) HF Explanation: If the energy is absorbed it is called
endothermic and if the energy is released it is called Explanation: The electronegativity difference between
View Answer 8. An atom differs from its ion in which among the covalent bond atoms is 0-0.3, whereas for polar covalent
following ? exothermic energy.
bonded atoms it is between 0.3-1.7 and for ionic it is over
Answer: a a) Mass number
Explanation: LiF (Lithium Fluoride) is an example of Ionic 2. Potassium Ion K+ has the same electronic configuration 1.7.
b) Atomic number
bond, as the formation takes place by transfer of electrons as that of which noble gases mentioned below ?
c) Neutrons 6. What is the hybridization of Carbon atom in CF4?
and not by sharing. a) Krypton
d) Number of protons a) sp2
b) Xenon
4. State whether the given statement is true or false “Ionic View Answer c) Argon b) sp
c) sp3d
bonds are non-directional” Answer: d d) Radon
d) sp3
a) True Explanation: When an atom loses or gains electrons its View Answer
View Answer
b) False forms its corresponding ion, and hence it differs in proton
View Answer Answer: c
number. Explanation: Potassium has atomic number 19, hence it Answer: d
Answer: a has 19 electrons and therefore K+ has 18 electrons, which Explanation: CF4 has a tetrahedral structure and carbon in
9. Which among the following is both a molecule and a it has a hybridization of sp3.
Explanation: The ionic bond breaks up when dissolved in compound? is the same as noble gas Argon.
water and allow the charged particles to move freely. a) C6 H12 O6
 2

7. Which one has zero dipole moment? b) Linear d) non- stability a) Methanol
a) C6H6 c) Tetrahedral View Answer b) Ethanol
b) NH3 d) Pyramidal c) Water
c) H2S View Answer Answer: c d) Both methanol and water
d) NO Explanation: A crystalline solid is one which possesses View Answer
View Answer Answer: a perfect geometry, high stability, symmetric and regularly
Explanation: It forms a single bond with one oxygen atom, arranged. Answer: d
Answer: a double bond with another oxygen atom and there exists Explanation: Like water, it is a liquid with boiling point
Explanation: The ring of benzene is completely closed and one more non-bonded atom. Thus, it forms a trigonal 6. Melting is process which can be stated by the below which is abnormally high for a compound of its size and
is of perfect stability and hence it has zero dipole moment. planar structure. statements except, polarity.
a) Change from a highly disordered stated to an ordered
8. Which one have both sigma and pi bonds? 2. In which molecule there is a complete linear state 10. Which among the following does not match with the
a) H2S arrangement of all atoms? b) Change from particles in crystal lattice to liquid state term solubility?
b) NO2 a) BF3 c) Thermal energy of particles overcome the a) The structural units get separated from each other
c) HClO b) NH3 intercrystalline forces that hold them b) The ion-dipole bond is very strong
d) NaCN c) CO2 d) Change from low temperature to high temperature c) The spaces in between the structures are occupied by
View Answer d) CH4 View Answer solvent molecules
View Answer d) The electrostatic attraction between the oppositely
Answer: d Answer: a charged ions and their corresponding ends are called ion-
Explanation: In NaCN both double bond and triple bond is Answer: c Explanation: Melting is a process which proceeds by dipole bond
present and hence it has both sigma Explanation: BF3 has trigonal planar structure,NH3 has a changing from a highly ordered state to a disordered state. View Answer
and pi bonds. trigonal bipyramidal structure, CH4 has tetragonal
structure and hence CO2 is the one with linear structure. 7. Which among the following is not associated with Answer: b
9. PH3, So3, and HF are examples of polar molecules. State intermolecular forces? Explanation: The bond is weak but in the aggregate they
true or false 3. Choose the one which is incorrect a) They hold neutral molecules supply enough energy to overcome the interionic forces.
a) True a) BrO4 – tetrahedral b) Non- electrostatic in nature
b) False b) PF3 – pyramidal c) attraction of oppositely charged particles
View Answer c) ClO4 – tetrahedral d) dipole-dipole interaction and van der Waals forces
d) BeBr2 – linear View Answer ACIDS AND BASES
Answer: b View Answer
Explanation: SO3 is not an example of polar molecule as it Answer: b 1. Which one is correctly matched?
does not contain a hydrogen bond. Answer: b Explanation: Intermolecular forces are electrostatic in a) Acids – pH range above7
Explanation: PF3 has a trigonal pyramidal structure as it nature. b) Acids – pH range below 7
10. What is the hybridization of sulphur in H2S? has three bonding pairs and one non-bonding pair. c) Acids – pH range 7( neutral)
a) sp 8. Which among the following statement is not true? d) Acids – pH range 8-9
b) sp2 4. Which among the following is not a physical property? a) In liquid, particles are less regularly arranged and are View Answer
c) sp3 a) Melting point free to move
d) sp3d b) Boiling point b) Boiling involves breaking up of group of molecules in Answers: b
View Answer c) Solubility liquid Explanation: Acids have a pH range less than 7, Water is
d) Reactivity c) Boiling involves clubbing of oppositely charged ions the only solvent that has a pH of 7 (neutral).
Answer: c View Answer d) Thermal energy of particles overcome cohesive forces
Explanation: S has two pairs of electrons and two atoms 2. A Strong acid is same as concentrated acid. State true or
that hold them false
bonded to H with a total of 4 electrons and hence it has a Answer: d View Answer
hybridization of sp3. Explanation: Reactivity is a chemical property and it is not a) False
a physical property. Answer: c b) True
Explanation: Boiling involves separation of oppositely View Answer
5. A crystalline solid possess which one of the following charged ions and makes them as individual ions.
STRUCTURE AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES property? Answer: a
a) Irregularity 9. When one of the Hydrogen in Methane( CH4) is Explanation: Concentration of an acid depends upon the
1. Name the geometry of the central oxygen atom in the water content whereas the strength of an acid depends on
ozone molecule (o3) b) Non- symmetric replaced by a hydroxyl group, then structurally methane
c) Perfect geometric pattern resembles? dissociation power.
a) Trigonal planar
 3

3. When an acid reacts with a metal, which one of the d) LiOH Answer: b Answer: a
following gas is usually liberated? View Answer Explanation: Isomers are compounds that have same Explanation: Alkenes like 1-hexene when flipped from top
a) ammonia gas molecular formula. to bottom they have identical structures and also they
b) chlorine Answer: b have C=CH2 unit which does not exist as cis- trans isomers.
c) oxygen Explanation: since HCl is a base it turns red litmus to blue. 2. Isomerism that arises out of the difference in spatial
d) Hydrogen gas arrangement of atoms or groups about the doubly bonded 6. Which among the following is formed when an alcohol is
8. What is the pH of 0.0001 molar HCl solution? carbon atoms are called? (In specific) dehydrated?
View Answer
a) 1 a) Structural Isomerism a) alkane
Answer: d b) 2 b) Stereo Isomerism b) alkyne
Explanation: When metal reacts with acid, a soap bubble is c) 3 c) Geometrical Isomerism c) alkene
formed and the bubble contains Hydrogen gas (example: d) 4 d) Optical Isomerism d) aldehyde
HCl, H2SO4). View Answer View Answer View Answer

4. Select the one which is wrongly mapped Answer: d Answer: c Answer: c

a) Sodium carbonate – Washing soda Explanation: It has a H+ concentration of 10-4. The value of Explanation: These geometrical isomers are not mirror Explanation: In elimination reaction, when protic acids
b) Sodium chloride – common salt negative exponent(^-4) gives pH value to be 4. images of each other and they differ in spatial react with alcohol, they lose water molecule to form
c) Calcium carbonate – slaked lime arrangement from one another. alkenes.
9. What will be the product when HNO3 reacts with
d) Sodium hydroxide – caustic soda NH4OH ?
View Answer 3. Isomers with similar groups on the same side are called 7. A fat on hydrolysis would yield?
a) NH4 NO3 as ” trans” isomers. State true or false a) Glycerol and soap
Answer: c b) 2NH4 NO3 a) True b) Ethanol and soap
Explanation: calcium hydroxide is commonly referred as c) NH4 (NO3)2 b) False c) Ethanol and glycerol
slaked lime. d) NH2NO3 View Answer d) Only soap
View Answer View Answer
5. MgO + 2HCl —-> X + H2O Answer: b
a) Mg2Cl Answer: a Explanation: “Trans” isomers are those with similar groups Answer: a
b) 2MgCl Explanation: the reaction takes place as follows: arranged in opposite direction. The Isomers with similar Explanation: During saponification process, fat on
c) MgCl HNO3 + NH4OH —-> NH4NO3 + H2O. groups on the same side are called as “cis” isomers. hydrolysis will yield glycerol and soap.
d) MgCl2
10. Find the odd one out: 4. Which among the following defines Meso forms of 8. Which among the following correctly defines
View Answer
a) Neutral salt : NaCl isomers Diastereomer?
Answer: d b) Acid salt : CuSO4.5H2O a) Meso form is optically inactive due to external a) These have same magnitude but different signs of
Explanation: MgCl2 is the product formed when c) Basic salt: CuCO3.Cu(OH)2 compensation optical rotation
magnesium oxide reacts with hydrochloric acid and water d) Nonhydrated salt: KNO3 b) The molecules of the meso isomers are chiral b) Nonsuperimposable object mirror relationship
is formed as a by-product. View Answer c) It can be separated into optically active enantiometric c) These differ in all physical properties
pairs d) Separation is very difficult
6. Select the one which is neither an acid nor base Answer: b
d) It is a single compound View Answer
a) CH3COOH Explanation: CuSO4.5H20 is a hydrated salt. An example of
acid salt is NaHCO3. View Answer
b) HCl Answer: c
c) KCl Answer: d Explanation: Diastereomers differ in all physical properties.
d) CH3OH Explanation: Meso forms of isomers are single compound The rest of the points are related to Enantiomers.
View Answer ISOMERISM and their molecules are achiral
and hence they cannot be separated into pairs. 9. The molecular formula C5H12 contains how many
Answer: c 1. Choose the incorrect option regarding Isomerism: isomeric alkanes?
Explanation: CH3COOH and CH3OH are organic acids, HCl is a) They differ in both physical and chemical properties 5. Which among the following does not exhibit geometric a) 1
strong acid and KCl is a salt. b) They have the different molecular formula isomerism b) 2
c) There are two types of Isomerism : Structural and Stereo a) 1-hexene c) 3
7. Which one will change from red litmus to blue? Isomerism b) 2-hexene d) 4
a) NaCl d) Geometric and optical isomerism are two types of c) 3-hexene View Answer
b) HCl Stereo Isomerism d) 4-hexene
c) KOH View Answer View Answer
 4

Answer: c Answer: b 8. The hydrocarbon in which all the 4 valencies of carbon temperature of 250-400(degree) chlorine and methane
Explanation: n-pentane, 2-ethylpropane, and 2- Explanation: Methane is the simplest member of alkane are fully occupied is called as react vigorously to give hydrogen chloride and
methylbutane are the 3 isomeric alkanes of C5H12 family and indeed the simplest of organic compounds, as a) Alkene chloromethane (CH3Cl).
(pentane). all other compounds are derived by altering this b) Alkyne
compound. c) Alkane 2. The methyl chloride undergoes substitution to form
10. Identify the chiral molecule among the following: d) Cycloalkane a) CHCl
a) Isopropyl alcohol 4. Ethane is obtained by electrolyzing View Answer b) CH2Cl
b) 2-pentanol a) Potassium formate c) CHCl2
c) 1-bromo 3-butene b) Potassium succinate Answer: c d) CH2Cl2
d) Isobutyl alcohol c) Potassium acetate Explanation: Alkanes , the saturated hydrocarbons are View Answer
View Answer d) Potassium fumarate those in which the carbon atoms are bonded covalently to
View Answer each other (fully occupied). Each carbon atom is Answer: d
Answer: d tetrahedrally surrounded by H-atoms Explanation: Chloromethane undergoes further
Explanation: Chirality is the condition for a molecule to be Answer: b substitution to form hydrogen chloride and
optically active and here isobutyl alcohol is the only Explanation: By electrolyzing potassium succinate (the 9. Liquid hydrocarbon is converted into gaseous dichloromethane (CH2Cl2).
compound is optically active and hence it is the chiral process is generally called Kolbe’s electrolysis), ethane is hydrocarbon by:
molecule. obtained. a) Oxidation 3. Methane reacts more readily with chlorine than with
b) Hydrolysis Fluorine. State true or false
HYDROCARBONS 5. “Methane is a product of aerobic respiration”. State c) Cracking a) True
true or false d) Distillation b) False
1. Hydrocarbons are organic compounds with element a) False View Answer
View Answer
a) Hydrogen b) True
b) Oxygen View Answer Answer: c Answer: b
c) Carbon Explanation: Under cracking with high temperature, the Explanation: Methane reacts with chlorine but not as
d) Both hydrogen and carbon Answer: a liquid form of hydrocarbon is converted into gaseous form vigorously as with fluorine. The reactivity order is as
View Answer Explanation: Methane is the end product of anaerobic follows: F2 > Cl2 > Br2 >I2.
decay of plants due to the breakdown of very complicated 10. Chlorination of alkanes is an example of
Answer: d molecules. a) Radical 4. Identify the one which is not a type of chlorination
Explanation: These organic compounds are made up of b) Elimination a) Free radical chlorination
only carbon and hydrogen and hence the name 6. Calcium carbide on reaction with water gives? c) Free radical b) Electrophobic chlorination
hydrocarbons. a) Methane d) Addition c) Ketone chlorination
b) Ethane View Answer d) Chlorine addition reaction
2. Find the odd one out: c) propane View Answer
a) Aromatic d) Acetylene Answer: c
b) Alkanes View Answer Explanation: Free radical chlorination is a reaction that Answer: b
c) Alkynes substitutes a chlorine for a hydrogen on an alkane Explanation: Electrophobic is not a kind of halogenation. It
d) Alkenes Answer: d is electrophilic chlorination, in which aromatic
View Answer Explanation: CaC2 + H20—-> C2H2 + Ca(OH)2. substitutions takes place.

Answer: a 7. Name the process associated with acylation of benzene CHLORINATION 5. Which among the following on chlorination undergoes
Explanation: aromatic is a separate branch of a) Friedel craft reaction substitution at the alkyl group
hydrocarbons. Whereas the alkanes, alkenes, and alkynes b) Wurtz reaction 1. When chlorine gas reacts with methane, the product a) Ethers
are subfamilies of the branch aliphatic hydrocarbons. c) Wurtz fitting reaction formed is b) Hydroxyl groups
d) Debey Huckel reaction a) CHCl c) Carbonyl compounds
3. The simplest member of organic compounds is ? View Answer b) CH2Cl d) Carboxylic acids
a) Methanol c) CH3Cl View Answer
b) Methane Answer: a d) CH4Cl
c) Formaldehyde Explanation: The electrophilic substitution reaction that View Answer Answer: a
d) Formic acid takes place between ethanoyl chloride and benzene is Explanation: In the absence of sunlight, the alpha
View Answer called as Friedel craft reaction Answer: c hydrogen of ethers undergoes substitution when treated
Explanation: Under the influence of UV light or with a with chlorine.
 5

6. In the presence of red phosphorous, chlorine converts 10. The step in which Cl-Cl bond homolysis occurs is called: Answer: c Answer: a
the fatty acids having alpha hydrogen atoms into a) Initiation step Explanation: The frequency of molecular collision increases Explanation: Calcium carbonate has large surface area and
a) Halo acids b) Propagation step varies directly with the concentration of the reactant. hence it increases the reaction rate.
b) Alpha-halo acids c) Intermediate step
c) Alpha,alpha-dihalo acids d) Termination step 4. Identify the true statement regarding catalyst 8. Which is not a type of catalyst:
d) Trihalo acids View Answer a) Always decreases the rate of the reaction a) Positive catalyst
View Answer b) Always increases the activation energy of the reaction b) Negative catalyst
Answer: a c) Actually participates in the reaction c) Autocatalyst
Answer: b Explanation: Each Cl atom in the initiation step has several d) Changes the equilibrium concentration of the product d) homogeneous catalysis
Explanation: The propionic acid, in the presence of Cl2/P valence electrons and is very reactive and hence it View Answer View Answer
gets converted into alpha chloro propionic acid due to the abstracts a hydrogen atom from methane and homolysis
action of the halogen chlorine. occurs. Answer: c Answer: d
Explanation: A catalyst is a substance which when added, Explanation: Homogeneous catalysis is a phenomenon in
7. Chlorine in the presence of which among the following only alters the reaction rate temporarily and does not which the catalyst takes part in the reaction and it is not a
generates positively charged species? have a permanent effect on them and hence, only the type of catalyst.
a) Ferric chloride RATE OF REACTION option b) gives a correct info from the given choices.
b) Anhydrous ferric chloride 9. The speed of a chemical reaction
1. The rate of the reaction is equal to the product of three 5. From the choices given below, identify the activation a) Is independent of the contact surface
c) Ferrous chloride factors listed below except
d) Anhydrous ferrous chloride energy of a reaction whose rate constant increases by 100 b) Is constant no matter what the temperature is
a) Collision frequency when the temperature changes from 300K to 360K c) Varies inversely with the absolute temperature
View Answer
b) Energy factor a) 53 d) Is extremely rapid between the ions in aqueous solution
Answer: b c) Orientation factor b) 69 View Answer
Explanation: Ferric chloride is a lewis acid catalyst and in d) pH factor c) 35
the presence of chlorine, it converts nitrobenzene into 3- View Answer d) 42 Answer: d
chloro nitro benzene. View Answer Explanation: The speed of a chemical reaction is extremely
Answer: d rapid between the ions in aqueous solution because there
8. p-nitrotoluene on reaction with chlorine forms Explanation: The reaction rate is given by the product of Answer: b are no bonds that need to be broken.
hydrogen chloride and collision frequency (deals with concentration, pressure, Explanation: By substituting the appropriate values in the
a) p-Nitrobenzyl chloride and arrangement), energy factor ( deals with distribution formula: (R.T1.T2)/(T1-T2)*ln(k1/k2) 10. The overall order for the reaction 2A+ B—> 2C with
b) o-Nitrobenzyl chloride of kinetic energy), and orientation factor (probability we can find the value of activation energy(Ea). rate equation rate=k[A]^2[B] is
c) m-Nitrobenzyl chloride factor). a) 0
d) Nitrobenzyl chloride 6. Identify the unit of “k” in moles/L for the rate law: b) 1
2. Temperature and pressure are the only factors which k[A][B]pow2 c) 2
View Answer affect the reaction rate. state true or false a) L/mol/s d) 3
Answer: a a) True b) L(pow2)/mol/s View Answer
Explanation: p-Nitrotoluene reacts with chlorine in the b) False c) L(pow2)* s(pow2)/mol(pow2)
presence of CCl4 at 80 (degree) C to form p-nitrobenzyl View Answer d) s Answer: d
chloride under the conditions of photochemical initiation. View Answer Explanation: The order of A in this reaction is 2 and the
Answer: b overall reaction is a third order reaction.
9. Chlorination of cyclobutane gives which among the Explanation: The rate of reaction is affected by three Answer: d
following in addition to hydrogen chloride factors temperature, pressure, and concentration. All the Explanation: Rate= k[A][B](pow2) and hence
a) Cyclobutyl chloride three varies directly with the rate of the reaction. k=rate/{[A][B](pow2)}. NOMENCLATURE
b) Cyclobutyl chlorite
3. The frequency of molecular collision increases if 7. Which among the following catalyst increases the rate
c) 1-chlorobutene 1. Saturated hydrocarbons are otherwise referred as
a) The concentration of product increases of the reaction
d) 1,1-chlorobutene a) Alkanes
b) The concentration of product decreases a) Calcium carbonate
View Answer b) Alkenes
c) The concentration of reactant increases b) Calcium chloride
d) The concentration of reactant decreases c) Alkynes
Answer: b c) Calcium hydroxide d) Alkaloids
Explanation: All the hydrogens of cyclobutane are View Answer d) Calcium sulphate
View Answer
equivalent and substitution of any gives the same product View Answer
as that of others.
 6

Answer: a b) False 9. Triple bond with two carbon atoms on either side is Answer: a
Explanation: Saturated hydrocarbons contain large View Answer called Explanation: open chain compounds or acyclic compounds
number of hydrogen atoms in them and hence they are a) Methnyl group are otherwise called as aliphatic compounds.
known as alkanes. Answer: b b) Ethynyl group
Explanation: The first step is to find the number of carbon c) Propionyl group 3. Which among the following is not an example of Acyclic
2. Identify the correct alkane name for the molecular atoms present only in the main/ longest chain of the d) Propargyl group compound
formula C30H62 compound. View Answer a) Acetaldehyde
a) Propdecane b) Ethane
b) Eicosane 6. The substituent in the chain is named by replacing the Answer: b c) Cyclopropane
c) Triacontane “ane” in the alkanes by Explanation: Triple bond with two atoms on either side are d) Isobutane
d) Dodecane a) ene called as ethynyl group and those with one carbon on one View Answer
View Answer b) ic side and two carbon on another side are called as
c) one propargyl group. Answer: c
Answer: c d) yl Explanation: Cyclopropane is a ring (cyclic) compound and
Explanation: Triacontane is the alkane with the molecular View Answer 10. The substituent groups that are commonly associated hence it does not come with the examples of open chain
formula C30H62 as alkanes have the general formula with benzene ring are compounds.
CnH2n+2. Answer: d a) Phenyl and benzyl
Explanation: ene, ic and one are used for representing b) Propyl and phenyl 4. Which among the following is not an example of alicyclic
3. Identify the smallest alkane which can form a ring alkenes, carboxylic acids, and ketones respectively, hence c) Methyl and benzyl compound
structure (cycloalkane) yl is the term which is to be substituted in place on ane in d) Butyl and phenyl a) Cyclohexane
a) Cyclomethane the alkanes. View Answer b) Cyclohexene
b) Methane c) Tetrahydrofuran
c) Cyclopropane 7. The C=C bond in the chain of the compound considered Answer: a d) Acetic acid
d) Propane is shown by Explanation: Phenyl and benzyl are commonly associated View Answer
View Answer a) Specifying the number of carbon atoms associated with with benzene ring due to their closely associated structure
the bond with difference in hydrogen atom. Answer: d
Answer: c b) Specifying the number of carbon atoms at beginning of Explanation: Acetic acid is a linear chain compound
Explanation: Cyclopropane is the only smallest alkane that the C=C bond (acyclic) and hence it is not an example of ring compound
can form a successful ring structure with C-C bond on c) Specifying the number of carbon atoms at end of the (alicyclic).
removal of a hydrogen atom. C=C bond CLASSIFICATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
d) Specifying the number of carbon atoms in the entire 5. Which among the following is not an aromatic
4. In which among the following alkane, a carbon atom is 1. Organic compounds are broadly classified as compound(in specific)
chain a) Open chain compounds and acyclic compounds
displaced so as to form a compactly structure with the View Answer a) Naphthalene
resemblance of a butterfly wing b) Open chain compounds and linear chain compounds b) Aniline
a) Cyclopropane Answer: b c) Cyclic compounds and alicyclic compounds c) Pyridine
b) Cyclobutane Explanation: According to the rules of IUPAC, The C=C d) alicyclic compounds and acyclic compounds d) Tropolone
c) Cyclopentane bond in the chain of the compound considered is shown View Answer View Answer
d) Cyclohexane by specifying the number of carbon atoms at beginning of Answer: d
View Answer the C=C bond. Answer: c
Explanation: Organic compounds are broadly classified Explanation: Pyridine is heterocyclic aromatic compound.
Answer: b 8. Dienes are the name given to compounds with into open chain and closed chain compounds. Whereas naphthalene and aniline are benzenoid aromatic
Explanation: If one of the carbon atoms of cyclobutane is a) Exactly a double bond 2. Aliphatic compound is the other name for compounds and tropolone is a non-benzenoid aromatic
not displaced, then the C-C bond would be exactly at right b) Exactly a triple bond compound.
a) Acyclic compounds
angles to each other and they do not form a cyclic c) Exactly two double bond
b) Alicyclic compounds 6. Find the odd one among the following:
structure. d) more than two double bond
c) Ring compounds a) Alicyclic compounds
View Answer
5. The first step in IUPAC nomenclature is to identify the d) Closed chain compounds b) Heterogeneous compounds
total number of carbon atoms present in the compound. Answer: c View Answer c) Branched chain compounds
State true or false Explanation: Alkenes are the name given to compound d) Aromatic compounds
a) True with one double bond and dienes are the one given to View Answer
compounds with two double bond.
 7

Answer: c groups 4. Identify the correct sequence with respect to Inductive a) It is not hybridized
Explanation: Branched chain compound is a classification View Answer effects b) It is sp hybridized
of open-chain compounds. Whereas, alicyclic, aromatic a) CF3`> CH2F`> CHF2`> CF3` c) It is sp2 hybridized
and heterogeneous compounds are sub-classifications of Answer: a b) CF3`> CHF2`> CH2F`> CH3` d) It is sp3 hybridized
cyclic compounds. Explanation: The aromatic compounds (4n+2)pi electrons, c) CH3`> CH2F`> CHF2`> CF3` View Answer
which comes under the classification of cyclic compounds d) CH3`> CHF2`> CH2F`v CF3`
7. Identify the odd one among the following and hence they are not associated with aliphatic View Answer Answer: c
a) Indene compounds. Explanation: As a result of its overall structure and
b) Anthracene Answer: b electron delocalization, it becomes a sp2 hybridized,
c) o,m,p-xylene Explanation: As electron withdrawing substituent is aromatic molecule.
d) Azulene RESONANCE AND AROMATICITY greater in CF3, it is more stable and CH3 is the least stable
View Answer one and hence the sequence. 9. Can a linear molecule have aromaticity?
a) Yes
1. Resonance forms are in equilibrium with each other.
Answer: d 5. Stability sequence: primary carbocation> secondary b) No
State true or false
Explanation: Azulene is a non- benzenoid compound. carbocation > tertiary carbocation. View Answer
a) True
Whereas, Indene, anthracene, and o,m,p-Xylene are b) False Is this sequence correct?
examples of benzenoid aromatic compounds. a) Yes Answer: b
View Answer Explanation: A molecule can have aromaticity if it is closed
b) No
8. Organic compounds can be classified even based upon Answer: b View Answer loop or ring-shaped or has p-orbitals and hence linear
the function groups. Identify the one which is not a molecule cannot have aromaticity.
Explanation: Resonance forms are hybrid in nature and
functional group Answer: b
hence it is not correct to say that they are in equilibrium 10. Select the incorrect statement:
a) Isocyanide Explanation: The tertiary carbocation has the highest
with each other. a) A resonance may sometimes cause sp3 atoms to
b) Isocyano stability and the primary carbocation has the least
c) Carboxyl 2. Identify the false statement regarding resonance stability, as it lies close to electron withdrawing group and become sp2 hybridized
d) Carbonyl hence the sequence is not correct. b) Delocalizing one lone pair causes aromaticity
a) As the number of charges increases, the resonance
View Answer c) One lone pair will be counted as two pi electrons
forms gets more significant
6. Identify the incorrect statement regarding aromaticity according to Huckel’s equation
b) Zero charge of resonance is the most significant one
Answer: a a) It is the extra stability possessed by a molecule d) Two sigma bonds make up a double bond
c) Atoms with full octet resonance form are more stable
Explanation: Isocyanide is a compound and it is not a b) p-orbitals must be planar and overlap View Answer
when compared with the one with unfilled octet
functional group. c) Cyclic delocalization takes place
d) Resonance is unstable in case of unfilled octet of Answer: d
nitrogen atom d) It does not follow Huckel’s rule
9. Which among the following is not a class of organic View Answer Explanation: A double bond is one which has a sigma bond
compound View Answer and a pi bond. Each pi bond has two pi electrons.
a) Carbonyl compound Answer: d
Answer: a
b) Nitro compound Explanation: Greater the number of charges, less stable Explanation: It follows Huckel’s rule, according to which a
c) Amides molecule must possess specific number of pi electrons
and less significant gets the resonance form. ORGANIC REACTIONS
d) Electro compounds within a closed ring of p-orbitals.
View Answer 3. Identify the correct sequence according to 1. Identify the one which does not come under the organic
7. Aromatic rings do not have resonance structures. State
electronegativity addition reaction
Answer: d true or false
a) F> NH2> CH3>OH` a) Hydration
Explanation: Classes of organic compounds are those a) False
b) NH2`> F`>CH3`> OH` b) Dehydration
which involves organic compounds such as carbon, c) NH2`>OH`> CH3`>F` b) True c) Halogenation
hydrogen and oxygen. Hence, electro compounds is not a View Answer
d) F`> OH`>NH2`>CH3` d) Hydrohalogenation
class of organic compounds.
View Answer Answer: a View Answer
10. Which among these is not associated with aliphatic Explanation: Aromatic rings have resonance structure due
Answer: d Answer: b
compounds Explanation: In the sequence ” F`> OH`> NH2`> CH3`”, F’ is to cycling double bonds and all aromatic rings must have Explanation: Dehydration comes under elimination
a) They contain (4n+2)pi electrons the most stable one and CH3′ is the least stable one, as the resonance but the converse need not be satisfied. reaction and hence it does not come under addition
b) Contain straight chain compounds
stability of the anions increases on moving towards the 8. Select the correct statement regarding the aromatic reaction.
c) Contain branched chain compounds
right of the periodic table. nitrogen molecule
d) Has appropriate number of H-atoms and functional
 8

2. Choose the correct one which will react faster in the 6. Identify the one which on reaction with carboxylic acid b) Oxidation 4. Which among the following is not a physical method:
SN2 nucleophilic substitution reaction at high temperature gives Ester c) Reduction a) X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy
a) CH2-CH=CH2=Br a) Ketone d) Acylation b) Atomic emission spectroscopy
b) CH2 = CH- CH2 – Br b) Alcohol View Answer c) Inert gas fusion
c) CH2 = CH- CH2 = Br c) Aldehyde d) Trace element analysis
d) CH= CH2 – CH2 – Br d) Sugars Answer: b View Answer
View Answer View Answer Explanation: Primary amides upon heating in the presence
of hydrogen and nickel catalyst, gets reduced to form Answer: c
Answer: b Answer: b primary amines. Explanation: Inert gas fusion is an example of chemical
Explanation: The carbocation character in the transition Explanation: Alcohols on reaction with carboxylic acid at methods of quantitative analysis, as it involves chemical
state causes stabilization of the resonance and hence CH2 high temperature, in the presence of sulphuric acid gives reaction such as oxidation.
= CH- CH2 – Br (2- bromobutane) is the one which will Ester.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 5. Select the inappropriate statement regarding
react faster compared to the others.
7. Select the correct statement regarding carboxylic acids quantitative analysis
1. Identify the one which does not come under the
3. What will be the reactivity of chlorobenzene in an a) They form acyl chlorides on reaction with PCl5 a) It helps in determining the outcome of the product
chemical methods of quantitative analysis
electrophilic substitution reaction with benzene? b) Aldehydes in the presence of H+/ Cr2O7 forms a) Gravimetric b) It helps in determining the impurities in the sample
a) Reacts very slowly than benzene carboxylic acids c) It fails to indicate the presence of lead in some
b) Titrimetric
b) Reacts in the same way as benzene c) They combine with alcohols to form esters c) Volumetric compound
c) Reacts faster than benzene d) Upon polymerization, they form polymers d) Magnetic suceptibility d) It could identify the amounts of dosage present in the
d) Does not react with benzene View Answer drug
View Answer
View Answer View Answer
Answer: d
Answer: d
Answer: a Explanation: Carboxylic acids do not undergo Explanation: Magnetic suceptibility comes under physical Answer: c
Explanation: The rate of the reaction depends on the polymerization reaction. Explanation: It can identify the presence of lead and could
methods of qunatitative analysis and hence the answer.
electron density in the ring and here in this case resonance also account for its concentration in case of paints and
is not favorable and the electronegativity dipole 8. Primary alcohols undergo what reaction to form toys.
2. Quantitative analysis is one which is used for separating
dominates. This slows down the reactivity of alkenes?
out the specific constituents from a mixture. This
chlorobenzene. a) Elimination 6. Identify the test which is not a part of qualitative
statement is:
b) Oxidation analysis:
a) True
4. Alcohol on refluxing with Cr2O7 gives: c) Reduction a) Litmus test
b) False
a) Ester d) Hydrolysis View Answer b) Kastle-Meyer test
b) Aldehyde View Answer c) Iodine test
c) Sugar Answer: b d) Flame test
d) Carboxylic acid Answer: a View Answer
Explanation: Quantitative analysis is used to measure the
View Answer Explanation: Upon elimination or dehydration, the primary quantity, (i.e the amount) present and the above
alcohols form alkenes. Answer: a
mentioned statement defines qualitative analysis.
Answer: d Explanation: Kastle-meyer test is done for identification of
Explanation: Alcohol (R-OH), when it is refluxed with 9. Carbonyl compounds especially ketones undergo blood, Iodine test is done for identification of starch and
3. Select the incorrect statement regarding analytical
Cr2O7, it forms carboxylic acid (R-COOH). reduction to form Flame test is done to identify Barium.
balance
a) Primary alcohols
a) It is the fundamental kit in quantitative analysis
5. Alkene under high temperature and high-pressure forms b) Secondary alcohols 7. Covalent molecules can be identified using quantitative
b) It measures samples very accurately
a) Alcohol c) Alkanes c) It could measure the difference in mass upto 0.1 mg methods. State true or false
b) Polyalkyne d) Alkenes a) False
d) It is not a sensitive instrument
c) Polyalkane View Answer b) True
View Answer
d) Polyalkene View Answer
View Answer Answer: b
Answer: d
Explanation: Ketones in the presence of NaBH4 undergoes Explanation: It is a very sensitive instrument as it could Answer: a
Answer:c reduction to form secondary alcohols. accurately measure the weight of a particular compound Explanation: The qualitative analysis is used to identify
Explanation: Alkenes undergoes polymerization reaction covalent molecules by distinguishing them using physical
10. Primary amides get converted into primary amines by: of upto 0.1 mg.
under high temperature and pressure to form poly alkanes properties such as melting point, etc.
-(C-C)-n. a) Addition
 9

8. Identify the reagent which is not commonly used in i.e; they have two additional hydrogen atoms in Answer: d Answer: c
qualitative analysis comparison with the others. Explanation: Neopentane is an isomer with 5 carbon atoms Explanation: At low pressure both propane and butane
a) 6M NaOH and hence it is not an isomer with 6 carbon atoms. gets liquefied, hence they form the main components of
b) 6M HCl 2. Identify the simplest alkane LPG.
c) 6M HNO3 a) Methane 6. The other name for branched chain alkanes is
d) 6M NH4 b) Methene a) Paraffins 10. An alkane with 6 carbon atoms will have how many
View Answer c) Ethane b) Isoparaffins hydrogen atoms?
d) Ethene c) Neoparaffins a) 11
Answer: d View Answer d) Naphthenes b) 12
Explanation: 6M NH3 is the reagent commonly used in View Answer c) 13
qualitative analysis because it is used in almost every Answer: a d) 14
group procedures. Explanation: Methane, called the parent molecule, is the Answer: b View Answer
simplest among the alkanes and it has the simplest Explanation: Linear and branched chain alkanes have
9. Select the correct statement about the reagent 6M formula with one carbon atom. difference in their physical properties and hence they are Answer: d
HNO3 given different prefix like n- and iso- respectively. Explanation: From the formula CnH2n+2, if n=6 then
a) It forms hydroxo complexes 3. Select the minimum number of carbon atoms, a (2*6)+2=14.
b) It destroys hydroxo and ammonia complexes molecule must possess so as to be regarded as a higher 7. Select the incorrect statement regarding the boiling
c) It forms NH3 complexes alkane points of alkanes
d) It decreases the H+ ion concentration a) 15 a) Boiling point increases with stronger Vander Waal’s
b) 16 forces ALKENES
View Answer
c) 17 b) Surface area is the only factor which determines the
1. In Alkenes the Carbon atoms are connected to each
Answer: b d) 18 boiling point of alkane
other by a
Explanation: It is a good oxidizing agent, dissolves in View Answer c) Boiling point of straight chain alkanes is greater than a) Single bond
insoluble hydroxides and it destroys hydroxo and ammonia that of branched chain alkanes
Answer: c b) Double bond
complexes. d) The boiling point of cycloalkanes is always higher than
Explanation: A molecule with more than 17 carbon atoms c) Triple bond
that of linear alkanes
10. Identify the incorrect statement regarding the reagent are regarded as higher alkanes such as waxes and solids. d) Not connected
View Answer View Answer
6M NH3
a) It increases hydroxide and NH3 concentration 4. Identify the incorrect statement Answer: b
a) Alkanes with repeated –CH2- units constitute a Answer: b
b) It decreases H+ concentration Explanation: Number of electrons and surface area are the
homologus series Explanation: Alkenes have at least one double bond in
c) It is capable of precipitating insoluble hydroxides two factors which determine the boiling point. addition to single bond as they are unsaturated
d) It is capable of forming hydro complexes b) They are very reactive
c) They have very less biological activity 8. Choose the correct statement : hydrocarbons.
View Answer
d) Petroleum and natural gas are the main sources of a) Alkanes have poor conductivity
2. Which among these is not a structural isomer of the
Answer: d alkanes b) They form hydrogen bonds compound C4H8
Explanation: It forms only NH3 complexes and does not View Answer c) They have good solubility in non polar solvents than
a) But-1-ene
form hydro complexes. polar solvents
Answer: b b) But-2-ene
d) Alkanes have less density than that of water c) But-3-ene
Explanation: Alkanes in general are not very reactive, but View Answer
they are associated with functional groups which are d) 2-methylpropene
ALKANES reactive. Answer: b View Answer

1. Select the incorrect statement regarding alkanes Explanation: They undergo polarization and hence they do Answer: c
5. Which among the following is not an alkane isomer with not form hydrogen bonds.
a) It is otherwise known as Paraffin 6 carbon atoms Explanation: The compound but-3-ene have a structural
b) It is an acyclic saturated hydrocarbon a) Hexane 9. Liquified petroleum gas is mainly composed of : formula different from the above three and hence it is not
c) In alkanes, C-C bonds are single b) 2,3-dimethylbutane a) Methane and ethane a structural isomer of C4H8.
d) Alkanes have the general formula CnH2n c) 2,2-dimethylbutane b) Ethane and propane
View Answer 3. Select the incorrect statement regarding alkenes
d) Neopentane c) Propane and butane a) In alkenes, the carbons are connected by pi bonds
View Answer d) Butane and hexane
Answer: d b) Alkenes have almost same physical properties as that of
View Answer
Explanation: Alkanes have the general formula CnH2n+2, the alkanes
 10

c) Alkenes are less reactive than alkanes 7. Which among the following is not colourless: ALKYNES 5. Majority of the alkynes are not prepared from/ by:
d) Alkenes undergo polymerization reaction a) Methene a) Condensation
View Answer b) Ethene 1. Alkynes are more reactive than alkenes’ State true or b) Acetylene
c) Propene false c) Dehydrohalogenation
Answer: c d) Butene a) False d) Hydrogenation
Explanation: Alkenes are not less reactive than alkanes, View Answer b) True View Answer
indeed they are very reactive compared with them due to View Answer
the presence of C=C. Answer: b Answer: d
Explanation: Methene compound does not exist according Answer: a Explanation: Often, alkynes are obtained from the
4. Identify the addition reaction which is not undergone by to the formula CnH2n and also due to the lack of C=C. Explanation: Alkynes are not as reactive when compared acetylene through the condensation process and
the alkenes with the alkenes and the alkanes as they even more sometimes by dehydrohalogenation.
a) Mercuration 8. Which among the following alkenes is used in the unsaturated when compared with them.
b) Oxymercuration manufacturing of plastics 6. Alkynes cannot be prepared from
c) Hydroboration a) Butadiene 2. Select the incorrect statement a) Ketones
d) Halogenation b) 1,2-butadiene a) The addition reactions occur more frequently in the b) Alcohols
View Answer c) 1,3-butadiene alkenes than the alkynes c) Aldehydes
d) 2-butadiene b) The pi system of the alkynes gets weakened when they d) Other alkynes
Answer: a View Answer lose the pi atoms View Answer
Explanation: Alkenes do not undergo mercuration, indeed c) Alkynes readily undergo oligomerization
they undergo oxymercuration , a process in which an Answer: c d) Alkynes do not undergo polymerization Answer: b
alkene is converted into an alcohol. Explanation: Commonly this 1,3 butadiene is a widely used View Answer Explanation: Only the aldehydes, ketones, and few other
chemical in terms of a monomer as it has a very good alkynes can give rise to a new alkyne compound.
5. Identify the incorrect statement regarding the synthesis electrical resistivity. Answer: d
of alkenes Explanation: Alkynes readily undergo polymerization and 7. The transformation into carboxylic acids of the alkynes
a) Cracking of a hydrocarbon yields alkenes 9. 4-chlorobut-1-ene is the name of which among the form polymers such as polyacetylenes. takes place with the help of which among the following
b) The reactions are exothermic following alkenes reagents?
c) Zeolite catalyst helps in the synthesis of alkenes a) CH2Cl-CH2=CH-CH2 3. Select the incorrect statement regarding terminal a) Potassium chlorate
d) The synthesis of alkenes is otherwise known as b) CH2Cl-CH2-CH-CH2 alkynes b) Potassium permanganate
reforming c) CH2Cl=CH2-CH=CH2 a) Methylacetylene is an example of terminal alkynes c) Potassium dichromate
View Answer d) CH2Cl-CH2-CH=CH2 b) Terminal alkynes are more acidic when compared with d) Potassium chloride
View Answer alkenes View Answer
Answer: b c) Terminal alkynes are not as acidic as alkanes
Explanation: The reactions takes place at high Answer: d d) These have a replaceable acidic hydrogen atom Answer: b
temperatures and hence they are endothermic. Explanation: The structure CH2Cl-CH2-CH=CH2 has the View Answer Explanation: The cycloaddition of the alkynes leads to the
name 4Chlorobut-1-ene according to the IUPAC naming oxidative cleavage among them and hence it results in the
6. Identify the one which shows E-Z mechanism system. Answer: c formation of carboxylic acids.
a) 3-methylpent-2-ene Explanation: Terminal alkynes are very much acidic than
b) 2-methylpent-2-ene 10. Ethylene on reaction with bromine forms which among both alkenes and alkanes as they have a high pKa value. 8. Identify the incorrect statement:
c) Methyl-3-pent-2-ene the following product a) Alkynes exists in gaseous state
d) 2,3-methylpentene a) BrH2C-CH2Br 4. The major alkyne, acetylene compound is produced by b) They are soluble in water
View Answer b) BrH2C=CH2Br which among the following application on natural gas c) They are soluble in organic solvents
c) Br2HC=CHBr2 a) Hydrogenation d) Alkynes have a very good boiling point
Answer: a d) Br2HC-CHBr2 b) Partial oxidation View Answer
Explanation: In ‘z’ mechanism, the compounds with higher View Answer c) Cracking
priority will be located opposite to each other of the d) Hydrohalogenation Answer: b
double bond, in ‘E’ mechanism the compounds with high Answer: a View Answer Explanation: Alkyne molecules being non-polar, they do
priority will be located in z corners and hence 3- Explanation: The above reaction between Ethene and not dissolve in polar solvents like water.
methylpent-2-ene is the one which shows E-Z mechanism bromine is known as electrophilic halogenation reaction Answer: b
in which the priority group is CH3 and CH2CH3. and the products usually formed are ethylene dihalides. Explanation: A huge quantity of acetylene is produced by 9. Which among the following alkynes is used as a rocket
partial oxidation of the natural gas. fuel?
a) Ethyne
 11

b) Propyne 3. Identify the incorrect statement regarding cycloalkanes 7. Identify the alicyclic hydrocarbon which is highly 1. Identify the incorrect statement regarding alkadiene
c) But-1-yne a) These have sp3 hybridized carbons flammable a) These are acyclic acids
d) Pent-1-yne b) These have tetrahedral bond angles a) Cycloheptane b) These are unsaturated hydrocarbons
View Answer c) Stability of the cycloalkanes varies directly with their b) Cyclopentane c) These compounds have only one C=C bonds
respective size c) Cyclopropane d) These compounds have the general formula CnH2n-2
Answer: b d) These undergo nucleophilic substitution reactions d) Cyclooctane View Answer
Explanation: Propyne has many advantages and it is not as View Answer View Answer
hazardous as compared to the other fuels, so they are Answer: c
used in rocket fuels. Answer: b Answer: b Explanation: Alkadiene compounds have a minimum of
Explanation: Cycloalkane compounds do not have a Explanation: cyclopentane is a hydrocarbon with 5 carbon two double bonded carbon atoms but they can have more
10. Which among the following product is formed when perfect tetrahedral bond angle, instead they show a minor atoms and they are highly flammable. than two.
ethyne undergoes hydrogenation? deviation from it which leads to destabilizing effect.
a) Formaldehyde 8. Identify the incorrect statement regarding cyclohexane: 2. Alkadienes are classified into how many types?
b) Formic acid 4. Identify the compound with the highest ring strain a) It is non-polar a) 1
c) Acetaldehyde a) Cyclomethane b) It serves as an organic solvent b) 2
d) Acetic acid b) Cyclopropane c) It a hydrophilic hydrocarbon c) 3
View Answer c) Cyclobutane d) It is commercially used for variety of applications d) 4
d) Cyclopentane View Answer View Answer
Answer: c View Answer
Explanation: When ethyne undergoes hydrogenation in Answer: c Answer: c
the presence of sulphuric acid, it forms ethanal. Answer: b Explanation: This compound is a hydrophobic hydrocarbon Explanation: Based on the position and location of the
Explanation: Cyclopropane is the compound with the as it is non- polar by nature. double bonds, they are classified into three types.
highest ring strain. This is because the carbon atoms are
arranged in the shape of a triangle thus forming C-C-C. 9. Identify the incorrect statement regarding cycloalkenes 3. Identify the incorrect statement regarding conjugated
a) The bonds in them are fewer compared to those in double bonds in alkadiene:
5. Which among the following compounds explodes on alkenes a) 1,3 alkadienes have conjugated double bond
CYCLOALKANES AND CYCLOALKENES
contact with oxygen b) They occur in gaseous form in nature b) Compounds with a double bond exhibit this type of
1. Cycloalkanes are associated with the general formula a) Cyclopropane c) These undergo polymerization bond
a) CnH2n+2 b) Cyclobutane d) The conjugated double bonds in them increase their c) 1,3 pentadiene is an example for this bond
b) CnH2(n+2) c) Cyclopentane stability d) The conjugated dienes have properties similar to that of
c) CnH2n+1-r d) Cyclohexane View Answer alkenes
d) CnH2(n+1-r) View Answer View Answer
View Answer Answer: b
Answer: a Explanation: Cycloalkenes mostly appear in liquid state but Answer: b
Answer: d Explanation: Cyclopropane reacts very aggressively at sometimes they are even found in solid state. Explanation: Compounds with alternative double and
Explanation: It is almost the same as that in the case of ordinary temperatures and hence it explodes when comes single bonds exhibit this kind of bond.
alkanes. Here the difference is that 2 is replaced by 1-r in contact with oxygen. 10. Cycloalkene exhibits aromatic character. State true or
false 4. Identify the one which is the perfect example for
where r represents the number of rings in them.
6. Identify the incorrect statement regarding cyclobutane a) True Isolated double bond:
2. Cycloalkanes have the same melting and boiling points a) The carbon atoms in the cyclobutane are non-coplanar b) False a) 1,4 pentadiene
as their corresponding alkanes. State true or false b) These exist in nature as colourless gas View Answer b) 1,2 pentadiene
a) True c) Cyclobutane is a commercially important compound c) 1,3 pentadiene
d) These compounds often show butterfly conformation Answer: b d) 1,5 butadiene
b) False
View Answer Explanation: Cycloalkene is a compound which has carbon View Answer
View Answer
atoms arranged in a closed ring but they do not exhibit
Answer: b Answer: c aromatic character. Answer: a
Explanation: The melting and boiling points of the Explanation: Cyclobutane is a compound which as no Explanation: Only the 1,4 alkadiene compounds exhibit
cycloalkanes are much more than the corresponding commercial and medicinal importance but the complex isolated double bonds.
alkanes. derivative forms of them are used for a variety of
ALKADIENES 5. Identify the incorrect statement regarding alkadienes
purposes.
a) Dienes show cis-trans isomerism
 12

b) Conjugated dienes have better stability compared to a) Coordinate bond a) These compounds have very good aromaticity b) False
other dienes b) Isolated double bond b) These compounds have excellent stability View Answer
c) Dienophile supports alkadienes c) Cumulative double bond c) These compounds do not undergo nucleophilic
d) Alkadienes also undergo hydrobromination d) Conjugated double bond substitutions but they undergo electrophilic substitutions Answer: b
View Answer View Answer d) There exists a strong ratio between carbon and Explanation: Arenes are insoluble in water and hence they
hydrogen are non polar compounds.
Answer: c Answer: b View Answer
Explanation: Dienophiles attack the performance of Explanation: As per the definition of isolation, a double 8. Arenes are:
alkadienes rather than supporting them. bond is separated by more than a single bond. Answer: c a) volatile
Explanation: Aromatic hydrocarbons undergo both b) Water soluble
6. Conjugated diene reacts with which among the 10. Isolated dienes are similar in property to electrophilic and nucleophilic aromatic substitutions. c) Non-carcinogenic
following to form a cyclohexene a) Monoolefins d) Mostly gases
a) Phenol b) Diolefins 4. Arenes does not undergo: View Answer
b) Dienophile c) Triolefins a) Dehydrogenation
c) Hexane d) Tetraolefins b) Coupling reaction Answer: a
d) Tribromo phenol View Answer c) Halogenation Explanation: Arenes have a very low boiling point and
View Answer d) Cyclo additions hence they are volatile in nature.
Answer: a View Answer
Answer: b Explanation: Isolated dienes behave more like monoolefins 9. The main sources of these arenes are:
Explanation: Dienophile on reaction with conjugated and have properties similar to them. Answer: a a) Petroleum
dienes forms cyclohexene and this reaction is known as Explanations: Arenes undergo hydrogenation reaction and b) Biogas and petroleum
Diels-alder reaction. form saturated ring products. c) Petroleum and coal tar
d) Natural gas
7. Which among the following dienes undergo addition AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS 5. Which among these is not a representative arene View Answer
with the help of radical-chain mechanism? compound?
1. Identify the correct statement which is related to Answer: c
a) Cumulated dienes a) Durene
aromatic hydrocarbon Explanation: As these petroleum and natural gas comprise
b) Isolated dienes b) Picric chloride
a) It has only sigma bonds of naturally occurring compounds such as carbon and
c) Simple dienes c) Aspirin
b) It has only pi bonds hydrogen in abundance, these serve as the main source of
d) Conjugated dienes d) Mesitylene
c) It has a sigma and two pi bonds arenes.
View Answer View Answer
d) It has a sigma and delocalized pi bond
Answer: d View Answer Answer: b 10. Benzene has a stronger Vander-Waal’s force than
Explanation: Conjugated dienes undergoes addition Explanation: Picric acid is a representative arene Methylbenzene. State true or false
Answer: d a) False
reactions and the product usually formed are 1,4 dienes. compound but not picric chloride.
Explanation: An aromatic hydrocarbon always has a sigma b) True
8. Identify the statement which is related to Diels-Alder as well as a delocalized pi bond found between the carbon 6. Which among these is the simplest example for View Answer
reaction atoms. polycyclic arenes?
a) It is very stereospecific a) Benzacephenanthrylene Answer: a
2. Select the incorrect option: Explanation: The benzene molecule is smaller than that of
b) Molecular distortion takes place b) Naphthalene
a) The aromatic hydrocarbon has a pleasant aroma (smell) the methylbenzene and hence it does not have the
c) Cyclic dienes react very slow than the linear chain c) Pyrene
b) Some of the aromatic compounds are ring-shaped Vander-Waal’s forces as equal to those of methylbenzene.
dienes d) Dibenz-anthracene
c) Aromatic hydrocarbon can be either mono or polycyclic
d) Addition of maleic anhydride to cyclopentadiene causes d) Benzene is the simplest hydrocarbon View Answer
diene and dienophile to produce different products
View Answer Answer: b
View Answer ORGANIC CONCEPTS
Explanation: Naphthalene has fused ring of aromaticity
Answer: b
Answer: c and has the simplest structure when compared with other REACTION MECHANISM OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
Explanation: All the aromatic hydrocarbon are ring shaped
Explanation: Cyclic dienes are more reactive than linear as all of them are sp2 hybridized with a geometry of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.
chain dienes. 1. Why are aryl halides less reactive towards nucleophilic
trigonal planar. 7. Arenes are polar. State true or false substitution reactions as compared to alkyl halides?
9. A molecule in which more than one single bond 3. Which among the following is not a property of a) True a) The formation of a less stable carbanion
separates two double bonds are called as: aromatic hydrocarbon: b) Longer carbon halogen bond
 13

c) The inductive effect 3. In the following reaction sequence, what will be X? Answer: a formed that are shown below.
d) Sp2-hybridized carbon attached to the halogen Explanation: As we can see hydrolysis is the first step
View Answer which will form a amine group containing compound. This
amino-compound undergoes diazotisation and a rapid
Answer: d reaction will take place between diazonium ion and
Explanation: Overlapping of sp2 orbital of carbon with p- . KNO2 and the ‘a’ product will form.
orbital of halogen is one of the reasons. Due to a) Benzoic acid
conjugation double bond character in alkyl halide. b) Salicylic acid
c) Phenol
d) Aniline 6. Which of the following is not true for SN1 reactions?
View Answer a) They occur through a single step concerted reaction
5. Which of the following structures represent the correct
b) They are favoured by polar solvents
major product for the below reaction?
2. What will be the (X) in the below mentioned reaction Answer: D c) Tertiary alkyl halides generally react through this
sequence? Explanation: Aniline will be X as we can see below mechanism
reaction. Free bromination will occur, and bromine will get d) Concentration of nucleophile does not affect the rate of
add to ortho and para position followed diazotisation and such reactions
a rapid reaction will take place between diazonium ion and View Answer
C2H5OH and 1, 3, 5-tribromo benzene will form.
Answer: a
Explanation: SN1 reaction is a two-step reaction, step one
is the leaving group leaves, and the second step is the
a) substrate forms a carbocation intermediate. Formation of
a)
carbocation intermediate is the rate determining step.
Since for the formation of stable intermediate carbocation,
highly polar solvent is required. The bulky substituents
b) 4. What will be the final product in the below reaction? prevent the nucleophiles from approaching the carbon,
which is attached directly to the halogen. SN1is also more
b) favorable as the neighboring alkyl groups are electron
donating, which helps to stabilize the carbocation. SN1
c) reaction because the nucleophile is not a part of the rate-
determining step.

7. What is not true about below reaction?

c)
d)
View Answer
a)
.
Answer: b
a) Major product is given by SN1 reaction
Explanation: As we can see in below reaction, that firstly
b) Through E1 mechanism 3 alkenes are formed
diazotisation reaction will occur. This is followed by d) . c) 3-Methylpentane-3-ol is also formed as one of the
reaction of NaNO2 1 with diazonium ion forming nitro b) View Answer product
benzene, which will undergo reduction and form aniline.
d) Fractional distillation of elimination product will give
Answer: c
two fractions
Explanation: According to following mechanism we can say
View Answer
c) that some are major products. As we can see protonation
of hydroxyl group followed by dehydration will leads to Answer: d
hydride shift to the adjacent positively charged carbon for Explanation: As we see below mechanism major product is
formation of more stable carbocation. This will unleash formed by SN1 mechanism and E1 mechanism forms 3
two possibility of attack by Br- at the new carbocation alkenes. 3-Methylpentane-3-ol is also formed in the
d) .
from upward and backward and two products will be reaction. Fractional distillation of elimination product will
View Answer
 14

give three fractions. Hence statement d is false. 10. How many number of pie e- is present in benzene? 3. With accompanying 1, 2-rearrangement in wolff c) 3o
a) 6 rearrangement, an α-diazocarbonyl compound is d) 4o
b) 7 converted into a ketene by loss of which of the following View Answer
c) 8 compound?
d) 9 a) Dioxygen Answer: c
View Answer b) Dinitrogen Explanation: 3o-carbocation is relatively stable, and has
c) Disulphur been shown to return to pinacol by reaction in the
Answer: b d) Ammonia presence of isotopically labeled water. A 1, 2-methyl shift
Explanation: Pie electron are those which show de- View Answer generates an even more stable carbocation in which the
localization of the electrons, in same plan or p orbitals and charge is delocalized by heteroatom resonance.
8. What will be the total number of isomers formed when that there aren’t alternating double and single bonds. But Answer: b
the electron in one p-p overlapping is present Explanation: The leaving group (N2) and the migrating 7. In which medium Favorskii rearrangement occurs?
2-methyl butane is subjected to monochlorination?
perpendicular to the plane of ring. group (R1) are antiperiplanar, which favors a concerted a) Acidic
a) 5
mechanism, in which nitrogen extrusion occurs b) Basic
b) 4
concurrently with 1, 2-alkyl shift. c) Neutral
c) 3
d) Alkaline
d) 6
4. Which Intermediate is formed in Wolff’s reaction? View Answer
View Answer
a) Carbene
b) Ketene Answer: b
Answer: d
c) Carbocation Explanation: It is a base catalysed reaction:
Explanation: Monochlorination of 2 methyl butane gives
REARRANGEMENT REACTIONS
two pairs of enantiomers. 1st pair of enantiomer is 1- d) Carbanion
chloro-2-methyl butane and 2nd pair of enantiomer is 2- 1. Which types of isomers are formed in rearrangement View Answer
chloro-3-methyl butane. reactions?
Answers: b
1-chloro-3-methyl butane and 2-chloro-2-methyl butane a) structural isomers
Explanation: Ketene is formed as intermediate in Wolff’s
products are also formed. b) Geometrical isomers Mechanism of Favorskii rearrangement: Here OH- group of
reaction. Formation of Diazonium ion will be followed by
c) Optical isomer NaOH is attaching at the keto-group and the ring will open
reaction in presence of heat which leads to rearrangement
d) Conformational isomers for the stability of the molecule.
of bonds and ketene will be formed.
View Answer
9. The number of substitution products formed when Answers: a
metabromo anisole is treated with KNH2/NH3? Explanation: Products formed have the same molecular
a) 1 formula, but their atoms have different arrangements or
b) 2 bonds. For example, Butane and isobutane have the same 8. The benzylic acid rearrangement reaction of a cyclic
c) 3 number of carbon (C) atoms and hydrogen (H) atoms, so 5. Which was the first molecular rearrangement identified diketone leads to _______
d) 4 their molecular formulas are the same. as such by early chemists? a) Ring expansion
View Answer a) Wolff’s rearrangement b) Ring contraction
2. What is the main difference between Hofmann and c) Ring fusion
b) Pinacole rearrangement
Answer: c Curtius rearrangement?
c) Favorskii rearrangement d) Isomers
Explanation: Nucleophile (-NH2)will attack on Br and there a) Products are different
d) Hofmann rearrangement View Answer
will be three possibilities of bond formation and those are b) Intermediate formed is different
View Answer
ortho, para and meta position as shown in the below c) Reactants are different Answer: b
structures number 2, 3 and 1 respectively. d) Isomers Answers: b Explanation: The benzylic acid rearrangement reaction of a
View Answer Explanation: The pinacol rearrangement was the first cyclic diketone leads to ring contraction as shown in below
molecular rearrangement identified as such by early diagram.
Answers: c
chemists.
Explanation: The Hofmann rearrangement occurs with an
amide. The Curtius rearrangement occurs with an acyl 6. Which intermediate carbocation is more stable in
azide. pinacole -pinacolone rearrangement?
a) 1o
b) 2o
 15

9. Which medium is used in benzylic acid rearrangement Answer: c outer shell of a larger atom leads to than the smaller atom. c) Adolf Von Baeyer
reaction? Explanation: The substitution reaction can be classified by So, reactivity is more of smaller size atoms. d) Victor Grignard
a) Neutral an electrophile or a nucleophile, whether a reactive View Answer
b) Strong basic intermediate involved in the reaction is a carbocation, a 5. Which of the following is a not method of electron
c) Mild acidic carbanion or a free radical. movement? Answer: a
d) Strong acidic a) Bond breaking Explanation: arrow pushing was proposed by Sir Robert
View Answer 2. Why the chloroform layer becomes purple, when a b) Bond making Robinson to show movement of electron within a
colourless solution of potassium iodide is passed through a c) Bond movement molecule or between two different species. Curved arrow
Answer: b colourless solution of chloroform? d) Revolution of bond or curly arrow is used to represent the transfer of
Explanation: The mechanism of this benzylic acid a) Iodine View Answer electrons.
rearrangement starts with the attack of hydroxide on one b) Chlorine
of the carbonyl groups. c) Potassium chloride Answer: d 8. Electrons movement take place from __________
d) Potassium iodide Explanation: In bond breaking, bond making and bond a) positively to negatively components
10. Which type of catalytic reaction, does Dienone phenol View Answer movement, the electrons are moved between atoms or b) negatively to positively charged components
rearrangement reaction belong? compounds. This is because all of them have the property c) neutral to charged species
a) Acid catalysed Answer: a of electron transfer or we can say the movement of a pair d) charged species to neutral
b) Base catalysed Explanation: The iodine so liberated, dissolves in the of electrons from an electron rich site (a lone pair of View Answer
c) Acidic chloroform, giving it a purple colour. electrons or a bond) to an electron poor site. But
d) Neutral 2KI + Cl2 –> 2KCl + I2 revolution of bond will not lead to movement of electron Answer: b
View Answer (Iodine) between compounds. Explanation: Electrons are negatively charged means
electron rich spices, and so are attracted to the positive
Answer: a 3. A layer of reddish brown precipitate which is formed on 6. Which of the following statement is false for electron side and repelled by the negative side. So when the
Explanation: The first step in the mechanism of this the iron knife, when an iron knife is dipped in an aqueous movement? transfer takes place the electrons flow through it, they
reaction is the protonation of the most basic atom in the solution of copper sulphate is of which compound or a) The formal charge becomes one unit more positive at flow from negative to positive species.
molecule, the oxygen of the carbonyl group (as shown in element? the starting atom and one unit more negative at the
below reaction). a) Iron sulphate terminal atom 9. Which species are formed due to Homolytic bond
b) Copper b) The last arrow in a chain must be either a bond making breakage?
c) Rust arrow terminating at a sextet atom, or a bond breaking a) Anion
d) Copper sulphate arrow. b) Cation
View Answer c) When a bond is broken, this is represented by a curved c) Free radical
arrow pointing towards from the bond from which d) Atoms
Answer: b electron will be transfered and ending the arrow pointing View Answer
Explanation: copper produced in the below reaction will be away towards the next unoccupied molecular orbital
deposited on iron knife gives reddish brown colour. Answer: c
DISPLACEMENT SUBSTITUTION REACTION & ELECTRON d) Curly arrows are superimposed over the structural Explanation: In homolytic cleavage sharing of unpaired
Fe + CuSO4 –> FeSO4 + Cu formulae of reactants in a chemical equation to show the
MOVEMENT electrons on each of the atoms that were formerly joined
(copper) reaction mechanism by a bond, takes place. This leads to the formation of free
1. Which of the following statement is false for View Answer
4. What is the correct order of reactivity series of the radicals.
substitution reaction?
halogen? Answer: d
a) One functional group in a compound replaces another 10. Which of the following type of reaction shows
a) F > Cl > Br > I Explanation: Due to accepting an electron, the species
functional group heterolytic bond cleavage?
b) I > Cl > Br > F shows negative charge and the donating will experience
b) We can classify substitution reaction by nucleophile and a) SN1 reaction
c) F > Br > Cl > I positive charge. The last arrow pushing will show which
electrophile b) Addition reaction
d) I > Br > Cl > F atom will have what character, so it should be either
c) We can classify substitution reaction only by nucleophile c) Elimination reaction
View Answer breaking or making arrows. If the sigma bond is breakable,
and electrophile d) Free radical halogenation
d) Substitution reactions are divided into three general donation of electrons become easy.
Answer: a View Answer
classes, depending on the type of atom or group that acts Explanation: As we know size of F < Cl < Br < I increases 7. Who proposed arrow pushing method of showing
as the substituent down the group in periodic table. Due to the increase in Answer: d
progression of electons? Explanation: In SN1, Addition and Elimination reaction,
View Answer the radius and the extra shielding in the atom, which a) Sir Robert Robinson distribution of electrons after bond cleavage is different.
means that an electron is more easily attracted into the b) Robert Burns Woodward The electrons are transferred to more electronegative
 16

atoms. But Splitting or homolysis of a chlorine molecule, to & IV reaction undergo via SN1 mechanism. As we know the Answer: d
form two chlorine atoms, initiated by ultraviolet radiation rate of reaction in SN2 reaction is directly proportional to Explanation:
or sunlight. A chlorine atom has an unpaired electron and the concentration of nucleophile.
acts as a free radical.
3. SN1 reaction undergoes through a carbocation
intermediate as follows: a)
NUCLEOPHILIC SUBSTITUTION REACTION
[R = t-Bu, iso-Pr, Et, Me] (X = Cl, Br, I) Here the rate of reaction is directly proportional to the
1. Which of the following compound shows the correct
The correct statements are: concentration of RI and (131I-), so statement is correct.
decreasing order of solvolysis with aqueous ethanol?
I. The decreasing order of rate of SN1reaction is t-BuX > If any molecule undergoes substitution, then it forms
iso-PrX > EtX > MeX inversion product due to SN2 reaction. Hence statement is
b)
II. The decreasing order of ionization energy is MeX > EtX > correct.
iso-PrX > t-BuX For statement, below reaction one (+) molecule converts
III. The decreasing order of energy of activation is t-BuX > into (–) molecular and it also converts one optical reaction
The correct choice is: iso-PrX > EtX > MeX of (+) molecule.
a) III > II > I > IV a) I & II are correct
b) III > II > IV > I b) I & III are correct
c) II and III are correct c)
c) II > III > IV > I
d) III > I > IV > II d) I, II & III are correct
View Answer View Answer
Final solution contains both Iodine (I131) and normal (I). So,
Answer: b Answer: a we can say this is the only incorrect statement about the
Explanation: The solvation of above compound can be Explanation: above reaction.
compared by this trend, i.e. Solvation trend: 3O halide > (1) Formation of carbocation is RDS, more stable the
2O halide > 1O halide > vinylic halide. So, (III) molecule is an cation more easily it will form. Hence rate order is t-BuX > 5. Which one is an excellent substrate for SN2 reaction? d)
example of 3O halide, (II) molecule is an example of iso-PrX > EtX > MeX View Answer
2O halide, (IV) molecule is an example of 1O halide and (I) (2) Formation of carbocation CH3 is most difficult hence
Answer: b
molecule is an example of vinylic halide. ionization energy is highest. Similarly, EtX has lesser
Explanation: As we know rate order in SN2 is CH3X > 1o >
ionization energy than MeX and so on. a)
2. Which of the following reaction will go faster if the 2o > 3o halide and rate order in SN1 is CH3X < 1o< 2o <
(3) Order of energy of activation is MeX > EtX > iso-PrX > t-
concentration of the nucleophile is raised? 3o halide. So according to the following representation.
BuX.

4. Which statement is incorrect about the following b)

reaction? c) CH3 – CH2 – Cl

d)
View Answer

Answer: a
a) The rate of these reaction depends on both [R—I] and
Explanation: Alpha-halo carbonyl undergoes fastest SN2 7. Which configuration will be adopted by X and Y
[131I-]
reaction due to the coupling of π* of CO bond and π* of C– respectively?
a) I and III b) Loss of optical activity was twice as fast as the gain of
X bond.
b) II and IV radioactivity
c) I and II c) Each molecule undergoing substitution suffers Inversion 6. Which of the following curve correctly represents SN1 vs
d) I, II and IV of configuration SN2?
View Answer d) The Final solution has radioactive iodine only
View Answer a) R, R
Answer: c b) R, S
Explanation: I & II reaction undergo via SN2 mechanism. III c) S, S
 17

d) S, R
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: When ether reacts with the reactant
nucleophilic substitution conjugate base reaction (i.e.
SNCB) will take place and there will be retention of
configuration and it will be R product. When C5H5NH
reacts with reactant SN2 reaction will take place and
configuration inversion will take place and it will be S
product.
a) Rate of formation of (II) and (IV)would be identical
b) Rate of formation of (I) would be slower than that of (III)
c) Formation of (I) would show primary isotope effect
d) Formation of (III) involves E1 reaction
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Rate of formation of II and IV similar because
H & D are approximately of same size.
C–H & C–D bond breaking is the part of RDS hence rate in
(I) is slower than (III)
It undergoes E2 not via E1 because carbocation is not
stable.
Here (PrO) and (CH3) will be at same carbon atom and
(OH) will be at adjacent carbon atom. Hence this reaction
is wrong.
n-PrO– will attack the carbon atom attached to oxygen
above the plane and the above product will be formed.
Hence the reaction is correct.
make use of this to react with an electron deficient species
b) The nucleophilicity of an element (an electron donor)
generally increases on going down a group in the periodic
table
c) A nucleophile is electron-deficient species
d) All good nucleophiles are good bases when we deal
across the period
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: A nucleophile is a chemical species that
donates an electron pair to an electrophile to form a
chemical bond in relation to a reaction, it is an electron
rich species.

3. What is the correct order of nucleophilicity in the

Attack of Bromine ion (Br–) will be at that carbon atom following options?
where less substitution is present, the a) (CH3)3CO– > CH3–
above product will form. Hence this reaction is correct. b) CH3S– > CH3SH
8. What will be the correct order of SN2 / E2 ratio for the
c) CH3CH2CH2O– < (CH3)3CO–
%yield of the product of the following halide? 10. Among the following reactions, which one is incorrect?
d) (CH3CH2)3N > (CH3CH2)3P
View Answer
NUCLEOPHILIC & ELECTROPHILIC SUBSTITUTION
REACTION Answer: b
a) Explanation: Alkoxides are weaker Nu– than carbanion
1. What is the correct statement for the given reactions?
because negative charge on oxygen is more stable than
carbon. CH3CH2CH2O– is more nucleophilic, due to less
a) III > IV > II > I steric hindrance. The negative charge is more nucleophilic
b) III > II > IV > I than a stable compound.
b) a) B reacts faster than A
c) I > III > IV > II
b) Both give the same product 4. Which of the following order is correct for the solvolysis
d) II > I > III > IV
View Answer c) A gives trans and B gives c is product in 50% aqueous ethanol at 44.6oC?
d) A gives cis and B gives trans product
Answer: a View Answer
c) a)
Explanation: Least hindered halide give fastest SN2
reaction as the hindrance increases. As the hindrance Answer: b
increases, the occurrence of SN2 reaction decreases. Explanation:
b)
d)
View Answer
c)
Answer: b

In reaction A, groups attached to benzene are on opposite

9. Which of the following is an incorrect statement?
plane so SNGP mechanism will be followed and B will d)
Explanation:
undergo SN2. Due to SNGP (A) reacts faster than B and View Answer
α-halocarbonyl are the best SN2 substrate. both give same product.
Answer: b
Here nucleophilic substitution reaction will happen and
2. Which of the following statement is incorrect about Explanation: Solvolysis is a nucleophilic substitution (SN1)
the above product will be formed. Hence this reaction is
nucleophiles? or elimination, where the nucleophile is a solvent
correct.
a) Nucleophiles have an unshared electron pair and can
 18

molecule. Solvolysis order CH3X < 1o halide < 2ohalide < b) Each of the above reactions is likely to be SN1 synchronously, i.e., in one step, so it will undergo SN2
allylic halide < 3o halide. c) First two reactions follow SN2 and next two reactions pathway.
follow SN1 pathway
5. Identify correct step representing SN1 mechanism for d) There is no role of “steric factor” 10. Benzyl chloride is reacted with different nucleophiles
the cleavage of ether with HI. View Answer (HO–, CH3COO–, PhO–, CH3O–). Arrange them in the
decreasing order of reactivity with Benzyl chloride.
Answer: a a) CH3O– > HO– > PhO– > CH3COO–
Explanation: As the steric hindrance increase, attack on b) HO– > CH3O– > PhO– > CH3COO–
carbon attached to Br decreases. It is possible only when a) c) HO– > PhO– > CH3O– > CH3COO–
reaction undergoes via SN2 reaction. d) CH3COO– > CH3O– > HO– > PhO–
View Answer
7. Which of the following reaction is not possible?
Answer: b
b)
Explanation: HO– > CH3O– > PhO– > CH3COO–
Here,CH3O– is most stable as the negative charge is
distributed among two oxygen, followed by oxygen attach
to phenyl group will share electron in resonance. And
a) 1 and 3 c) carbon is more electronegative than hydrogen attached to
a)
b) 2 and 3 oxygen that’s why HO– is less stable than CH3O– and more
c) 1 and 4 nucleophilic.
d) 2 and 4
11. Among the following compounds, what is the
View Answer d) decreasing order of reactivity towards electrophilic
b) View Answer substitution?
Answer: b
Explanation: As we can see in below reaction first step is a Answer: d
slow step in which carbocation is formed. And the second Explanation: Leaving group center should be anti to each
step is fast where nucleophile will attach carbocation. other and nucleophilic.

c)

a) III > I > II > IV

b) IV > I > II > III
c) II > III > II > IV
d) 9. Which of the following statement is true about the d) I > III > II > IV
View Answer reaction given below? View Answer

Answer: b Answer: a
Explanation: In reaction, the nucleophilic attack will be at Explanation: This is a electrophilic substitution and more
aliphatic chlorine atom instead of aromatic chlorine the electrodensity on the ring faster the reaction.
because aromatic carbon SN2 is not possible. a) It involves a carbocation intermediate III > I > II > IV (Reactivity order towards E substitution)

6. The relative rates of nucleophilic substitution for the b) The rearrangement is due to SN1 reaction mechanism
12. Among the following, which one is not a meta directing
given substrates are as follows: c) It proceeds via a concerted SN2 pathway
group in an electrophilic attack?
Compound Approx. Relative rate d) It proceeds via a concerted SN1 pathway
CH3CH2Br 1.0 View Answer
CH3CH2CH2Br 0.28
Answer: c
(CH3)2CHCH2Br 0.030 a)
Explanation: In this reaction nucleophile (–OMe) will
(CH3)3 CCH2Br 0.00000042
8. What will be the starting material (I) in the given attack at carbon attach to oxygen and in this mechanism,
Which of the following statement is correct?
reaction? one bond is broken and one bond is formed
a) Each of the above reactions is likely to be SN2
 19

a) increases electron density at meta-position

b) increases electrons density at ortho and para-positions
c) decreases electron density at meta-position
d)
d) decreases electron density at ortho and para-positions
View Answer
b) View Answer
d)
Answer: b
Answer: d View Answer
Explanation: Iodine is a better leaving group than chlorine,
Explanation: Because nitro group decreases electron
so attach will be at iodine site. Answer: b
density at ortho and para-positions, which will leads to
c) Explanation: Here three times Elimination(E2) occurs and
deactivation of ring.
three pie bond will be formed and three water molecule
will be removed as shown below.

ELIMINATION REACTION
d) 3. Which of the following is incorrect statement for the
View Answer 1. Assuming both the reactions as E1, where will the
giver reaction?
expected ratio between KH/KD lies between?
Answer: d
Explanation: d id not a meta directing group in
electrophilic attack because halogen are ortho- para
a) nearly I 5. Which of the following statements is correct for alkyl
directing and ring deactivationg group.
b) nearly 3 halide?
13. What will be the decreasing order of electrophilic c) nearly 5 a) Alkyl halide will always show SN1 mechanism
nitration of the following compounds? d) anything in between 2 and 8 a) Rate of formation of II and IV would be identical b) As branching at carbon increases, E1 mechanism is
View Answer b) Rate of formation of I would be slower than that of III favoured as compared to SN1 mechanism
c) Formation of I would show primary isotope effect c) In unimolecular reaction, increasing the temperature
Answer: a
d) Formation of III involves E1 reaction donot favours E1 mechanism
Explanation: In E1 elimination RDS is the formation of
View Answer d) In most unimolecular reactions of alkyl halide E1
carbocation from halide hence C – H and C – D are not the
reaction is favoured over SN1 reaction
part of RDS there KH/KD is approx. 1. Answer: d
View Answer
a) S > R > P > Q Explanation: Rate of formation of II and IV similar because
b) R > S > P > Q H & D are approximately of same size. Answer: b
c) R > P > S > Q C–H & C–D bond breaking is the part of RDS hence rate in I Explanation: In most unimolecular reactions of alkyl halide
d) P > S > R > Q is slower than III SN1 reaction is favoured over E1 reaction. E1 mechanism
View Answer It undergo E2 not via E1 because carbocation is not stable. is favoured as compared to SN1 mechanism by branching
at carbon increases, as more steric hinderence at the
Answer: c 4. When the all-cis isomer of C6H6Cl6 (2, 3, 4, 5, 6-
attacking site will leads to E1 mechanism.
Explanation: R > P > S > Q 2. Predict the product for the following elimination Hexachlorocyclohexane) is heated with alc.KOH, what will
In R electron donating group is present. In P, Cl will attract reaction. be the most probable product? 6. Which of the following order is incorrect for the rate of
rings electron and donation will increase. In S there is E2 reaction?
electron donating group hence it is more reactive. If a) 5-Bromocycloheptene > 4-Bromocycloheptene
C2H5 is not there than this order reverses. b) 2-Bromo- I -phenylbutane > 3-Bromo- I-phenylbutane
In Q electron pair will get into resonance. a) c) 3-Bromocyclohexene > Bromocyclohexane
d) 3-Bromo-2-methylpentane > 2-Bromo-4-methylpentane
a) View Answer

b) Answer: a
b) Explanation: For 5-Bromocycloheptene > 4-
Bromocycloheptene, more stable product leads to faster
14. Nitro group is meta-directing in electrophilic aromatic
c) rate of reaction. Product formed by E2 of 4-
substitution reactions?
c) Bromocycloheptene is more stable than 5-
 20

Bromocycloheptene. So, rate of reaction 4- Answer: d Answer: b

Bromocycloheptene is fater than 5-Bromocycloheptene.
So option 5-Bromocycloheptene > 4-Bromocycloheptene is
incorrect.
For 2-Bromo- I -phenylbutane > 3-Bromo- I-phenylbutane,
it is true rate of reaction for 2-Bromo- I -phenylbutane is
more than 3-Bromo- I-phenylbutane as product formed in
former is more stable due to resonance.
Explanation: E2 is a concerted reaction in which bonds
break and new bonds form at the same time in a single
step. Order of reactivity of alkyl halides towards E2
dehydrohalogenation is found to be 3o > 2o > 1o. In E2
reaction both hydrogen and leaving group should be
antiperiplanar and that’s why In E2 elimination different
stereoisomer (diastereomer) converts into different stereo
product.
8. Which of the following statement is correct regarding
the following reaction?
Explanation: Here correct is statement 1 and 4 are true.
Due to steric hinderence tert-Butyl alcohol anion will
attack less substituted C-H bond.
Ethanol anion will attack more substituted C-H bond to II.
form more stable alkene.
When leaving group are F & NH2 type then they give
hoffmann product.
III.

10. Which incorrect about alkyl bromide having molecular

a) Major product is endocyclic alkene formed according to formula C5H11Br?
Saytzeff a) One isomeric alkyl bromide undergoes E1 elimination at
b) Major product is exocyclic alkene formed according to the fastest rate IV.
Saytzeff b) Only one is incapable of reacting by the E2 mechanism
For 3-Bromocyclohexene > Bromocyclohexane, it is true
c) Major product is exocyclic alkene formed according to c) Only one isomer gives a single alkene on E2 elimination
rate of reaction for 3-Bromocyclohexeneis more than
Hoffmann d) 2-Bromopentane gives the most complex mixture of
Bromocyclohexane as product formed in former is more
d) Major product is endocyclic alkene formed according to alkenes on E2 elimination
stable.
Hoffmann View Answer
View Answer
11. In which reaction product formation takes place by
Answer: c hoffmann rule? 12. Which of the following compounds cannot give E1CB
Explanation: Exocyclic alkene are more stable than endo reaction?
beacuse of but due to “steric hindrance” the less a) CF3 – CHCl2
substituted alkene is formed. b) C6h5 – CH2 – CH2F
For 3-Bromo-2-methylpentane > 2-Bromo-4- c) CH3 – CH2 – CH2Br
methylpentane, it is true rate of reaction for 3-Bromo-2-
methylpentane more stable than 2-Bromo-4-
methylpentane as product formed in former is more d)
View Answer

Answer: d
9. Which of the following statement (s) is/are true about a) I and II Explanation:
the following eliminations? b) II and III
c) I, II and III
stable.
d) I, II, III and IV
7. Which of the following statement is correct? View Answer
(1) Hoffmann product is major product in I (2) Saytzeff
a) E2 is a concerted reaction in which bonds break and product is major product in I (3) Hoffmann product is Answer: d Compound d will give E2 reaction, Br is a better leaving
new bonds form at the same time in a single step major product in II (4) Saytzeffproduct is major product in Explanation: All of the above molecules will form product group so formation of carboanion and removal of leaving
b) Order of reactivity of alkyl halides towards E2 II by hoffmann rule that is less substituted C-H bond will be group occurs simultaneously. But E1CB reaction is shown
dehydrohalogenation is found to be 3o > 2o > 1o a) 1 and 2 attacked because more stable product will be formed via by poor leaving group like in compounds a, b and c.
c) In E2 elimination different stereoisomer (diastereomer) b) 1 and 4 this in all cases.
converts into different stereo product c) 2 and 3 I.
d) All of the mentioned d) 3 and 4
View Answer View Answer
 21

13. Incorrect statement (s) is (are) d) 1, 1-dichloropropane C4H9NO2;

View Answer chemical shift = 5.30 (broad, 1H)
chemical shift = 4.10 (q, 2H)
Answer: a chemical shift = 2.80 (d, 3H)
a) X being electronegative, makes the H (on C-2) more Explanation: Only (a) compound has all chemically chemical shift = 1.20 (t, 3H)
acidic equivalent hydrogen. So, give only one peak.
a)
b) Due to electron withdrawal nature of X, it stabilises the
carbanion
c) (X) destabilises the carbanion due to the presence of
lone pairs
d) The reaction proceeds by an E1CB pathway
View Answer b)
As shown in the above compound, doublet, because of
Answer: c 2. The 1H NMR spectrum of CH3OCHCICH2Cl will exhibit neighbouring 1H attached to N and one will be broad as
Explanation: Due to inductive effect of halogen it stabilize ________ because of hydrogen attached to N, quatret becauseof
the negative charge on adjacent to carbon atom, as X will a) A three proton doublet. One proton singlet and a two neighbouring 3H and finally triplet, because
c)
withdraw the electron towards itself. proton doublet of neighbouring 2H.
b) A three proton singlet. One proton singlet and a two
14. Which of the following is not the examples of E1CB 4. Which of the following has three types of hydrogens in
proton doublet
reaction? the following compounds?
c) A three proton singlet. One proton triplet and a two
d) a) Br-CH = CH2
proton doublet
View Answer b) CH3 – CH2 – CH3
d) A three proton triplet. One proton triplet and a two
a) proton triplet c) C6H5CH2
Answer: d
View Answer d) CH3– CH2 – CH(CH3) – N02
Explanation: Compounds a, b and c will follow Addition-
View Answer
Elimination mechanism.
Answer: c
b) Answer: a
Explanation: The 1H NMR spectrum of CH3OCHCICH2Cl
will exhibit three proton singlet, one proton triplet and Explanation:
two proton doublet.
c)
No. of peaks = n + 1
(n = no. of neighbouring chemically equivalent Hydrogen
Compound will follow elimination -addition mechanism, as nuclii)
d)
shown in below reaction. NH– anion first attack on the ring We will replace them by D and check the structure if they
View Answer
which lead to formation of benzyne ring and further are different then they are different.
Answer: d addition of -NH2 will take place.
Explanation: Compound d will give E2 reaction, CL is a
better leaving group so formation of carboanion and
removal of leaving group occurs simultaneously. But E1CB
reaction shown by poor leaving group like in compounds a, 3. Which of the following 1H-NMR spectrum of compound
with molecular formula C4H9NO2 shows delta 5.30 (broad,
IH), 4.10(q, 2H), 2.80 (d, 3H), 1.20 (t, 3H) ppm? both are different
NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE – 1 a) CH3NHCOOCH2CH3 so, total 3 type of hydrogen
b) CH3CH2NHCOOCH3 So, three different type of hydrogen is present in
1. Which of the following organic compound with c) CH3OCH2CONHCH3 compound a.
b and c.
molecular formula C3H C12 exhibits only one signal in the d) CH3CH2OCH2CONH2
IH NMR spectrum? View Answer 5. Which of the compound show only one signal is present
15. Which of the following reaction will not show addition
elimination mechanism? a) 2, 2-dichloropropane in the PMR spectra ?
b) 1, 2-dichloropropane Answer: a a) C3H4, C3H6
c) 1, 3-dichloropropane Explanation: b) C4H6, C5H12
 22

c) C8H18, C2H6O a) CH3–CH2–O–CH2–CH3 Explanation: d) magnetogyric ratio

d) All of the mentioned All structures have only one type of hydrogen. So, all give View Answer
View Answer single peak.
Answer: a
Answer: d Explanation: In NMR spectroscopy. the product of Nuclear
Explanation: All of the below compounds have only type of ‘g’ factor (gN), the nuclear magneton (βN) and the magnetic
proton, so only one signal. 6Ha -> 1 group of line; field strength (Bo) gives the energy of transition from
4Hb -> 1 group of line alpha to beta state. As shown below:
10. A proton Hb is coupled to four equivalent protons Ha.
Therefore, Intensity => 6 : 4 => 3 : 2.
The multiplicity and the relative intensity of lines in the
signal Hb is
a) Doublet, I : 4
b) Triplet, I : 4 : 6
c) Quintet, 1 : 4 : 6 : 4 : 1 2. An organic compound having the molecular formulae
b)
d) Quartet, 1 : 4 : 6 : 4 C10H14 exhibited two singlets in the 1H NMR spectrum and
9H -> 1 group of line and 1H -> 1 group of line / single
View Answer three signals in the 13C NMR. What is the compound?
peak.
6. How many Hertz does 1 ppm correspond to for an PMR Therefore, Intensity => 9 : 1. Answer: c
spectrometer operating at a radio frequency of 60 MHz
Explanation: Each signal in a proton NMR spectrum may or
and 100 MHz? 8. The distance between the centers of the peaks of
may not be split into one or more peaks, this is called as a)
a) 6 Hz, 10 Hz doublet is called as?
multiplicity. The most common concept associated with
b) 60 Hz, 100 Hz a) Coupling constant
signal multiplicity is the n+1 rule. According to this rule,
c) 100 Hz, 60 Hz b) Spin constant
the signal for the proton under observation will be split
d) 10Hz, 100Hz c) Spin-spin coupling b)
into n+1 peaks by protons attached to adjacent carbons,
View Answer d) Chemical shift
where n is the number of such protons.
View Answer
Answer: b No. of peaks = n + 1
Explanation: Answer: a (n = no. of neighbouring chemically equivalent Hydrogen
c)
Explanation: When the proton under observation is split nuclii)
into several peaks by neighboring protons, the distance So, Hb —-> 4Ha
between these peaks is a constant called the coupling d)
Multiplicity —->n + 1 = 5 (Quintet)
constant (J). Any two sets of protons that exhibit the same View Answer
coupling constant are most likely splitting eachother And, according to Pascal triangle(shown below): Intensity–
signals and are said to be coupled. Answer: a
>1:4:6:4:1
Explanation: In compound a;
1
7. Compound C4H10O gave PMR spectrum consisting of 11
two groups of lines (multiplets) with relative intensities in 121
the ratio 3 : 2. Other compound of the same formula 1331
exhibited two lines with relative area of 9 : 1. What are 14641
these compounds.
a) Diethyl ether and n-butanol
b) t-Butyl alcohol and 1-Methoxypropane
9. H2, CH4, C2H6 and C6H6 exhibit which PMR spectra? NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE – 2
c) diethyl ether and t-Butyl alcohol
a) Singlet
d) Diethyl ether and 2-Methoxypropane 1. In NMR spectroscopy, what is the product of Nuclear ‘g’
b) Doublet
View Answer factor (gN), the nuclear magneton and the magnetic field
c) Triplet
d) Quintet strength (Bo)? Here only 2 types of Hydrogen are present (two Ha &
Answer: c
Answer: a a) energy of transition from alpha to beta state twelve Hb). So, 2 singlets only. There is no need to
Explanation:
View Answer b) chemical shift check 13C NMR. Still, if you check three types carbon are
NMR data: Two groups of lines in 3 : 2 and two groups of
c) spin-spin coupling constant present (two C1, four C2 and four C2 carbon). Hence, there
lines in 9 : 1 for same molecular formula
peak for 13C NMR.
 23

3. The 1H NMR spectrum of a dilute solution of a mixture Answer: b types of protons so five peaks will be observed. Hz) ppm. What will be the compound among the choices?
of acetone and dichloromethane in CDCl3 exhibits two Explanation: a) 4-ethylphenol
singlets of 1:1 intensity. What will be the molar ratio of b) 2-ethylphenol
acetone to dichloromethane in the solution? c) 4-methylanisole
a) 3:1 d) 4-methylbenzyl alcohol
b) 1:3 View Answer
Where, I: nucleus spin=1/2
c) 1:1
μn: nuclear magneton=5.05×10-27 Answer: c
d) 1:2
μ: magnetic moment by protons=2.79 Explanation: C8H10O
View Answer
h: Plank constant= 6.63x 10-34joule-seconds.
Answer: b 8. What will be the NMR frequency in MHz of bare 1H in a
6. What are the number of signals in 1H NMR in the given
Explanation: If intensity is 1:1, the ratio must be 1:3 magnetic field of intensity 1.4092 tesla (given gN = 5.585
molecules?
and μN = 5.05 x 10-27 JT-1)?
a) 60 MHz
b) 120 MHz
c) 100 MHz
d) 15 MHz
a) 3, 4, 4, 3 respectively 3Ha –> 3.8, singlet (deshielded because of –I of oxygen)
View Answer
b) 2, 6, 4, 2 respectively 3Hb –>2.5, singlet (No such –I)
4. What will be the strength of coupling between geminal c) 2, 4, 6, 2 respectively Answer: a 2Hc –> 7.2, doublet (deshielded because of anisotropy
protons in the following molecules? d) 2, 4, 2, 6 respectively Explanation: By using the below formula we can calculate effect of benzene as well as because of –I of oxygen)
View Answer NMR frequency, where h is Plank’s constant. 2Hd –>6.8, doublet (deshielded because of anisotropy of
benzene).
Answer: b
Explanation: Different types of proton give the different
a) Decrease as the size of ring increase type of signals, so the different hydrogen will give different
numbers of signals. MASS SPECTROSCOPY
b) Increase as the size of ring increase
As we can see first compound has two type of hydrogen
c) Remains same 1. Which of the following statement is false for mass
d) No relation between the size of the ring & coupling Ha and Hb. Compound second has six type of hydrogen Ha,
9. At room temperature, what is the number of singlet spectroscopy?
View Answer Hb, Hc, Hd, He and H. Compound third has four type of
hydrogen Ha, Hb, Hc, Hd and l forth compound has two resonances observed in the 1H NMR spectrum of a) Mass spectroscopy is used to identify unknown
Me3CC(O)NMe2 (N, N-Dimethylpivalamide)? compounds within a sample, and to elucidate the
Answer: b type of hydrogen Ha and Hb.
a) 3 structure and chemical properties of different molecules
Explanation: Geminal proton 2J coupling i.e. coupling of H
b) 4 b) Particle are characterized by their mass to charge ratios
& H on same carbon.
c) 5 (m/z) and relative abundances
d) 2 c) This technique basically studies the effect of ionizing
View Answer energy on molecules
d) This technique can be used on all state of matter
Answer: a View Answer
as ring size increases, bond angle outside decreases i.e. α1
7. How many peaks are expected in low-resolution NMR Explanation: As shown below; three signals are observed.
> α2 > α3 > α4 (according % s character). If B.A. decreases,
spectrum of vinyl chloride and ethyl cyclopropane? 3Ha will experience shielding due to O–, so They are Answer: d
2J coupling increases.
a) 3,5 different from 3Hb. Explanation: A mass spectrum measures the masses within
5. What is the value of gyramagnetic ratio of proton? b) 5,3 a sample. Particles are characterized by their mass to
a) 41.10 radian/Tesla c) 6,3 charge ratios (m/z) and relative abundances. This
b) 42.57 MHz/Tesla d) 3,6 technique basically studies the effect of ionizing energy on
c) 26.75 radian/Tesla View Answer molecules and is applied to pure samples as well as
d) 41.10 MHz/Tesla complex mixtures. This technique is only possible to
Answer: a perform in the gaseous state.
View Answer
Explanation: Vinyl chloride compound has three types of 10. An organic compound (MF; C8H10O) exhibited the
proton as shown below and ethyl cyclopropane has five following 1H NMR special data: 2. Which of the following main component of mass
62.5 (3H, s), 3.8 (314, s), 6.8 (2H, d, J 8 Hz), 7.2 (2H, d, J 8 spectroscopy deal with resolving the ions into their
 24

characteristics mass components according to their mass- Given: gN = 5.585 and BN = 5.05 x 10-27 JT-I. Answer: a Answer: a
to-charge ratio? a) 7.05 T Explanation: Explanation:
a) Ion Source b) 6.38 T C8H7ClO IR: 1760 cm–1
b) Analyzer c) 7.58 T IR data: 1690 cm–1 Some options are not possible because of IR data.
c) Detector System d) 5.93 T NMR data: two types of protons in 5: 2 ratio. Only two 1760 cm–1 –> Represent either ester or anhydride
d) Analyzer tube View Answer types of protons. ester –>with cross conjugation or anhydride
View Answer Ketone with conjugation shows peaks at 1690 cm–1. chemical reference: 7.2 (1H), d, J = 16.0 Hz
Answer: a This ‘J’ shows it is a trans alkene.
Answer: b Explanation: According this formula of frequency: 8. Which species of the following is used to bombard with
Explanation: The complete process involves the conversion the sample for which mass spectroscopy has been 10. The spectrum of a compound with molecular formula
of the sample into gaseous ions, with or without performed? C5H602 is shown below. IR spectrum shows medium
fragmentation, which is then characterized by their mass a) Alpha particles intensity band at 3270 and 2180 cm-1. What will be the
to charge ratios (m/z) by an analyser. Eventually, the b) Neutrons structure of compound? Chemical reference: 1.3 (3H, t);
second analyzer will analyse fragment the selected ions c) Electrons 2.8 (1H, s), 4.3 (2H, q).
and detect the ions emerging from the last analyzer and d) Protons
measure their and relative abundances with the detector View Answer
that converts the ions into electrical signals.
Answer: c a)
6. What are the main criteria on which mass spectrometer
3. Who discovered the mass spectrometer? Explanation: In the mass spectrometer, the sample which
used for?
a) Francis Aston is to be analysed is bombarded with electrons, which leads
a) Composition in sample
b) J. J Thomson to the formation of the ions. The ions are sorted out by b)
b) Relative mass of atoms
c) Ernest O. Lawrence accelerating them through electric and magnetic field. A
c) Concentration of elements in the sample
d) Walter Kaufmann record of the number of different kinds of ions is called
d) Properties of sample
View Answer mass spectrum.
View Answer c)
Answer: b 9. An organic compound Q exhibited the following spectral
Answer: b
Explanation: The mass spectrometer was invented by JJ data obtained by mass spectroscopy.
Explanation: A mass spectrometer generates multiple ions
THOMSON. He performed a series of experiments in 1897 IR: 1760 cm–1
from the sample under investigation, it then separates
designed to study the nature of electric discharge in a 1
HNMR: chemical reference (ppm): 7.2 (IH, d, 16.0 Hz), 5.1 d)
them according to their specific mass-to-charge ratio (m/z) View Answer
high-vacuum cathode-ray tube. Further modified by F. W. (IH, m), 2.1 (3H, s), 1.8 (3H, d, J = 7.0 Hz)
or we can say on relative mass of atoms, and then records 13
Aston shortly after World War I. He constructs the first CNMR chemical reference (ppm): 170 (carbonyl carbon).
the relative abundance of each ion type. Answer: b
velocity focusing mass spectrograph which has mass What is compound Q?
Explanation:
resolving power of 130. 7. A compound of molecular formula C8H7ClO shows a
We have –>C5H6O2
prominent band in its IR spectrum at 1690 cm-1. 1H NMR IR data: 3270 cm–1, 2180 cm–1 shows it can be an alkyne
4. In which state of matter mass spectroscopy is being
spectrum revealed only two major types of protons in the
performed? a) NMR data: 1.3 (3H, t); 2.8 (1H, s); 4.3 (2H, q)
ratio of 5: 2. Which one of the following structures best fits
a) solid Now out of (a) & (b)
the above data?
b) liquid
c) gaseous
b)
d) plasma a)
View Answer
b)
Answer: c
c)
Explanation: In the mass spectrometric analysis of (a)
compounds is firstly done by production of gas phase ions c) So, no such the electronegative difference between both
of the compound, basically by electron ionization. This
cases C-C Bond.
molecular ion undergoes fragmentation.
d)
d)
5. A PMR spectrometer operates at 300 MHz. Find the View Answer
View Answer
value of magnetic field.
 25

1. What is the wavelength range for UV spectrum of light? level will decrease respectively so λmax will increase. d) RCOOH = RCOOR’ > RCONH2
a) 400 nm – 700 nm View Answer
b) 700 nm to 1 mm
c) 0.01 nm to 10 nm Answer: b
(b) Explanation:
d) 10 nm to 400 nm
View Answer

So, electronegative difference between both cases C-C
Bond is high. Hence 2H peak will at 4.3.
11. Separation of ions in mass spectrometer take place on
the basis of which of the following?
a) Mass
b) Charge
c) Molecular weight
d) Mass to charge ratio
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Mass spectrometer separates ions on the
basis of mass to charge ratio i.e. m/z. In the spectrum of a
pure compound, the molecular ion, if present, appears at
the highest value of m/z (followed by ions containing
heavier isotopes) and gives the molecular mass of the
compound. Most of the ions are singly charged. Hence, the
mass to charge ratio is equal to the mass.
12. Which type of ionic species are allowed to pass
through the slit and reach the collecting plate?
a) Negative ions of all masses
b) positive ions of the specific mass
c) Negative ions of the specific mass
d) Positive ions of all masses
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Positive ions of specific mass pass through
the slit and reach the collecting plate. The ion currents are
measured using sensitive electrometer tube. The ions
reaching the collecting plate are measured.
UV – VISIBLE SPECTROSCOPY
Answer: d
Explanation: Ultraviolet (UV) is an electromagnetic
radiation with a wavelength from 10 nm to 400 nm,
shorter than that of visible light but longer than X-rays (the
4. What is the correct order of λmax for n –> π* transition
visible region fall between 380-750 nm and X- rays region
for the R-CN, R-NO2, and R-N=N-R?
fall between 0.01 to 10nm).
a) R-CN < R-NO2 < R-N=N-R
2. Which of the following comparison is correct for solvent b) R-CN = R-NO2 = R-N=N-R
shift on the n –>π* transition of acetone? c) R-CN > R-NO2 > R-N=N-R
a) H20 = CH30H = C2H50H = CHC13 = C6H14 d) R-CN > R-NO2 < R-N=N-R
b) H20 > CH30H > C2H50H > CHC13 > C6H14 View Answer
c) H20 < CH30H < C2H50H < CHC13 < C6H14
d) H20 > CH30H < C2H50H < CHC13 < C6H14 Answer: a
View Answer Explanation: λmax for n –> π*
Answer: c
Explanation: H-bonding with ground state in n–> π* results
in increase in energy gap & decrease in wavelength.
And as polar solvents show strong H-bonding. So, the Electronegative difference order: 3 < 2 < 1
correct option is H20 < CH30H < C2H50H < CHC13 < C6H14. If different is less than energy gap between n –> π* is also
less hence more wavelength.
So, energy gap between n –> π* 3 < 2 < 1
λmax–> 3 > 2 > 1
5. What is the correct order of λmax for π –> π* transition
for the following three compounds?
a) R-C=C-R > R2C = CR2 > R-CHO
b) R-C=C-R < R2C = CR2 < R-CHO
c) R-C=C-R = R2C = CR2 = R-CHO
d) R-C=C-R < R2C = CR2 >R-CHO
View Answer
3. What is the correct order of λmax for n –> ς* transition?
Answer: b
a) R-OH > R-NH2 > R-SH
Explanation: MO diagram (C = C), (C = C) & (C = O) and
b) R-OH < R-NH2 < R-SH
shows the energy gap between π – π*, increases among
c) R-OH > R-SH > R-NH2
these three molecules. So λmax will give the reverse trend.
d) R-OH < R-SH < R-NH2
R-C=C-R < R2C = CR2 < R-CHO
View Answer
6. What is the correct order of λmax for n–> π* transition
Answer: b
for the following three compounds?
Explanation: According to molecular orbital energy
a) RCOOH > RCOOR’ > RCONH2
diagram for R-OH, R-NH2, R-SH (shown below), energy
b) RCOOH = RCOOR’ = RCONH2
c) RCOOH = RCOOR’ < RCONH2
As we can see from above diagram: +m1 > +m2; +m3
Here since mesomeric effect shows Bathochromic shift:
i.e. a change of spectral band position in the absorption,
reflectance, transmittance, or emission spectrum of a
molecule to a longer wavelength (lower frequency)
Here, λmax –> 3 ≈ 2 < 1.
7. Which of the following is the correct order of λmax for n–
> π* transition for the given compounds?
a) 1>2>3>4>5
b) 1<2<3<4<5
c) 1>2<3>4<5
d) 1>2>3<4>5
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: λmax depends upon +m & I effect, which will
lead to a shift to longer wavelength accompanied by
increased intensity of absorption represents an electronic
level (considering inductive and mesomeric effect) of the
ground and excited states and thus a decrease in transition
energy.
The correct order of λmax is 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 > 5.
8. The ultraviolet spectrum of benzonitrile shows a
primary absorption band at 224 nm. If a solution of
benzonitrile in water, with a concentration of 1x 10-4molar,
is examined at a wavelength of 224 nm, the absorbance is
determined to be 1.30. The cell length is 1 cm.
What is the molar absorptivity of this absorption band?
a) 2.3 x 104
b) 3.3 x 104
c) 1.3 x 104
d) 4.3 x 104
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation:
Benzonitrile in water with:
 26

C = 1 x 10-4 M OH at ortho position show +m effect & hence higher frequency in a gaseous state as compared to liquid
A = 1.30 λmaxincreases to 242 nm. and solid states.
l = 1 cm
We know, A = ℇCl 4. In which unit Force constant is not expressed?
ℇ = A/C I = 1.30/ 1X 10-4 X 1 = 1.34 X 104. a) Dynes cm-1
INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY – 1 b) dyne Å-1
9. The ultraviolet spectrum of benzonitrile shows a 1. What is the relation between restoring force, f to the c) Nm-1
secondary absorption band at 271 nm. If a solution of d) kp
displacement q in Hooke’s law?
benzonitrile in water, with a concentration of 1×10-4 molar a) f = -kq View Answer Since, H–Cl has single bond so having least force constant
solution is examined at 271 nm, what will be the and respective q is longest among above three. q is larger
b) f = kq Answer: d
absorbance reading (ℇ = 1000) and what will be the c) f = kq2 when the force constant is smaller.
intensity ratio, IO/I, respectively? Explanation: All of the above units are correct for force
d) f = -kq2 constant except kp, i.e. kilogram force or kilopond, which
a) 0.1, 1.26 7. The vibrations, without a center of symmetry are active
View Answer is the unit of force.
b) 0.2, 2.26 in which of the following region?
c) 0.3, 3.26 Answer: a a) Infrared but inactive in Raman
5. For HCI, = 1.63 x 10-27 kg, the observed frequency =
d) 0.4, 4.26 Explanation: Restoring force f needed to extend or b) Raman but inactive in IR
2890 or v = 8.67 x 1013 Hz. What is the force constant K?
View Answer compress a spring by some distance is proportional to that c) Raman and IR
a) 4.83 m dyn Å-1
distance. d) Inactive in both Raman and IR
Answer: a b) 8.43 dynes cm-1
needed to extend or compress a spring by some distance is View Answer
Explanation: A = ℇCl and ℇ = 1000 (Given) c) 483 μm-1
proportional to that distance. d) 4.83 dyn Å-1
A = 1000 x 1 x10-4 x 1 Answer: c
A = 0.1 2. The intensity of an absorption band is always Explanation: If a molecule has COS, then its vibrational
Answer: a
Also, A = log (IO/l) proportional to which of the following factor? mode will either IR active or Raman Active.
Explanation:
0.1 = log (IO/I) a) Atomic population
8. The frequency of vibration of a bond is a function of
=> IO/I = 1.26. b) Molecular population of the initial state
which factor?
c) Molecular population of the final state
10. Which of the following structural formula that is a) Force constant of the bond
d) Temperature
consistent with the following observations: An acid, b) Masses of the atoms involved in bonding
View Answer
C7H4O2Cl2 shows a UV maximum of 242 nm? c) Force constant of the bond and Masses of the atoms
Answer: b d) Bond order
Explanation: The probability of a transition taking place in View Answer
initial state is the most important factor influencing the
Answer: c
a) intensity of an observed l line. This probability is
Explanation:
proportional to the population of the initial state involved
in the transition. 6. Since the nuclei in a polyatomic molecule do not always
vibrate in a simple harmonic manner, there arises which of
3. On which factors the vibrational stretching frequency of
b) the following situation?
diatomic molecule depend?
a) Harmonicity
a) Force constant
b) Anharmonicity in molecular vibrations
b) Atomic population 9. What is the order of decreasing vibrational frequency
c) Fundamental frequencies
c) Temperature for C — Cl, C — Br, C — C, C — O and C — H?
c) d) Infrared
d) Magnetic field a) C-H, C-C, C-O, C- Cl, C-Br
View Answer
View Answer b) C- Cl, C-Br, C-C, C -H, C-O
Answer: a c) C-O, C-H, C-Br, C- Cl, C-C
Answer: a
Explanation: q → displacement and K →Force constant d) C-Br, C- Cl, C-C, C-O, C-H
Explanation: The value of vibrating stretching frequency is
d) View Answer
shifted if the force constant of a bond changes with its
View Answer
electronic structure. Frequency shifts also take place on Answer: a
Answer: c working with the same substance in different states
Explanation: λx at 242 nm represents it is acid chloride. - (solids, liquids and gas). A substance usually absorbs at
Explanation: Since, vibrational frequency
 27

inversely proportional to masses of the atom involved in Answer: b or one ring. No. of vibration degree of freedom = 3N – 6
bonding the increasing mass trend for above element is H Explanation: C5H10→1380 cm-1. 1380 cm-1 represents a C–C Now, band at 3300 shows C–H bond, 2110 may be because = 3(15) – 6 = 39.
< C < O < Cl < Br. So, correct order of vibration frequency is bond band. All have C – C bond. Option Pentyne does not of C≡C triple bond
C – H > C – C > C – O > C – Cl > C – Br. fulfill the H-atom requirement. So, correct option is Now, we check each option one by one 8. Which of the following molecules will not show infrared
Cyclopentane. Option Octene → octene → does not match m.f. C8 H6. spectrum?
10. What is the correct increasing order of stretching a) H2
frequencies for C ≡ C, C = C and C — C? 3. Why ketenes absorb in IR at a very high frequency (2150 b) HCI
a) C — C > C = C > C ≡ C cm-1)? c) CH4
b) C ≡ C > C = C > C — C a) The inner C is sp hybridized d) H20
c) C — C > C = C < C ≡ C b) The more s character in a bond, the stronger it is View Answer
d) C ≡ C < C — C > C = C c) Inner C is sp2 hybridized
View Answer d) Inner C is sp3 hybridized Answer: a
View Answer Explanation: Correct option is H2 as HH2 do not have
Answer: b dynamic dipole moment, so no spectrum will be observed.
Explanation: Since, v ∝ √k , k→ Force constant. Force Answer: c
constant trend is Explanation: Ketenes absorb in IR at a very high frequency 9. The phosphorescence spectrum of the excited species is
Triple bond > Double bond > Single bond. (2150 cm-1) because inner C is sp2hybridized. Bonds with due to which transition?
C≡ C > C = C > C — C. more s character absorb at a higher frequency. a) Singlet to triplet transitions
b) Triplet to singlet transitions
4. What is the effect of ring strain in lactone (cyclic ester) c) Vibration modes
or a lactam (cyclic amide)? d) Electron spin transitions
INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY – 2 C ≡ C → 2110
a) Increases carbonyl stretching frequency View Answer
D.B.E. → 5πbond
1. Why in the IR spectrum of Benzoyl chloride, a weak b) Decreases carbonyl stretching frequency
M.f. → C8 H6. Hence, the correct option is Phenyl Answer: b
c) Increases C = C frequency
band near 1750 cm-1 is formed? acetylene. Explanation: The phosphorescence spectrum of the
d) Decreases C = C frequency
a) Inductive effect excited species is due to triplet to singlet transitions. In an
View Answer 6. What is the relation between wave number of IR
b) Fermi resonance between C = O band and first overtone excited singlet state, the electron is promoted in the same
c) Conjugation effect absorption and the reduced mass?
Answer: a spin orientation as it was in the ground state (paired). In a
d) Hyperconjugation effect a) Wave number is directly proportional to reduced mass
Explanation: Carbonyl stretching order in both the triplet excited stated, the electron that is promoted has
View Answer b) Wave number is inversely proportional to reduced mass
compounds is 6 > 5 > 4 > 3. Ring strain increases, carbonyl the same spin orientation (parallel) to the other unpaired
c) Wave number is independent of the reduced mass
Answer: b frequency increases. electron.
d) Wave number is directly proportional to square of
Explanation: Benzoyl chloride 5. A compound C8 H6 decolorizes Br2 in CCl4 and gives a reduced mass 10. Why Monomeric saturated aliphatic carboxylic acids
white precipitate with Tollen’s reagent. It has sharp band View Answer show carbonyl stretching frequency near 1760 cm-1, while
at 3300 cm-l and weak bands at 3085, 2110 cm-l. What is saturated aliphatic ketones near 1720 cm-1?
Answer: b
this compound? a) Mesomeric (M) effect is dominant in acids over the
Explanation: v ∝ 1⁄√μ, frequency is directly proportional to
a) Phenyl acetylene inductive (I) effect
wave number. So, wave number is inversely proportional
A weak band near 1750 cm-1. Since, band is of weak b) Phenyl propylene
to reduced mass as shown in the above relation.
b) I effect is dominant in carboxylic acids over the
intensity, it must be due to fermi Resonance. So correct c) Phenyl ethylene mesomeric effect
option is Fermi resonance between C = O band and first d) Octene 7. What is the number of vibrational degrees of freedom in c) I effect on ketones is dominant over the M effect
overtone. View Answer C6H5CH3? d) M effect in ketones is dominant
a) 39 View Answer
2. Which compound having molecular formula C5H10shows Answer: a
b) 15
absorption at 1380 cm-1? Explanation: C8 H6 → Sharp band at 3300 cm-l Answer: b
c) 18
a) 2-Methyl-1-butene Weak band at 3085, 2110 cm-l Explanation: Monomeric saturated aliphatic carboxylic
d) 40
b) Cyclopentane Double bond equivalent = C + 1 – H⁄2 – X⁄2 + N⁄2, acids show carbonyl stretching frequency near 1760 cm-1,
View Answer
c) Pentyne (where C→ Carbon, H→ Hydrogen, X→ Halogen, N→ while saturated aliphatic ketones near 1720 cm-1because I
d) Methylcyclobutane Nitrogen) Answer: a effect is dominant in carboxylic acids over the mesomeric
View Answer = 8 + 1 – 6⁄2 = 6. Explanation: C6H5CH3 is nonlinear. effect.
One double bond equivalent represents either one bond
 28

REDOX REACTIONS n × 5 = w⁄M × 2 Answer: b Answer: d

n = 180⁄90 × 2⁄5 = 4⁄5.
1. KMnO4 reacts with oxalic acid according to the equation
given below. Here 20 mL of 0.1 M KMnO4 is equivalent to 4. What is the mass of K2Cr2O7 required to produce 254 gm
how many mL and molarity of H2C2O4? I2 from KI solution? Given: K2Cr2O7 + 2KI → 2Cr3+ + I2
2MnO4– + 5C2O4– + 16H+ → 2Mn+1 + 10CO2 + 8H2O a) 49 g Explanation:
a) 20 mL of 0.5 M H2C2O4 b) 98 g neqFe3O4 = neq K2Cr2O7
w
b) 50 mL of 0.5 M H2C2O4 c) 9.8 g ⁄M × nf = 0.3 * 25 * 6
c) 50 mL of 0.1 M H2C2O4 d) 4.9 g w = (0.3×25×6×232)/1
d) 20 mL of 0.1 M H2C2O4 w = 10.44 g.
View Answer Answer: b
7. What is the concentration of H2O2 solution of 20 ml of
Answer: c H2O2 solution which will react completely with 10 ml of 2
Explanation: In any reaction number of equivalent reacted M KMnO4 in acidic medium?
a) 1.25 M Explanation:
are equal
∴ neq (KMnO4) = neq (C2 O42-) Explanation: b) 5 M
9. How many moles of KMnO4 are required for complete
Also, neq = n × nf neqK2Cr2O7 = neqI2 c) 2.5 M
oxidation of 1.25 mol Cu2S?
In given problem: n × nf = n × nf d) 25 M
w Cu2S → Cu+2 + SO2
∴ neq(KMnO4) = neq (C2 O42-) ⁄M × 6 = w⁄M × 2 View Answer
a) 1 mole
n × nf = (n × nf) C2 O4– w/294 × 6= 254/254 × 2
Answer: c b) 3 moles
Also, (M × V × nf ) KMnO4 = 0.1 × 20 × 5 = 10 w = 98g.
c) 2 moles
And, (n × nf) C2 O4– = 50 × 0.1 × 2 = 10 d) 5 moles
5. What is the volume of 0.05 M KMnO4 which will react
with 50 ml of 0.1 M H2S in acidic medium (H2S → S02)? View Answer
2. Excess of KI reacts with CuSO4 solution and then
Na2S2O3 solution is added to it. Which of the statement is a) 60 ml Explanation: Answer: c
incorrect for this reaction? b) 6 ml
a) Na2S2O3 is oxidized c) 12 ml neq (H2O2) = neq (KMnO4)
b) CuI2 is formed d) 120 ml M × 20 × 2 = 2 × 10 × 5
c) Cu2I2 is formed View Answer Ans = 2.5 M.
d) Evolved I2 is reduced Explanation:
Answer: d 8. How many moles of KCI are required to produce 10 mol
View Answer neq (KMnO4) = neq (Cu2S)
Cl2 by the reaction with KCIO3?
n × 5 = 1.25 × 8
Answer: b a) 1.66 mole
n = 2.
Explanation: (1) KI + CuSO4 → I2 b) 13.33 mole
(2) I2 + Na2S2O3 → NaI + Na2S2O6 Explanation: c) 0.66 mole 10. What is the volume strength of H2O2 of its 11.2 ml
(a) Na2S2O3 is oxidized to Na2S2O6 neqKMnO4 = neq H2S d) 16.66 mole requires 30 ml of 0.5 M K2Cr2O7?
(b) Cu2I2 is formed as CuI2 disproportionate. M × V × nf = M × V × n f View Answer a) 35
0.05 × V × 5 = 0.1 × 50 × 6 b) 55
3. How many number of moles of KMnO4 will react with V = 120 mL. c) 25
180 gm H2C2O4 according to given reaction? d) 45
KMnO4 + H2C2O4 → 2C02 + Mn2+ 6. What is the mass of Fe304 if it reacts completely with 25
View Answer
a) 4/5 ml of 0.3m K2Cr2O7?
b) 2/5 a) 1 .44 g Answer: d
c) 1/5 b) 10.44 g Explanation: Volume strength of H2O2 = 11.2 × M H2O2=
d) 4/3 c) 104.4 g 5.6 × N H2O2
View Answer d) 14.4 g
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: neqKMnO4 = neqH2C2O4
n × nf = n × nf neq (H2O2) = neq (KMnO4)
 29

M × 11.2 × 2 = 0.5 × 30 × 6 4. What is the oxidation state of molybdenum in *η7- 7. Which of the following complexes show easy oxidation? (ii) C–C bond order in (i) is larger than in (ii) & carbon-
M = 4.017. Therfore, Volume strength = 11.2 × 4 = 45. tropylium) Mo(CO)3]+? a) (η5-C5H5)2Fe carbon bond length in (i) is smaller.
a) +2 b) (η5-C5H5)2Ru
b) +1 c) (η5-C5H5)2Co
c) 0 d) (η5-C5H5)2Co+
ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUNDS – 1 ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUNDS – 2
d) -1 View Answer
1. What are oxidation states of metal ion in following View Answer 1. Which of the following statement is not true about
Answer: c
complexes? ferrocene?
I. PdCl2 Answer: c Explanation: (a) (η5-C5H5)2Fe: VEC = 8 + 5 + 5 = 18 a) decamethyl ferrocene is staggered in solid state
Explanation: Let O.S. of Mo is η. (b) (η5-C5H5)2Ru: VEC = 8 + 5 + 5 = 18
II. Pd(PPh3)4 b) cyclopentadienyl rings in ferrocene are almost eclipsed
III. Pd(OAc)2 η + (0) + 1 = +1 (c) (η5-C5H5)2Co: Since it is one e– extra of stable no., c) cyclopentadienyl ring in ferrocene are staggered
η = 0. oxidation i.e. loss of e– can take place easily, VEC = 9 + 5 +
IV. ArPdBr where Ar is aryl d) ferrocene can be nitrated by reaction with dil. HNO3
a) 2, 4, 2, 2 5 = 19 View Answer
5. Which of the following is the neutral complex which (d) (η5-C5H5)2Co+: VEC = 9 + 5 + 5 – 1 = 18.
b) 2, 0, 2, 1 follows the 18- electron rule?
c) 2, 0, 2, 2 Answer: c
a) (η5-C5H5)Fe(CO)2 8. How many M — M bonds are present in [Cp Mo(CO3)]2? Explanation: Cyclopentadienyl ring in ferrocene are
d) 0, 0, 0, 2 b) (η5-C5H5)2Mo(CO)3 a) 1
View Answer staggered is a wrong statement. Cyclopentadienyl rings in
c) (η5-C5H5)2Co b) 2 ferrocene are eclipsed.
Answer: c d) (η5-C5H5)2Re(η6-C6H6) c) 0
View Answer d) 4 2. Ferrocene cannot undergo which of the following
Explanation: n → oxidation states of metal ion
View Answer reaction?
PdCl2: n – 2 = 0 ⇒ n = 2 Answer: d
Pd(PPh3)4 : Since PPh3 is neutral, Pd is in 0 Oxidation state. a) Friedal craft acylation
Explanation: Answer: c b) Diels-Alder reaction
Pd(OAc)2: n – 2 = 0 ⇒ n = 2 (a) (η5-C5H5)Fe(CO)2 Explanation: No. of M-M bonds = (18×2-
ArPdBr: n + [(–1) (–1)] ⇒ n = 2. c) Oxidation by Ag + ions
V.E.C. = 8 + 2(2) + 5 = 17 [(6+5+2×3)×2])/2=0.
d) Electrophilic substitution
((b) η5-C5H5)2Mo(CO)3
2. Which of the following complex has a highest oxidation 9. Which of the following is the incorrect statement about View Answer
state of metal? V.E.C. = 8 + 2 + 2 + 5 = 17
(c) (η5-C5H5)2Co Zeise’s salt?
a) (η6-C6H6)2Cr Answer: b
V.E.C. = 9 + 5 + 5 = 19 a) Zeise’s salt is diamagnetic
b) Mn(CO)5Cl Explanation: Ferrocene cannot undergo Diels-Alder
(d) (η5-C5H5)2Re(η6-C6H6) b) Oxidation state of Pt in Zeis’s salt is +2
c) Na2[Fe(CO)4] reaction because it does not satisfy requirements of Diels-
V.E.C. = 7 + 5 + 6 = 18 c) All the Pt-Cl bond length in Zeise’s salt are equal Alder reaction (dienophile).
d) K[Mn(CO)5] d) C-C bond length of ethylene moiety in Zeise’s salt longer
The correct answer is (η5-C5H5)2Re(η6-C6H6), obeys 18 e–
View Answer than that of free ethylene molecule 3. Structurally nickelocene is similar to ferrocene but how
rule.
View Answer Nickelocene attains stability?
Answer: c
6. If complex [W(Cp)2(CO)2] follows 18e- rule. What is a) due to formation of a monocation
Explanation: Oxidation State of metal: Answer: c
(a) (η6-C6H6)2Cr ⇒ 0, (b) Mn(CO)5Cl ⇒ +1 Hapticity of Cp? b) due to formation of a dication
a) 5 and 5 Explanation: C2F4 is a better π acceptor than C2H4. So,
(c) Na2[Fe(CO)4] ⇒ +2 and (d) K[Mn(CO)5] ⇒ +1 c) due to formation of a monoanion
b) 3 and 5 metal-carbon bond order is more → Bond length is less in d) due to formation of a dianion
c) 3 and 3 [PtCl3(C2F4)]– than in [PtCl3(C2H4)]–.
3. Which of the following complex is in which organic View Answer
ligand is having only bond with metal? d) 1 and 5 10. For metal olefin complexes (i) [PtCl3(C2F4)]– and (ii)
a) W(CH3)6 View Answer Answer: b
[PtCl3(C2H4)]–, which of the following is the correct Explanation: Nickelocene follows 20 e– rule. S, it attains
b) K[PtCl3(C2H4)] statement?
Answer: b stability by formation of dication.
c) (η5-C5H5)2Fe a) carbon-carbon bond length is same both in (i) and (ii)
Explanation: [W(Cp)2(Co)2].
d) (η5-C6H6)2Ru b) carbon-carbon bond length in (i) is smaller
Let hapticity of one Cp ligand = x and another y 4. Which of the following is/are true about ferrocene?
View Answer c) carbon-carbon bond length in (ii) is smaller
VEC = 6 + 2(2) + x + y = 18 I. Ferrocene is diamagnetic
x + y = 18 – 10 = 8 d) a metallacycle is formed in each complex II. Dipole moment is zero
Answer: a
Out of (1,3,5) the combination that is valid is (3 + 5). View Answer III. Kealy and Pauson synthesizes ferrocene from C5H5and
Explanation: CH3 is the only ς-donor ligand while C2H4,
C5H5, C6H6 are π-acceptor ligands. freshly reduced Fe
Answer: b
at 300℃
Explanation: Since Metal-C bond order in (i) is smaller than
 30

IV. Kealy and Pauson synthesises ferrocene from C5H5MgBr Both have deficiency of 1 e– from their stable no. Thus, Answer: b b) 1500 Å and 1000 Å
and FeCl3. [Mn(CO)5] & CH3 are isolobal. Explanation: Cis-platin does not have metal-carbon bond. c) 8000 Å and 2000 Å
The correct answer is: Therefore, cis platin not considered as organometallic d) 19000 Å and 12,000 Å
a) III and IV 7. Which of following pair is not isolobal? chemistry. View Answer
b) I, II and III only a) Mn(CO)5, CH3
c) I, II and IV only b) [Fe(CO)4], O Answer: c
d) II, III and IV only c) Mn(CO)5, Cl Explanation: The region of interest for photochemistry is
d) Mn(CO)5, O PHOTOCHEMISTRY between 8000 Å and 2000 Å of visible and ultraviolet (UV),
View Answer
View Answer 1. The fact that the fluorescence wavelength is often much are only a small part of the full electromagnetic spectrum.
Answer: b Longer wavelengths, e.g., far infrared, tend to cause the
Answer: d longer than the irradiation wavelength (Stokes shift) is a
Explanation: Ferrocene is diamagnetic, Dipole moment is consequence of which phenomenon? vibrational excitation of molecules, which results in
zero and Kealy and Pauson synthesizes ferrocene from Explanation: [Mn(CO)5], CH3 are isolobal (Deficiency of 1 e– heating. Shorter wavelength X-rays cause ionization.
) a) low extinction coefficients (Lambert-Beer law)
C5H5 and freshly reduced at 300℃. But Kealy and Pauson b) vertical transitions (Kasha’s rule)
does not synthesise ferrocene from C5H5MgBr and FeCl3. [Fe(CO)4]: VEC = 8 + 4 × 2 = 16 O → 6 4. Which of the following instruments is used to measure
Deficiency of 2e– from stable no., thus they are isolobal. c) high ISC rates (El Sayed rule) the energy of the monochromatic radiation most
5. Which type of boranes are B5H9 and B4H10respectively? [Mn(CO)5, Cl] are isolobal (Deficiency of 1 e–). d) the Franck–Condon principle accurately?
a) Nido and Arachano boranes [Mn(CO)5]: VEC = 17 (Deficiency of 1) View Answer a) Photoelectric cell
b) Nido and closo boranes O: VEC = 6 (Deficiency of 2) Answer: d b) Thermopile
c) Closo and Arachano boranes Thus, [Mn(CO)5], O are not isolobal. Explanation: The reason why Stokes shifts occur is the c) The potential detector
d) Both are Nido d) The chemical actinometer
8. According to wade’s Rule, *C2B10H12] adopts which type Franck–Condon principle, which states that a change in the
View Answer View Answer
of structure? electronic state of some molecule caused by the
Answer: a a) closo structure absorption of a photon occurs so rapidly that the motion Answer: b
Explanation: As shown below B5H9 is Nido and B4H10is b) nido structure of the nuclear coordinates during the transition can be Explanation: A thermopile is an electronic device that
Archano. SIngle-cluster boranes have the following general c) archano structure neglected. After the electronic transition is complete, the converts thermal energy into electrical energy. It is
formulae, where “n” is the number of boron atoms: Nindo- d) hypo structure molecule’s nuclear coordinates then relax into a lower- composed of several thermocouples connected usually in
BnHn+4 and Archano- BnHn+6. View Answer energy configuration in response to the change in the series or, less commonly, in parallel.
B5H9 → (BH)5H4 electronic wave function.
(2(5)+4)/2=5+x Answer: a 5. The molar extinction coefficient of B (MW = 180) is 4 x
Explanation: C2B10H12 → (BH)10H2 2. Which of the following is an incorrect statement? 103 L mol-1 cm-1. One-liter solution of C which contains
x = 2, Nido
(2(10)+2)/2 = 10+x a) First step in photochemistry is excited state 0.1358 g pharmaceutical preparation of B, shows an
And, B4H10 → (BH)4H6
x = 1, Closo structure. (photoexcitation) absorbance of 0.411 in a 1 cm quartz cell. What is the
(2(4)+6)/2=6+x
b) Photochemical reactions are caused by absorption of percentage (w/w) of B in the pharmaceutical preparation?
x = 3, Archano.
9. Which property is the same for isolobal molecules? ultraviolet only a) 10.20
6. Mn(CO)5 is isolobal with which of the following a) e– capture c) When a molecule or atom in the ground state (S0) b) 13.60
compound? b) Boiling point absorbs light, one electron is excited to a higher orbital c) 20.40
a) CH4 c) Melting point level d) 29.12
b) CH3 d) Solubility d) it is possible for the excited state S1 to undergo spin
c) CH2 View Answer inversion Answer: b:
d) CH View Answer
Answer: a
View Answer
Explanation: Isolobal molecules have same deficiency of e– Answer: b
Answer: d from their stable no. Thus, they have same e–. Explanation: Photochemical reactions are caused by
Explanation: Two fragments are isolobal if the number, absorption of ultraviolet, (wavelength from 100 to 400
10. Which of the following is not considered as an nm), visible light (400 – 750 nm) or infrared radiation (750
symmetry properties, approximate energy, and shape of organometallic compound?
the frontier orbitals and the number of electrons in them – 2500 nm).
a) Ferrocene
are similar.
b) Cis-platin 3. Which regions of the light radiations of the visible 6. What are the appropriate reasons for the deviation
[Mn(CO)5+: VEC = 7 + 5 × 2 = 17 → Stable No. 18 c) Ziese’s salt ultraviolet lying between – wavelength are chiefly from the Beer’s law among the following?
CH3: VEC = 4 + 3 = 7 → Stable No. 8 d) Grignard reagent concerned in bringing about photochemical reactions? (A) Monochromaticity of light
View Answer a) 1000 Å and 2000 Å (B) Very high concentration of analyte
 31

(C) Association of analyte Dissociation of analyte on dilution and Polychromatic light 1. What is the concentration of carbon dioxide in the 4. What is the type of reaction between alkanes and
(D) Dissociation of analyte (reflective index) will result in deviation from Beer’s law. atmosphere? hydroxyl radical?
a) A, B and D a) 3.5 x 106 ppm a) endothermic
b) B, C and D 9. The quantum efficiency of a photochemical reaction is b) 1.0 x 102 ppm b) exothermic
c) A, C and D defined as _______ c) 1.6 x 105 ppm c) isothermal
d) A, B and C a) ratio of molecules decomposed in a given time to the d) 1.0 x 103 ppm d) isochoric
View Answer number of quanta absorbed in the same time View Answer View Answer
b) number of 11101ecules decomposed in a given time
Answer: b c) number or quanta absorbed percent time Answer: a Answer: b
Explanation: Reasons for derivation from Beer’s law are d) ratio of’ molecules decomposed in a given time to the Explanation: The concentration of carbon dioxide is 3.5 x Explanation: Because an O-H bond is stronger than a C-H,
very high concentration of analyte, Association or number of quanta emitted in the same time 106 ppm, that makes it sixth abundant molecule in this step is exothermic.
Dissociation of analyte and Refractive index → View Answer atmosphere. CH3 CH3 + OH → CH3 CH2 + H.
Polychromatic light. Monochromaticity of light don’t have
any effect on Beer’s law. Answer: a 2. Which of the following reaction has a faster rate of 5. Which of the following statement is incorrect about
Explanation: According to the definition ratio of molecules reaction for nascent oxygen atom? oxidation number?
7. A 0.1 M solution of compound A shows 50% decomposed in a given time to the number of quanta a) Show electron density and about the tendency of an
transmittance when a cell of 1 cm width is used at λ1 nm. absorbed at the same time is the correct option. atom or molecule to engage oxidation-reduction reactions
Another 0.1 M solution of compound B gives the optical b) The oxidation number is always given in Roman
density value of 0.1761 using 1cm cell at λ1 nm. What will 10. Which of the following are the reactions in which numerals while the formal charge is always given in
be the transmittance of a solution that is simultaneously molecules absorbing light do not themselves react but numbers
0.1 M in A and 0.1 M in B using the same cell and at the induce other molecules to react? a) R1 >> R2 c) To calculate an oxidation number, it is essential to know
same wave length? [log 1.301; log 1.4771; log 50 = 1.699]. a) Free radical reactions b) R1 > R2 which element in a chemical bond is the most
a) 33.3% b) Chain reactions c) R1 << R2 electronegative
b) 50% c) Reversible reactions d) R1 < R2 d) It cannot be a negative number
c) 66.7% d) Photosensitized reactions View Answer View Answer
d) 70% View Answer
Answer: c Answer: d
View Answer
Answer: d Explanation: R1 = k1[O2] [O] and R2 = k2[H2O] [O] In the Explanation: Oxidation numbers are positive or negative
Answer: a Explanation: Photosensitized reactions is the reactions in stratosphere, oxygen atom most often reacts with numbers, but don’t confuse them with positive or negative
Explanation: Case I: Transmittance (T1) = 50% = 50⁄100= 1⁄2 which molecules absorbing light do not themselves react molecular oxygen to regenerate ozone. The troposphere, charges on ions or valences.
Case II: Optical density or Absorbance = 0.17610 but induce other molecules to react. unlike the stratosphere, contains considerable
A2 = 0.1761 concentrations of water vapor and water reacts faster with 6. With respect to enthalpy of combustion which of the
11. A substance absorbs 2.0 x 1016 quanta or radiations per following is correct?
T2 = 10-A2 = 10-0.1761 = 0.67. O than does O2.
second and 0.002 mole of it reacts in 1200 seconds. What a) ∆Hrxn = Σ∆Hf (product) – Σ∆Hf (reactant)
∴ Net Transmittance ‘T’ = T1 × T2 = 1⁄2 × 0.67 = 0.33 = 33%. is the quantum yield or the reaction (N = 6.02 x 1023)? 3. Which of the following is not true about combustion of b) ∆Hrxn = Σ∆Hf (reactant) – Σ∆Hf (product)
8. Which of the following will result in deviation from a) 50 hydrocarbons? c) ∆Hrxn = Σ∆Hf (product) + Σ∆Hf (reactant)
Beer’s law? b) 40 a) All hydrocarbons react in air to form carbon monoxide d) ∆Hrxn = 2 Σ∆Hf (product) – Σ∆Hf (reactant)
(A) Change in a refractive index of medium c) 80 and then carbon dioxide View Answer
(B) Dissociation of analyte on dilution d) 100 b) First step is always the reaction between the
(C) Polychromatic light View Answer hydrocarbon and hydroxyl radical Answer: a
(D) Path length of cuvette c) Alkanes, the hydroxyl radical abstracts a hydrogen atom Explanation: According to the definition of the enthalpy of
Answer: a combustion we compute the enthalpy of the reaction.
a) A, B and C and forms a carbanion
Explanation: Because the enthalpy is a thermodynamic state function, it
b) B, C and D d) With alkenes and alkynes, the electron-deficient
No. of quanta of radiations absorbed in 1200 seconds = 2 × doesn’t depend on the pathway.
c) A, C and D hydroxyl radical adds to the multiple bond
1016 × 1200 So, ∆Hrxn = Σ∆Hf (product) – Σ∆Hf (reactant).
d) A, B and D View Answer
View Answer 7. Equal volumes of C2H2 & H2 are combusted under
Answer: c
Answer: a Explanation: With alkanes, the hydroxyl radical abstracts a identical condition. What will be the ratio of heat evolved
Explanation: Change in a refractive index of medium, hydrogen atom and forms a carbon-centered radical. for C2H2 and H2?
H2 (g) + 1/2 O2(g) → H2O(g), ∆H=-241.8 KJ
COMBUSTION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
 32

C2H2 (g) + 5/2 O2(g) → CO2(g) + H2O(g), ∆H=-1300 KJ 10. Which of the following is the slow, low-temperature, the following case:
a) 5.37/1 flameless form of combustion, sustained by the heat
b) 1/5.37 evolved when oxygen directly attacks the surface of a b)
c) 1/1 condensed-phase fuel?
d) 2.8/6.1 a) Rapid combustion
View Answer b) Turbulent combustion 3. Which of the reagent will give effective transformation c)
c) Spontaneous combustion of given compounds?
Answer: b d) Smouldering
Explanation: View Answer d)
View Answer
Answer: d
a) CH2N2
Explanation: Smouldering occurs on the surface of the Answer: c
b) CH3Li
solid rather than in the gas phase. Smouldering is a surface Explanation: LiAlH4 will reduce double bond into single
c) (CH3)2CuLi
8. The heat of combustion of carbon is 394 KJ/mol. What phenomenon but can propagate to the interior of a porous bond and aldehyde group into alcohol.
d) Ph3P = CH2
will be the heat evolved in combustion of 6.023 x fuel if it is permeable to flow.
View Answer
1022atoms of carbon? The characteristic temperature and heat released during
a) 64.7 KJ smouldering are low compared to those in the flaming Answer: d
b) 39.4 KJ combustion. Explanation: Ph3P = CH2 will give the most effective
c) 42.4 KJ transformation of ketone into alkene (Wittig reaction). The 6. Which is the correct combination of reagent which can
d) 91.6 KJ Wittig reaction is a popular method for the synthesis of carry out following conversion?
View Answer alkene from ketones and aldehydes. The Wittig reagent
REAGENTS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
can generally tolerate carbonyl compounds containing
Answer: b
1. Which is the suitable catalyst for bringing out the several kinds of functional groups such as OH, OR,
Explanation:
transformation given below? aromatic nitro and even ester groups.
a) (i) CH3 – MgBr then H+ (ii) H2S04 / ∆ (iii) NH2 – NH2 / KOH
4. Which is the mildest reducing agent which reduces only
b) (i) (CH3)2 CuLi then H+ (ii) NaBH4 EtOH (iii) H2S04 / ∆
carbonyl group in presence of nitro, carboxyl, double bond
c) (i) CH3 – Li, then H+ (ii) PCC / ∆
and ester groups?
a) BF3. Et20 d) (i) NaBH4 ∙ CeCl3 then H+ (ii) MnO2 (iii) CH3 – Li
a) LiAIH4
9. The value ∆H transition of C (graphite) → C (diamond) is b) NaOEt View Answer
b) Na-NH3
1.9 kJ/mol at 25℃ entropy of graphite is higher than c) tungsten lamp
c) NaBH4 Answer: c
entropy of diamond. This implies that: d) dibenzoyl peroxide
d) H2-Ni Explanation: Here CH3 will attack at C=O and dehydration
a) C(diamond) is more thermodynamically stable then C View Answer
View Answer will take pass and again water will attack at meta position
(graphite) at 25℃
b) C(graphite) is more thermodynamically stable than C Answer: a as a nucleophile at the ring. PCC will covert -OH into =O.
Answer: c
(diamond) at 25℃ Explanation: BF3 increases the electrophilicity of carbonyl
Explanation: NaBH4 is mild reducing agent for this
c) diamond will provide more heat on complete carbon due to which sulphur attacks on carbonyl carbon.
conversion. It is very effective for the reduction of
combustion at 25℃ aldehydes and ketones to alcohols. By itself, it will
2. Which of the will give effective reduction of 3-hexyne to
d) ∆Gtransition of C (diamond) → C (graphite) is -ve generally not reduce esters, carboxylic acids, or amides
trans-3-hexene? 7. How acetophenone can be converted to phenol by
View Answer (although it will reduce acyl chlorides to alcohols).
a) H2/Lindlar’s catalyst reaction?
Answer: d b) Na/liq. NH3 a) m-CPBA followed by base catalysed hydrolysis
5. What will be the product for the given reactant and
Explanation: C(graphite) → C(diamond) trans ∆H = 1.9 kJ c) Fe/NaCl b) conc. HN03
reagents?
/mole d) DIBAL c) iodine and NaOH
Sgraphite > Sdiamond View Answer d) Singlet oxygen followed by base catalysed hydrolysis
As, Sgraphite is higher so C (graphite) is more stable. product
Answer: b
Diamond will provide more heat on complete combustion View Answer
Explanation: Na/liq. NH3 will give an effective reduction for
because it is more stable and have 3–D structure.
C diamond → Cgraphite Answer: a
∆Gtransition = -ve then process is spontaneous. a) Explanation:
 33

haloform reaction. The more adjacent methyl groups there are, the larger electronegative Oxygen is present it will decrease electron
hyperconjugation stabilization is because of the increased
number of adjacent C–H bonds.
density of C+.
2. Which one among the following carbocations has the
m-CPBA can convert ketone into amide and after ester
longest half-life? 4. Which of the following is most stable intermediate?
hydrolysis it is reduced into phenol.

8. How can we prepare RR’ R” OH by the action of excess

of a suitable Grignard reagent on which of the following 10. How many isomers of C4H8O when reacts with a)
reactants? CH3MgBr followed by acidification to alcohol (only a)
a) nitrile or an aldehyde consider carbonyl isomers and Including stereoisomers)?
b) ester or an alcohol a) 2
c) aldehyde or a ketone b) 3 b)
d) ketone or an ester c) 4 b)
View Answer d) 5
View Answer
Answer: a c)
Explanation: Preparation of 3o alcohol from ketone and Answer: a c)
ester by the action of excess of a suitable Grignard reagent Explanation:
is carried out as shown below: d)
View Answer
d)
Answer: a View Answer
Explanation: Higher the stability of cation more will be its
Answer: c
half-life. As, in the carbocation, p orbital overlap with the
Explanation: Stabilized by +M effect of OH and
compound, will be more stabilizing factor than
hyperconjugation effect (5αH).
aromaticity.
5. Which intermediate is involved in the reaction given
3. The order of decreasing stability of the following cations
below?
9. What is used to carry out the following conversion? is:
REACTION INTERMEDIATES (I) CH3C+HCH3 (II) CH3C+HOCH3 (III) CH3C+HCOCH3
a) III > II > I
1. Which carbocation is the most stable? b) I > II > III
c) II > I > III
a) hydroboration oxidation followed by Jones oxidation d) I > III > II
b) Wacker oxidation followed by haloform reaction View Answer a) free radical
a)
c) oxymercuration-determination followed by Jones b) carbocation
oxidation Answer: a
c) carbanion
d) ozonolysis followed by haloform reaction Explanation: (II) Here, Mesomeric effect stabilizes
d) carbene
b) carbocation. So, it is highly stabilized.
View Answer View Answer

Answer: b Answer: d
Explanation: The transformation of a terminal or 1,2- c)
Explanation: As we can see, in first step in presence to
disubstituted alkene to a ketone through the action of light carbene is formed.
catalytic palladium(II), water, and a co-oxidant. Because of (I) It is stabilized by hyperconjugation.
the ease with which terminal alkenes may be prepared d)
and the versatility of the methyl ketone group installed by View Answer
the reaction, the Wacker oxidation has been employed
extensively in organic synthesis. This is followed by Answer: b
(III) It is destabilized as because of carbonyl group; more
Explanation: This is stabilized by extended conjugation.
 34

6. Among the following which is most stabilized cation? d) a nucleophile becomes attracted to a full or partial
positive charge
View Answer
a) Answer: c
(III) It is destabilized by –M and less –I effect. Explanation: Because nucleophiles donate electrons, they
are by definition Lewis bases.
b) a) I > III > II > IV
b) II > III > IV > I 2. Which halogen nucleophile is weakest in polar, aprotic
c) III > IV > II > I solvents?
d) I > III > IV > II a) I–
c) View Answer b) F–
(IV) There is no destabilisation by group. c) Cl–
Answer: a d) Br–
Explanation: Mesomeric effect will stabilize carbocation is View Answer
d)
highly stable.
View Answer Answer: a
Answer: c Explanation: In polar, aprotic solvents, I– the weakest and
Explanation: The positive charge of carbon will be this is reversed in polar, protic solvents.
stabalised by mesomeric effect of -NH2 group. 10. What is the correct decreasing order of stability of
following cation? 3. Which of the following nucleophile can be used for
7. Arrange the following intermediate into decreasing partial enolization 1,3-Dicarbonyl compound?
order of stability. a) Lithium di-isopropyl amide (LDA)
b) Et-O–
9. What is the correct decreasing order of stability of c) Weak base like NaOH
following cation? d) Sodium acetate
View Answer
a) I > II > III > IV
Answer: d
b) I > IV > II > III
a) I > II > III > IV Explanation: Sodium acetate will do partial enolization of
c) I > III > II > IV
b) II > IV > III > I 1,3-Dicarbonyl compound. Weak base like NaOH and Et-O–
d) IV > III > II > I
will form an alcohol and LDA will do complete enolization.
c) II > I > IV > III View Answer
d) II > I > III > IV
a) II > III > I > IV Answer: c
View Answer
b) IV > II > III > I stability order IExplanation: High +I, > III > II > IV.
Answer: d c) IV > III > I > II
Explanation: Mesomeric effect will stabilize carbocation is d) III > I > II > IV 4. What will be the number of products (excluding
highly stable. View Answer stereoisomers) in the given reaction?
+M effect of –NH2 > –OH C6H5CHO + CH3-CHO + NaOH → Product
Answer: b a) One
Explanation: b) Three
(I) It is destabilized by –M and high –I effect. c) Two
d) Four
NUCLEOPHILES
View Answer
1. Which of the following is not true about nucleophile?
Answer: c
a) donates an electron pair to an electrophile to form a
Explanation: First product will be formed by cross aldol
8. Arrange the following intermediate into decreasing chemical bond
(II) It is destabilized by –I nature only at meta position –M where nucleophile (–OH) will attack at different type or
order of stability. b) all molecules or ions with a free pair of electrons or at
effect. reactant molecule.
least one pi bond can act as nucleophiles
c) nucleophile are Lewis acids by definition
 35

b) BH3 Answer: b 3. Which of the following is not an electrophile?

c) Br2 Explanation: In polar, aprotic solvents, F– strongest is the a) (CH3)4N+
d) HBr nucleophile, and I– the weakest. b) Cl2
View Answer c) HBr
10. Which of the following cannot react as a nucleophile? d) Br2
Answer: a a) CH3NH2 View Answer
Explanation: Less electronegative atoms make better b) (CH3)2NH
Second type of product will be formed aldol condensation nucleophiles as they are more willing to share electrons. c) (CH3)3N Answer: a
where reaction will occur between same type of molecule. d) (CH3)4N+ Explanation: The ammonium ion cannot react at the N
7. Which of the following statements is true about View Answer with a nucleophile because the N already has an octet of
ammonia and water? electrons.
a) ammonia is more basic and more nucleophilic than Answer: d
water Explanation: Nucleophile donates electron to the 4. Which of the following is not an electrophile?
b) ammonia is less basic and less nucleophilic than water electrophiles and there is no lone pair present on nitrogen a) H2O
c) ammonia is more basic but less nucleophilic than water (CH3)4N+, so donation of electron is not possible. b) Cl2
d) ammonia is less basic but more nucleophilic than water c) HBr
View Answer d) Br2
5. Where will nucleophile (-OH) will attack to form which
ELECTROPHILES View Answer
of the following the product X? Answer: a
Explanation: Because oxygen is more electronegative than Answer: c
1. Which of the following statement is incorrect about
nitrogen, it holds onto its lone pairs more tightly than Explanation: Hydrogen bromide is a strong acid, it is able
electrophiles?
nitrogen, and hence is less likely to donate its lone pairs to to donate a proton to a molecule or anion with a
a) Electrophiles are positively charged or neutral species
form a covalent bond with a carbon atom during a having vacant orbitals nucleophilic site.
nucleophilic attack.
a) b) The electrophiles are attacked by the most electron- 5. In the given molecule where will electrophile will
8. Which of the following statements is true about the populated part of one nucleophile attack?
following two anionic molecules? c) Chemical species that do not satisfy the octet rule such
as carbenes and radicals are electrophiles
b)
d) Electrophiles are Lewis base
View Answer

c) Answer: d a) I
Explanation: Because electrophiles accept electrons, they b) II
a) I is more basic and more nucleophilic than II c) III
are Lewis acids not Lewis base, according to Acid-Base
b) I is less basic and less nucleophilic than II d) IV
reaction theories.
d) c) I is more basic but less nucleophilic than II View Answer
View Answer d) I is less basic but more nucleophilic than II 2. In addition of halogen (Bromine) to an alkene, how can
View Answer we isolate a bromonium in the reaction? Answer: a
Answer: d Explanation: -CH3O is a +M group, so it has lone pair to
a) increasing concentration of bromide ion
Explanation: Nucleophile (-OH) will attack at carbon Answer: c donate to upcoming electrophile.
b) decreasing concentration of bromide ion
adjacent to carbonyl bond and form the below product. Explanation: Larger atoms make better nucleophiles due
c) alkene with cation stabilising groups
to polarizability so II containing S will be more nucleophilic 6. In the given molecule where will electrophile will
d) alkene with less electrophilic centre
than I but less basic. attack?
View Answer
9. Which halide ion is the best nucleophile in dimethyl
Answer: c
sulfoxide solution?
Explanation: A bromo-carbenium ion intermediate may be
a) I–
predominant instead of vicinyl dibromide if the alkene has
b) F–
a cation-stabilizing substituent like phenyl group. There is a) I
c) Cl–
an example of the isolation of the bromonium ion. b) II
6. Which reagent is a good nucleophile? d) Br–
c) III
a) NH3 View Answer
 36

d) IV Answer: b make the ring less electron dense, hence more reactive in
View Answer Explanation: Because the non-polar solvent (i.e. CCl4) an aromatic electrophilic substitution as compared to
induces a weaker dipole in Br-Br as compared to the polar electron withdrawing group (benzoic acid, nitrobenzene,
Answer: a solvent (i.e. water), a weaker electrophile (Br+) is aniline).
Explanation: -OCOR is a +M group, it is more electron rich produced that undergoes electrophilic aromatic
than rest of the groups, so it has lone pair to donate to a) 3-Bromophenol substitution with the benzene ring. Consequently, we get 5. What will be the product in the given reaction?
upcoming electrophile. b) 4- Bromophenol mono-bromination with Br (in CCl4) with compared with
c) 3,5-Dibromophenol tri-bromination Br (in aq.).
7. Which of the following is most readily undergo
d) 2,4,6-Tribromophenol
electrophilic attack? 2. What is the electrophile in the electrophilic substitution
View Answer
reaction of benzene using oleum and conc. H2SO4?
Answer: d a) m-chlorophenol
a) SO3
b) o-chlorophenol and p-chlorophenol
Explanation: The polar solvent (i.e. water) induces a b) NO3
stronger dipole in Br-Br. A stronger electrophile (Br+) is c) o-hydroxytoluene and p-hydroxytoluene
c) NO2+
d) m-hydroxytoluene
produced that undergoes electrophilic aromatic d) NO+
substitution with the benzene ring more readily. View Answer
View Answer
Consequently, you get tri-bromination with Br(aq.). Answer: c
a) I
Answer: a
b) II Explanation: -OH is a ortho and para directing group so
10. Which ring will readily undergo electrophilic attack? Explanation: This reaction is sulphonation of benzene ring
c) III attack of electrophile (carbocation- CH3) will attack there,
in which SO3 is the real attacking electrophile and oleum
d) IV as shown below:
will increase the concentration of SO3.
View Answer
3. What will be the attacking electrophile in this reaction?
Answer: a
Explanation: I is most reactive towards electrophilic attack,
as -OH is +M group therefore, here benzene will have
more e- density than rest of the others. a) I
b) II 6. What is the electrophile in the acylation of benzene?
8. What is the correct order for the rate of reaction for the c) III a) Carbanion a) AlCl3
electrophilic attack of the given compounds? b) Halonium
d) Both I and III b) CO+
View Answer c) Radical c) Cl+
d) Transition state d) R-CO+
Answer: b View Answer View Answer
Explanation: Due to the presence of -NH2 group electron
will be transferred to the C of -CONH2 group and that’s Answer: b Answer: d
why it will not withdraw electron from benzene ring. So, Explanation: In halogenation of benzene ring halonium ion Explanation: The electrophile in the electrophilic
electron density of ring II is most in all three rings and that (Cl+) will attack at benzene ring. substitution reaction of acetyl chloride (CH3COCl) and
a) I > II > III is why electrophile will attack at ring II. AlCl3 reacting with benzene is R-CO+.
b) II > I > III 4. Which of the following aromatic compounds undergo
c) I < II < III Friedel–Crafts alkylation with methyl chloride and 7. How would you synthesis the following reaction?
d) III > I > II aluminum chloride?
ELECTROPHILIC AROMATIC SUBSTITUTION a) Benzoic acid
View Answer
b) Nitrobenzene
1. What will be the product formed when phenol reacts
Answer: b c) Toluene
with Br2 in CCl4 medium?
Explanation: Electronegativity trend is N < O < F, so III is d) Aniline a) conc. HNO3 + conc. H2SO4
a) 3-Bromophenol
the least electron rich ring therefore least favourable for View Answer b) conc. HNO3
b) 4- Bromophenol
electrophilic attack. Similarly, II is the most electron rich c) anhydrous AlCl3 + Ph-NO2
c) 3,5-Dibromophenol Answer: c
ring therefore most favourable for electrophilic attack. d) conc. H2SO4 + Oleum
d) 2,4,6-Tribromophenol Explanation: Toluene will undergo Friedel–Crafts alkylation View Answer
9. Which of the following is the product for the given View Answer with methyl chloride and aluminum chloride as because as
reaction? weak electron withdrawing functional group — will not
 37

Answer: a
Explanation: This reaction is nitration of benzene and conc.
HNO3 and conc. H2SO4 is used to carry out this synthesis
although HNO2 + HNO3 can also be used.
8. Which of the following reactants can be used to carry
out following reaction?
a negative charge on the ortho and para positions. These
positions are thus the most reactive towards an electron-
poor electrophile. The highest electron density is located
on both ortho and para positions, although this increased
reactivity might be offset by steric hindrance between
substituent and electrophile.
Answer: b
Explanation: So, applying the equation,
∆H = ∑∆H (bonds broken in reactants) − ∑∆H (bonds made in products)
ΔH reaction = (436+158)–(2X568) = −542kJ
The overall enthalpy of the reaction is negative, i.e., it’s an
exothermic reaction where energy is released in the form
of heat.
Answer: c
Explanation: The enthalpy change of a reaction is the
overall change in enthalpy as a reaction proceeds, taking
into account the energy consumed by bond cleavage and
the energy liberated by bond formation. The increase in
disorder of the system is represented by its entropy, not
its enthalpy.

4. Compound undergoing homolytic bond cleavage will 7. Which of the following terms describes a reaction in
BOND CLEAVAGE lead to formation of which chemical species? where more energy is released by bond formation than is
1. When a bond is dissociated, what is the change in a) Anion consumed by bond cleavage?
a) conc. HNO3 + conc. H2SO4 b) Cation a) Exothermic
energy in surrounding?
b) HCl + CO + AlCl3 a) Energy is absorbed c) Free radical b) Endothermic
c) anhydrous AlCl3 + Ph-NO2 d) Atoms c) Isothermal
b) Energy is released
d) conc. H2SO4 + Oleum c) No change in energy View Answer d) Adiabatic
View Answer d) Firstly, energy will be absorbed and then released View Answer
Answer: c
View Answer Explanation: During homolytic fission of a neutral molecule Answer: a
Answer: b
Explanation: This is Gattermann Koch Reaction in which Answer: a with an even number of electrons, two free radicals will be Explanation: Exothermic is the flow of energy out of the
HCl + CO + AlCl3 are used as reactant. H-CO+ is the real Explanation: When a chemical bond is broken energy will
generated. system to its surroundings. By contrast endothermic’
attacking electrophile. describes a reaction in which there is a flow of energy into
be absorbed from surrounding and this is called as bond 5. In which form energy is stored in chemical bonds? the system from its surrounding.
dissociation energy. a) Kinetic energy
9. What will be the product in the given reaction?
b) Chemical energy 8. Which energy is required for homolytic cleavage?
2. Energy released or absorbed in a chemical bond
c) Potential energy a) Singlet
formation or dissociation is measured in which of the
d) Thermal energy b) Doublet
following units?
a) Kelvin View Answer c) Triplet
a) m-chlorotoluene d) Quadruplet
b) Joule Answer: c
b) o-chlorotoluene and p-chlorotoluene View Answer
c) Pascal Explanation: The first law of thermodynamics essentially
c) 1-chloro-3-methylbenzene
d) mol states that the total energy in a chemical universe is Answer: c
d) no reaction
View Answer constant but it can be converted from one form to Explanation: The triplet excitation energy of a sigma bond
View Answer
Answer: b another. The energy stored in chemical bonds is also a is the energy required for homolytic dissociation, but the
Answer: d type of potential (stored) energy, not a type of kinetic actual excitation energy may be higher than the bond
Explanation: Energy is measured in Joules (J). However, we
Explanation: Here no reaction will take place because energy. dissociation energy due to the repulsion between
often express the quantity as kilojoules (kJ) – that is, the
CCl4 + Cl2 show addition reaction and benzene don’t give electrons in the triplet state.
value in Joules divided by 1000. 6. Which one of the following statements best describes
addition reaction.
3. What will be the change in energy for the following the enthalpy change of a reaction? 9. Which energy is required for heterolytic cleavage?
10. Which of the following is the most activating in a) The energy released when chemical bonds are formed a) Singlet
reaction?
electrophilic aromatic substitution? during a chemical reaction b) Doublet
H2(g)+F2(g)→ 2HF
a) -NO2 b) The energy consumed when chemical bonds are broken c) Triplet
Given: To break one mole of H2, energy absorbed is 436 kJ.
b) -NHCOCH3 during a chemical reaction d) Quadruplet
To break one mole of F2, energy absorbed is 158 kJ. To
c) -CN c) The difference between the energy released by bond View Answer
form one moles of HF, energy released is 568 kJ.
d) -NH2 formation and the energy consumed by bond cleavage
a) 542KJ Answer: a
View Answer during a chemical reaction
b) -542KJ Explanation: The singlet excitation energy of a sigma bond
d) The increase in disorder of the system as a reaction
Answer: d c) 26 KJ is the energy required for heterolytic dissociation, but the
proceeds
Explanation: Groups with unshared pairs of electrons, such d) -26 KJ actual singlet excitation energy may be lower than the
View Answer View Answer
as the amino group of aniline, are strongly activating and bond dissociation energy of heterolysis as a result of the
ortho/para-directing by resonance. Such activating groups Coulombic attraction between the two ion fragments.
donate those unshared electrons to the pi system, creating
 38

10. How the bond dissociation enthalpy changes as one What will be the ratio of the new rate of the earlier rate of depend on concentration of reactant & product (only on 8. Which is not true for a second order reduction?
goes along the series of diatomics Li2, B2, C2, N2, O2 and F2? the reaction? nature of reactant & product). a) It can have rate constant 1 x 10-2 L mol-1 s-1
a) Increases a) (1⁄2)m+n b) Its half-life is inversely proportional to its initial
b) Decreases b) m+n 5. The rate of reaction, A + B Products, is given by the concentration
c) Increases then decreases c) n-m equation, r = k[A][B]. If B is taken in excess, what would be c) Time to complete 75% reaction is twice of half-life
d) Decreases then increases d) 2n-m the order of reaction? d) T50 = 1/(ka⋅A0)
View Answer View Answer a) 2 View Answer
b) 1
Answer: c Answer: d c) zero Answer: c
Explanation: On going Li2, B2, C2, N2, O2, F2 the complexity d) unpredictable Explanation:
of the molecular orbitals changes as the p-orbitals can View Answer
interact with each other end on to give ς-bonding and ς-
antibonding molecular orbitals OR they can interact side- Answer: b
ways on to give π-bonding and π-antibonding molecular Explanation: A + B → Products
orbitals that come in degenerate (equal energy) pairs. H = k[A][B] [if B is taken in large excess then according to
Electrons continue to be added according to aufbau, Pauli pseudo first order reaction. B is taken as constant]. So,
& Hund. order = 1.
Explanation:
6. In a reaction, 2A2 + B2 → 2A2B, when the reactant A will
3. Rate = If the volume of reaction vessel is suddenly disappear?
REACTION KINETICS reduced to 1/4th of initial value. How new rate will be a) half the rate that B will decrease
b) the same rate that B will decrease but t75 = 3 * t50
affected?
1. For reaction system given below, volume is suddenly c) double the rate that A2B will form So, option Time to complete 75% reaction is twice of half-
a) 1⁄10
reduced to half of its value by increasing the pressure on d) twice the rate that B will decrease life is wrong statement for n = 2.
b) 1⁄8
it. If the reaction is of first order with respect to O2 and View Answer
c) 8 9. The rate of decomposition of a substance increases
second order with respect to NO, what will be the change
d) 16 concentration of substance at same temperature. Find out
in the rate of reaction? Answer: d
View Answer order of reaction.
2NO(g) + O2(g) + 2NO2(g)
a) diminish to one-fourth of its initial value a) 1
Answer: d
b) diminish to one-eight of its initial value b) 2
Explanation:
c) increase to eight times of its initial value c) 3
d) increase to four times of its initial value d) 0
View Answer View Answer

Answer: c Explanation: Answer: b

So, the reactant A will disappear when A is twice the rate Explanation: Rate = k [A]α
that B will decrease. R1 = k[A]n
R2 = k [1.5 A]n = 2.25 R1
7. The rate of reaction that does not involve gases, is not k(1.5A)n = 2.25*k*[A]n
dependent on: (1.5)n * [A]n = 2.25*[A]n
4. On which factor the rate constant of a reaction does not a) pressure n log (1.5) = log (2.25)
depend upon? b) temperature n = 2.
a) temperature c) concentration
b) activation energy d) catalyst 10. If a reaction is nth order the half-life period ________
c) catalyst View Answer of the initial concentration of the reactants.
d) concentration of reactants and products a) is independent
Explanation: Answer: a
View Answer b) varies inversely as (n-1)th power
Explanation: The rate of reaction that does not involve c) varies inversely as nth power
2. The rate law for a reaction between the substances A Answer: d gases does not depend on pressure. d) varies directly as (n-1)th power
and B is given by rate = K[A]n [B]m. On doubling the Explanation: The rate constant of reaction does not
concentration of A and halving the concentration of B. View Answer
 39

Answer: b The nascent hydrogen formed by the reaction between 7. Why alkyl halides are considered to be very reactive b) PCl5
zinc and HCl acid reduces ethyl chloride to ethane. compounds towards nucleophile? c) SOCl2/ Pyridine
a) they have an electrophilic carbon & a bad leaving group d) PCl3
Explanation: For nth order; So, varies 4. Which alkyl halide out of the following may follow both b) they have a nucleophilic carbon & a good leaving group View Answer
inversely as (n – 1)th power. SN1 and SN2 mechanism? c) they have an electrophilic carbon
a) CH3-X d) they have an electrophilic carbon & a good leaving Answer: c
b) (CH3)2CH-X group Explanation: The best method of preparation of alkyl
HALOGEN CONTAINING ORGANIC COMPOUNDS c) (CH3)3C-X View Answer halides is a reaction of alcohol with SOCl2/ Pyridine
d) (CH3)3C-CH2-X because by-products formed in the reaction are SO2and
ALKYL HALIDES View Answer Answer: d HCl which are in gaseous form and escape into the
Explanation: Alkyl halides are considered to be very atmosphere leaving behind pure alkyl chlorides.
1. Which C-X bond has the highest bond energy per mole? Answer: b reactive compounds towards nucleophile because they CH3CH2−OH + SOCl2 → CH3CH2−Cl + SO2↑ + HCl↑
a) C-Br Explanation: (CH3)2CH-X follows both SN1 and SN2 have an electrophilic carbon & a good leaving group as we
b) C-Cl mechanism because the second CH3 of (CH3)2CH-X further go down the periodic table, halides that are larger in size
c) C-F blocks a nucleophile (such as: OH) in backside SN2 attack, will also be able to distribute their charge over a larger ARYL HALIDES
d) C-I but it increases the stability of the carbocation resulting volume, making them less reactive (less basic). This is why
View Answer from SN1 ionization. As a result, SN1 and SN2 mechanisms fluoride is a much poorer leaving group than any of the 1. Dehydrohalogenation of 1,2 di-bromo cyclohexane gives
are sometimes competitive for (CH3)2CH-X. other halides. So, alkyl halides are good for nucleophilic which of the following compound?
Answer: c
Explanation: Bond energies depend on many factors: 5. When two moles of ethyl chloride react with two moles substitution reactions.
electron affinities, sizes of atoms involved in the bond, of sodium in the presence of ether what will be formed? a)
8. In primary alkyl halides, carbon attached to the halogen
differences in their electronegativity, and the overall a) 2 moles of ethane atom is further attached to how many carbon atoms?
structure of the molecule. There is a general trend in that b) 1 moles of ethane a) 1
the shorter the bond length, the higher the bond energy. c) 2 moles of butane b)
b) 2
d) 1 moles of butane c) 3
2. Which alkyl halide has the highest reactivity for a
View Answer d) 4
particular alkyl group? c)
a) R-F View Answer
Answer: d
b) R-Cl Explanation: Wurtz reaction is method of preparation of Answer: a
c) R-I higher alkanes from lower alkyl halides. This is coupling d)
Explanation: As we can see below, carbon attached to the
d) R-Br reaction. In this reaction alkyl halides are reacted with View Answer
halogen atom is further attached to one carbon atom.
View Answer sodium metal in presence of dry ether and higher alkanes Example: CH3-X → Methyl halide
with even number of carbon atoms only are formed, by Answer: a
Answer: c CH3-CH2-X → Ethyl halide
this method. Explanation: As we can see in below reaction that double
Explanation: Reactivity order for the alkyl halides towards CH3-CH2-CH2-X → n-Propyl halide. E2 elimination yields the conjugated diene, 1,3-
Sn2 reaction is R-I>R-Br>R-Cl>R-F. This can be explained by 6. Which of the following halide can give best SN2 cyclohexadiene. Note the overall transformation is alkene
9. Which of the following is not the method of preparation
which halogen atom is a better leaving group compared to reaction? to conjugated diene.
of alkyl halide?
the other. a) Primary alkyl halide a) Darzen’s method
b) Tertiary alkyl halide b) Halogenation of alkene
3. When ethyl chloride reacts with nascent hydrogen, what
c) Secondary alkyl halide c) Addition of HX on alkenes
is the formed product?
d) All can give SN2 reaction at same rate d) Hydration of alkene
a) Methane
View Answer View Answer
b) Propane
c) Butane Answer: a Answer: d
d) Ethane Explanation: A 1° alkyl halide has only one alkyl group, so it 2. Which one of the following possess highest melting
Explanation: Hydration of alkene is electrophilic addition
View Answer is relatively unstable. It is unlikely to form a 1° carbocation point?
of H2O to alkenes which forms alcohol not alkyl halides.
in an SN1 reaction. Instead, it will take the lower-energy a) Chlorobenzene
Answer: d b) o-dichlorobenzene
SN2 path as 1° alkyl is sterically unhindered. More the 10. Which of the following reactant gives the best method
Explanation: When an alkyl halide is treated with zinc and c) m-dichlorobenzene
steric hinderance the substrate becomes less susceptible of preparation of alkyl halides when reacts with alcohol?
hydrochloric acid, it is reduced to the respective alkane. d) p-dichlorobenzene
to SN2 attack. a) Zn/HCl
View Answer
 40

Answer: d 5. What will be the product for the following reaction? b) Benzene a) Nickel
Explanation: p-dichlorobenzene molecule has symmetrical c) 1, 4-difluorobenzene b) AlCl3
structure. It can fit well in its crystal lattice. The d) 1, 3-difluorobenzene c) Bright sunlight
intermolecular forces of attraction are strong. Hence, it View Answer d) Zinc
possesses highest melting point. View Answer
Answer: a
3. What would be the product formed for the following Explanation: In this reaction aniline is to be treated with Answer: c
reaction? nitrous acid to form benzene diazonium chloride, which is Explanation: Benzene will react with three molecules of
further reacted with HBF₄ to form benzene diazonium chlorine in the presence of sunlight to give benzene
a) fluorobarate. This is when heated, undergoes hexachloride.
decomposition to give fluorobenzene. This reaction is
a)
called as Balz-Shiemann reaction.

8. What is the name of the following reaction? POLYHALOGEN DERIVATIVES

b)
1. What will be the product for the given reaction?
b) a) CCl3CHO
b) C6H6Cl6
c) c) C6H12Cl6
c) d) C6H9Cl2
View Answer
a) Chlorination
b) Sandmeyer’s reaction Answer: b
d) c) Perkin reaction Explanation: Benzyl hexachloride will be formed when
View Answer d)
d) Substitution reaction Benzene reacts with chlorine in presence of U.V light.
View Answer
Answer: d View Answer C6H6 + 3Cl2 + U.V light → C6H6Cl6
Explanation: When 1-Bromo-3-chloro cyclobutane reacts Answer: a Benzene BHC
Answer: b
with two equivalents of metallic sodium in ether it is the Explanation: −CCl3 is a m-directing group. So, attack will be
Explanation: The substitution of an aromatic amino group 2. The molecular formula of DDT has how many chlorine
example of Wurtz reaction. at meta position.
is possible via preparation of its diazonium salt and atoms?
6. Which of the following is true about chlorobenzene? subsequent displacement with a nucleophile (Cl–, I–, CN–, a) 5 chlorine atoms
a) Chlorobenzene is less reactive than benzyl chloride RS–, HO–) is known as Sandmeyer’s reaction. b) 2 chlorine atoms
b) Chlorobenzene is more reactive than ethyl bromide c) 3 chlorine atoms
9. Which of the following is the commercial method of d) 4 chlorine atoms
c) Chlorobenzene is nearly as reactive as methyl chloride
preparation of Chlorobenzene? View Answer
4. Which of these can be used as moth repellent? d) Chlorobenzene is more reactive than isopropyl chloride
a) Raschig process
a) Benzene hexachloride View Answer
b) Wurtz Fitting reaction Answer: a
b) Benzal chloride
Answer: a c) Friedel-Crafts reaction Explanation: As we can in below molecular structure of
c) Hexachloroethane
Explanation: Chlorobenzene is less reactive than benzyl d) Grignard reaction
d) Tetrachloroethane
chloride. In chlorobenzene the lone pairs present on Cl View Answer
View Answer
atom get involved in resonance with π electrons of
Answer: a
Answer: c benzene due to which C−Cl bond acquires double bond
Explanation: An industrial process for making
Explanation: Hexachloroethane can be used as moth character Hence, reactivity decreases. C2H5−Cl is more
chlorobenzene (and phenol) by a gas-phase reaction DDT has 5 chlorine atoms.
repellent. It has also been used as a plasticizer for cellulose reactive than C6H5−CH2−Cl.
between benzene vapour, hydrogen chloride, and oxygen
esters in place of camphor, a polymer additive, a 3. What is the IUPAC name of chloroform?
7. In the below process what is the product A? (air) at 230°C. The catalyst is copper(II) chloride.
component of fungicidal and insecticidal formulations, in a) Dichloromethane
2C6H6 + 2HCl + O2 → 2H2O + 2C6H5Cl
the formulation of extreme pressure lubricants, and in the b) Trichloromethane
manufacture of fire extinguishing fluids. 10. Benzene reacts with chlorine to form benzene c) Chloromethane
hexachloride in presence of which of the following d) Carbon tetrachloride
reactant? View Answer
a) Fluorobenzene
 41

Answer: b methylene dichloride the correct molecular formula is 10. Which is the correct formula of Freon-12? b) Ethyl benzoate
Explanation: Chloroform, or trichloromethane, is an a) CCl2F2 c) 4,4-dimethylcyclohexanone
organic compound with formula CHCl3. It is a colorless, b) CClF3 d) 4-heptanone
sweet-smelling, dense liquid that is produced on a large c) CHCl2F View Answer
scale as a precursor to PTFE. CH2Cl2. d) CCl3F
View Answer Answer: d
4. Which among the following is true? 7. Central nervous system can be depressed by the use of Explanation: 4-heptanone does not give a tertiary alcohol
a) Freon does not initiate radical chain reactions in which of the following: Answer: a upon reaction with methylmagnesium bromide, as the
stratosphere a) Chloroform Explanation: As we can see below molecular diagram of Grignard Reaction is the addition of an organomagnesium
b) Iodoform initiates radical chain reactions in b) Freon Freon-12, the correct molecular formula is CCl2F2. halide (Grignard reagent) to a ketone or aldehyde, to form
stratosphere c) Iodoform a tertiary or secondary alcohol, respectively.
c) Freon initiates radical chain reactions in stratosphere d) DDT
d) Chloroform initiates radical chain reactions in 4. Which of the following statements about Grignard
View Answer reagent is false?
stratosphere
View Answer Answer: a a) Grignard reagents (RMgBr) add to the carbonyl group of
Explanation: Acute chloroform intoxication can cause aldehydes and ketones
Answer: c depression of the central nervous system and may lead to b) An organosodium compound is not very reactive
Explanation: Freon (Eg: CFCl3– Freon11) does initiate death from lethal arrhythmias or respiratory arrest. Thus, GRIGNARD REAGENT compared to a Grignard reagent
radical chain reactions in stratosphere, which can upset the organic solvent is no longer in clinical use as an c) Grignard reagents are prepared in ether or
the ozone layer. 1. Alkyl halides can be converted into Grignard reagents by tetrahydrofuran (THF)
anaesthetic, but still plays a role in cases of suicide,
a) Boiling them with Mg ribbon in alcoholic solution d) Grignard reagents are decomposed by water and
5. CFxCly [where x + y = 4], why these compounds are not homicide or inhalation for psychotropic effects.
b) Warming them with magnesium powder in dry ether alcohol
used? 8. How Benzene hexachloride (BHC) is used? c) Refluxing them with MgCl2 solution View Answer
a) These are fluoro carbons a) Insecticides d) Warming them with Mgcl2
b) These are difficult to synthesise b) Fertilizers View Answer Answer: b
c) They deplete ozone layer c) Anaesthetics Explanation: It is supposed that the Mg-C bond is strongly
d) These are very expensive Answer: b polar covalent, not ionic. Grignard’s reagents are less
d) Antiseptics
View Answer Explanation: Alkyl halides can be converted into Grignard reactive than organosodium, -potassium and -lithium
View Answer
reagents by warming them with magnesium powder in dry compounds, that is the reason why it is more convenient
Answer: c Answer: a ether. to work with them.
Explanation: CFC molecules are made up of chlorine, Explanation: Benzene hexachloride. Benzene hexachloride RX + Mg + Dry ether → R−Mg−X
fluorine and carbon atoms and are extremely stable. This (BHC), any of several stereoisomers of 1,2,3,4,5,6- 5. Which of the following compounds gives a secondary
extreme stability allows CFC’s to slowly make their way 2. Which is not present in Grignard reagent? alcohol upon reaction with methylmagnesium bromide?
hexachlorocyclohexane formed by the light-induced
into the stratosphere (most molecules decompose before a) Methyl group a) Butyl formate
addition of chlorine to benzene. One of these isomers is an
they can cross into the stratosphere from the b) Magnesium b) 3- pentanone
insecticide called lindane, or Gammexane.
troposphere). c) Halogen c) Pentanal
9. Depletion of Ozone is believed to increase which of the d) −COOH group d) Methyl butanoate
6. Which one of the following is the correct formula of following? View Answer View Answer
methylene dichloride? a) Population
a) ClCH = CHCl Answer: d Answer: c
b) Ultraviolet rays
b) ClC ≡ CCl Explanation: Grignard reagents are made from Explanation: Pentanal gives a secondary alcohol upon
c) Pollution
c) CH2Cl2 halogenoalkanes (haloalkanes or alkyl halides) and reaction with methylmagnesium bromide, as the Grignard
d) Greenery
d) CH2(Cl) CH2Cl introduces some of their reactions. A Grignard reagent has Reaction is the addition of an organomagnesium halide
View Answer
View Answer a formula RMgX where X is a halogen, and R is an alkyl or (Grignard reagent) to a ketone or aldehyde, to form a
Answer: b aryl (based on a benzene ring) group. tertiary or secondary alcohol, respectively.
Answer: c Explanation: Ozone layer depletion increases the amount
Explanation: As we can see below molecular diagram of 3. Which of the following compounds does not give a 6. A Grignard’s reagent may be made by reacting
of UVB that reaches the Earth’s surface. Laboratory and
epidemiological studies demonstrate that UVB causes non- tertiary alcohol upon reaction with methylmagnesium magnesium with which of the following compound?
bromide? a) Methyl amine
melanoma skin cancer and plays a major role in malignant
a) 3-methylpentanal b) Diethyl ether
melanoma development.
 42

c) Ethyl iodide b) acetaldehyde 4. Which of the following is considered as allylic carbon

d) Ethyl alcohol c) methyl acetate atom?
View Answer d) acetic anhydride
d)
View Answer
Answer: c View Answer
Explanation: A Grignard’s reagent can be formed by Answer: b
Answer: c
reacting magnesium with Ethyl iodide, as shown below; Explanation: Acetaldehyde would not give tert-butyl a) 1
Explanation: When a halogen (F, Cl, Br) is attached to a sp3
C2H5I + Mg + Dryether → C2H5 − Mg − I (Ethylmagnesium alcohol when treated with excess methylmagnesium b) 3
carbon of a propene, it is called an allylic halide. The
iodide) bromide, as the Grignard Reaction is the addition of an c) 2
propene in turn can be attached to other elements. An
organomagnesium halide (Grignard reagent) to a ketone d) 4
7. Which of the following compounds gives a primary allylic halide is an alkyl halide which has one or more
or aldehyde, to form a tertiary or secondary alcohol, View Answer
alcohol upon reaction with phenylmagnesium bromide? halide at allylic carbon.
respectively.
a) 2-methyloxirane Answer: c
2. Which of the following statement is incorrect about
b) ethylene oxide 10. Which of the following reaction sequence that will best Explanation: An allylic carbon is a carbon atom bonded to
allylic halide?
c) ethyl formate carry out the following preparation? a carbon atom that in turn is doubly bonded to another
a) The positions adjacent to alkene C=C often show
d) carbon dioxide carbon atom.
decrement in reactivity
View Answer
b) SN1 reactions of allylic halides are possible 5. Which of the following allylic halide has commercial
Answer: b c) Allylic bonds are often weaker and therefore more easily usage?
Explanation: Ethylene oxide reacts with Grignard reagents broken a) H2C = CH−CH2Cl
to give, after protonation, primary alcohols with two d) stability of the allylic radical can be utilized in the b) H2C = CH−CH2Br
a) 1) I + MeONa + CH3H2Br 2) neutralize
additional carbon atoms. preparation of allylic halides c) H2C = CH−CH2I
b) 1) I + EtONa 2) CH3CH2Br 3) neutralize
View Answer d) H2C = CH−CH2F
c) 1) CH3CH2Br + Mg, Et2O 2) Add I 3) neutralize
8. Which of the following reagents, when treated with View Answer
d) 1) I + CH3CH2OH + Mg 2) neutralize Answer: c
phenylmagnesiuim bromide followed by acid workup, will
View Answer Explanation: The positions adjacent to alkene C=C often
yield 2-phenylethanol? Answer: a
a) Ethanol show enhanced reactivity compared to simple alkanes due Explanation: As an alkylating agent, allylic chloride is useful
Answer: c
b) Diethyl ether to the proximity of the adjacent π system. Such positions in the manufacture of pharmaceuticals and pesticides,
Explanation: In the first step, the Grignard forms the
c) Ethanal are referred as “allylic”. such as mustard oil.
carbon-carbon bond. This results in an alkoxide (the
d) Oxirane conjugate base of an alcohol). To form the alcohol, it’s 3. How many resonating structure of allylic carbocation is 6. What is the desired product for the following reaction?
View Answer necessary to add acid at the end of the reaction and this present?
reaction usually occurs in Et2O or THF followed by
Answer: d
H3O+ work-ups.
Explanation: When is treated Diethylether with
phenylmagnesiuim bromide followed by acid workup, will
yield 2-phenylethanol. a) 1
Grignard reagents are made by adding the halogenoalkane ALLYL & VINYLIC HALIDES b) 2 a)
to small bits of magnesium in a flask containing c) 3
1. Which of the following is not an allylic halide?
ethoxyethane (commonly called diethyl ether or just d) 4
“ether”). The flask is fitted with a reflux condenser, and View Answer b)
the mixture is warmed over a water bath for 20 – 30 a)
Answer: b
minutes.
Explanation: There are two resonation structures, as
CH3CH2Br + Mg + Diethyl ether → CH3CH2MgBr
shown below. In the two resonance forms of the allylic
Everything must be perfectly dry because Grignard b) c)
cation, the positive charge is located on the terminal
reagents react with water.
carbon atoms and never on the middle carbon.
9. Which of the following compounds would not give tert-
butyl alcohol when treated with excess methylmagnesium
bromide? c)
d)
a) acetyl chloride View Answer
 43

Answer: c c) 1-chloro-2,3-dibutadiene elimination of the halide occurs, leading to the formation

Explanation: We have 1 equivalent of Br2 swimming d) 3-chloro-1,2-dibutadiene of an alkene.
around, of which only a small proportion at any given time View Answer
a) (CH3)3CCH≡CH 3. Which of the following steps is not used in the
will exist as bromine radical [due to the initiation step]. we
b) (CH3)3CCH=CH2 Answer: a fermentation of starch into ethyl alcohol?
had a very low concentration of Br2. If the concentration of
c) (CH3)3CCH=CHOH Explanation: 2-chloro-1,3-dibutadiene the monomer used a) Hydrolysis of starch into maltose by diastase present in
Br2 is kept low, not only will the rate of dibromination be
d) (CH3)3CCH=CHNH2 in the formation of the elastomer neoprene, is prepared barley
lower, the relative rate of bromine radical relative to
View Answer from vinylacetylene by this reaction. b) Conversion of maltose into glucose by maltase present
Br2 will increase. Therefore, the rate of C-H abstraction
relative to dibromination will increase, which will allow our in yeast
Answer: a
allylic bromination product to be formed in a higher yield. c) Conversion of glucose into ethanol by zymase present in
Explanation: Vinyl halides undergo elimination reactions
yeast
similar to alkyl halides, although at slower rates, and they
7. Which of the following is a vinylic halide? d) Conversion of sucrose into glucose and fructose by
normally require very strong bases such as sodium amide
sucrase present in yeast
(NaNH2).
View Answer
a)
OXYGEN CONTAINING ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
Answer: d
PREPARATION OF ALCOHOLS Explanation: Conversion of sucrose into glucose and
b) 10. How can be a vinylic halide converted into Grignard fructose by sucrase present in yeast steps is not used in
reagent? 1. Catalytic reduction (Hydrogenation) of carbon the fermentation of starch into ethyl alcohol.
a) Addition of base monooxide with H2 under high pressure and temperature
b) Addition of acid gives methyl alcohol. What is this process is known as? 4. 15% pure ethyl alcohol (wash) on fractional distillation
c) By adding magnesium a) Baeyer’s test gives 95% ethyl alcohol by weight which is commonly
c) known as which of the following terms?
d) Addition of diethyl ether b) Hofmann’s reaction
View Answer c) Kolb process a) Wash
d) BASF process b) Absolute alcohol
d) Answer: c c) Rectified spirit
View Answer
View Answer Explanation: Vinylic halides may be converted to Grignard d) Methylated spirit
reagents by reaction with magnesium, as shown below; Answer: d View Answer
Answer: c Explanation: Currently, a Cu/ZnO/Al2O3 catalyst system has
Explanation: In vinylic halides the carbon that bears the been employed industrially in MeOH synthesis for over Answer: c
halogen is doubly bonded to another carbon. half a century (a worldwide demand of 75 Mtons•year−1). Explanation: Rectified spirit obtained from the distillation
11. What will be the product when addition of hydrogen It was run mostly at elevated pressures. (5–10 MPa) and of the fermentation liquor wash contains about 95% of
8. Which of the following vinyl halide has industrial chloride to vinyl chloride occurs? ethanol.
high temperature (493–573 K) by feeding a CO (5%)-
application? a) 1,1-dichloroethane CO2 (5%)-H2 syngas stream.
a) Vinyl fluoride b) 1,2-dichloroethane 5. Ethyl alcohol obtained by fermentation of starch or
b) Vinyl chloride c) 1-chloroethane 2. Which of the following statements is incorrect regarding molasses is called wash, and what is it’s purity?
c) Vinyl bromide d) 1-chloro 2,2-dichloroethane preparation of alcohols? a) 15%
d) Vinyl iodide View Answer a) Aldehydes and Ketones on catalytic reduction by [H] b) 99%
View Answer give primary alcohol and secondary alcohol respectively c) 99.9%
Answer: a b) Ketones on reaction with Grignard’s reagent gives d) 95%
Answer: b Explanation: The addition of hydrogen chloride to vinyl View Answer
tertiary alcohol
Explanation: Vinyl chloride is an organohalogen compound chloride to yield 1,1-dichloroethane. The product is a c) Aldehydes on reaction with Grignard’s reagent gives
that has important industrial applications. When treated geminal dihalide (both halogens are bonded to the same Answer: a
primary or secondary alcohol
with certain catalysts, vinyl chloride monomers undergo carbon). Explanation: The alcohol obtained from molasses is called
d) Alkyl halides on reaction alcoholic potash gives alcohol
polymerization and form the larger compound known as “wash” which contains the low percentage of ethyl alcohol
12. What will be the product for the given reaction? View Answer
polyvinyl chloride, or PVC. PVC is used in the manufacture (15-30%).
of numerous products, including packaging films and CH2 = CHC ≡ CH + HCl → ? Answer: d
vinylacetylene 6. Which is the only alcohol that can be prepared by the
water pipes. Explanation: Whenever an alkyl halide reacts with
a) 2-chloro-1,3-dibutadiene indirect hydration of alkene?
alcoholic potash (or alcoholic sodium hydroxide), beta-
9. Which of the following is the product for the given b) 1,2-dichloro-1,3-dibutadiene a) Ethyl alcohol
reaction? b) Propyl alcohol

c) Isobutyl alcohol
d) Methyl alcohol
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Alkenes can be hydrated directly or indirectly
which results in the formation of alcohols. First step is the
reaction of alkene with sulphuric acid to give alkyl sulphate
esters and second step is Direct hydration i.e. protonation
of alkenesthen reaction with water to give alcohols.
7. Acid catalysed hydration of alkenes except ethene leads
to the formation of which of the following?
a) Mixture of secondary and tertiary alcohols
b) Mixture of secondary and tertiary alcohols
c) Secondary or tertiary alcohol
d) Primary alcohol
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Acid catalysed hydration of alkenes except
ethene leads to the formation of mixture of secondary and
tertiary alcohols.
8. Among the alkenes which one produces tertiary butyl
alcohol on acid hydration?
a) (CH3)2C=CH2
b) CH3-CH=CH-CH3
c) CH3CH2CH=CH2
d) CH3CH=CH2
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: When treated with aq. acid, most commonly
H2SO4, alkenes form alcohols. Regioselectivity predicted by
Markovnikov’s rule. Reaction proceeds via protonation to
give the more stable carbocation intermediate. Not
stereoselective since reactions proceeds via planar
carbocation.
9. Which of the following way is not a method of
preparation of alcohol?
a) Grignard reaction
b) Reduction of an aldehyde, ketone, or carboxylic acid
with the appropriate reducing agent
c) Substitution reaction of hydroxide or water on the
appropriate alkyl halide
d) Haber’s process
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Haber’s process is not a method for
preparation of alcohol, ammonia is formed via this
method.
10. Isopropyl methyl ether when treated with cold
hydrogen iodide gives which of the following alcohol?
a) isopropyl iodide and methyl iodide
b) isopropyl alcohol and methyl iodide
c) isopropyl alcohol and methyl alcohol
d) isopropyl iodide and methyl alcohol
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: When ethers are treated with strong acid in
the presence of a nucleophile, they can be cleaved to give
alcohols and alkyl halides. If the ether is on a primary
carbon this may occur through an SN2 pathway.
REACTION OF ALCOHOLS
1. Which one of the following compound is obtained by
the oxidation of primary alcohol with nascent oxygen?
a) Alkanal
b) Alkanone
c) Ether
d) Amine
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Oxidation of alcohols to aldehydes is partial
oxidation; aldehydes are further oxidized to carboxylic
acids. Conditions required for making aldehydes are heat
and distillation. In aldehyde formation, the temperature of
the reaction should be kept above the boiling point of the
aldehyde and below the boiling point of the alcohol.
2. Which one of the following compound is obtained by
the oxidation of secondary alcohols by [O]?
a) Ketone
b) Aldehyde
c) Ether
d) Amine
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Ketone compound is obtained by the
oxidation of secondary alcohols by nascent oxygen atom
[O].
44
3. Secondary alcohols on catalytic dehydrogenation by Cu- d) Unimolecular elimination/E1 reaction
Ni couple gives ___________ View Answer
a) Ketone
b) Aldehyde Answer: d
c) Carboxylic acid Explanation: Alcohol upon reaction with protic acids tends
d) Amine to lose a molecule of water to form alkenes. These
View Answer reactions are known as dehydration of alcohols.
Dehydration of alcohols is an example of Unimolecular
Answer: a elimination reaction.
Explanation: When the vapours of a secondary alcohol are
passed over copper heated at 573K, the corresponding 7. Among the following, which is least acidic?
ketone is formed. a) Phenol
b) O-cresol
4. The reaction of carboxylic acids with alcohols catalysed c) p-nitrophenol
by conc. H2SO4 is called __________ d) p- chlorophenol
a) Dehydration View Answer
b) Saponification
c) Esterification Answer: b
d) Neutralization Explanation: O-cresol is least acidic because Presence of
View Answer electron withdrawing groups at ortho and para position
increases the acidic strength, whereas electron releasing
Answer: c or donating groups at ortho and para position decreases
Explanation: When a carboxylic acid is treated with an acidic strength. In cresol (ortho or para cresol), methyl
alcohol and an acid catalyst, an ester is formed (along with group is +I group, so it destabilises the anion formed after
water). This reaction is called the esterification. ionisation, hence cresol is less acidic than carbolic acid
(phenol).
5. Which one is the correct order of reactivity of different
types of alcohol towards hydrogen halide? 8. Which of the following alcohols would be most soluble
a) 1° alcohol > 2° alcohol > 3° alcohol in water?
b) 2° alcohol > 1° alcohol > 3° alcohol a) Propanol
c) 3° alcohol > 1° alcohol > 2° alcohol b) Hexanol
d) 3° alcohol > 2° alcohol > 1° alcohol c) Pentanol
View Answer d) Butanol
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Reaction of HX with alcohol depends on the Answer: a
degree of carbonation generated due to heterocyclic Explanation: Propanol is the most soluble in water among
cleavage of HX bond. If alcohol is primary alcohol then given alcohols, as solubility of alcohols in water decreases
reaction will proceed through Sn2 for tertiary alcohol it with increase in molecular mass.
will proceed with Sn1. For secondary alcohol it can go
9. What is the best reagent to convert isopropyl alcohol to
through both path (Sn1 or Sn2). Sn1 being ionic in nature
isopropyl bromide?
takes place very fast while Sn2 is molecular in nature
reacts slowly. Hence, we can sum up above, Rate of
reaction is 3° alcohol > 2° alcohol > 1° alcohol.
6. The dehydration of alcohols is an example of ________ a) HBr
a) Bimolecular elimination/E2 reaction b) SOBr2
c) Br2
b) SN2 reaction
d) CH3MgBr
c) SN1 reaction
View Answer
 45

Answer: b Answer: d has maximum -I effect. But at para and ortho position +M Answer: d
Explanation: Thionyl bromide will react with secondary Explanation: As there will be resonance between -COO–. effect will also show effect so they are les acidic than Explanation: Electron withdrawing group stabalises phenol
alcohols and give a reasonable percent yield of the So, it will be more stable and acidic than -OH. meta. ion. More the -M effect, more the stability.
bromide.
3. What is the correct order of acidic strength? 6. What is the correct order of acidic strength? 9. What is the correct order of acidic strength?
10. The major reason that phenol is a better Bronsted acid
than cyclohexanol is ____________
a) it is a better proton donor
b) the cyclohexyl group is an electron donating group by
induction, which destabilizes the anion formed in the
reaction
a) I > II > III
c) phenol is able to stabilize the anion formed in the a) I > II > III b) III > II > I
reaction by resonance a) I > II > III b) III > II > I
c) II > III > I
d) the phenyl group is an electron withdrawing group by b) II > I > III c) II > III > I d) I > III > II
induction, which stabilizes the anion formed in the c) III > II > I d) I > III > II View Answer
reaction d) I > III > II View Answer
View Answer View Answer Answer: a
Answer: b
Explanation: Electron withdrawing group stabalises phenol
Answer: c Answer: b Explanation: Inductive effect (-I) stabilises phenol ion and II ion and electron donating group destablises it. More the -
Explanation: Whenever resonance exists, it usually is a Explanation: Inductive effect (+I) destabilises phenol ion has maximum -I effect. Less the distance between electron M effect, more the stability, so I is most stable and acidic.
very important factor to be considered in decisions about and III has maximum +I effect and in II -CH3 is at meta withdrawing group and negative charge more the stability
structure and reactivity correlations and in many cases, it position so no effect on phenol ion negative charge. and acidity too. 10. What is the correct order of acidic strength?
is the most important factor. In this case there is
delocalization of the electrons into the benzene ring. 4. Which of the following is more acidic alcohol? 7. What is the correct order of acidic strength?
a) Phenol a) CH3-OH
b) Cyclohexanol b) CH3CH2-OH
c) Methanol c) CH3 CH2 CH2-OH
ALCOHOLS AS ACIDS
d) Ethanol d) CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2-OH
1. CH3OH is a which type of acid? View Answer View Answer
a) I > II > III
a) Bronsted acid b) III > II > I
Answer: a Answer: a
b) Lewis acid c) II > I > III
Explanation: Resonance stabalizes the negative charge in Explanation: Inductive effect (+I) destabilises -OH ion, so
c) Arrhenius acid d) I > III > II
phenol ion, negative charge is moving throughout. So, CH3-OH is most acidic alcohol among above, as it has least
d) Lewis and Arrhenius acid View Answer
phenol is more acidic. +I.
View Answer
5. What is the correct order of acidic strength? 8. What is the correct order of acidic strength? Answer: c
Answer: a Explanation: Electron withdrawing group stabalises phenol
Explanation: Alcohols are very weak Bronsted acids with ion. More the -M effect, more the stability.
pKa values generally in the range of 15 – 20. Because the
hydroxyl proton is the most electrophilic site, proton
transfer is the most important reaction to consider with
nucleophiles. VINYLIC ALCOHOL

a) I > II > III a) I > II > III 1. Which is the vinylic alcohol position in the given
2. Which of the following is more acidic than alcohols?
b) III > II > I b) III > II > I diagram?
a) Arrhenius acid
c) II > III > I c) II > III > I
b) amine
d) I > III > II d) I > III > II
c) alkyne
View Answer View Answer
d) carboxylic acid
View Answer
Answer: c
a) a
Explanation: Inductive effect (-I) stabilises phenol ion and II
b) b
 46

c) c temperature, acetaldehyde (H3CC(O)H) is more stable than

d) d vinyl alcohol (H2C=CHOH) by 42.7 kJ/mol. This
View Answer tautomerization can be catalyzed via photochemical
a)
process.
Answer: c d)
Explanation: A vinyl halide is clearly a species with a 5. Polyvinyl alcohol is soluble in which solvent? View Answer
formula H2C=C(OH)H, in which a halide is directly bound to a) protic
Answer: a
an olefinic bond. b) aprotic b)
Explanation: At low temperature hydrogen from adjacent
c) polar aprotic
2. What is the IUPAC name for vinylic alcohol? carbonyl group will be removed instead of hydrogen from
d) polar protic
a) Ethanol attached to carbon adjacent to alkyl group (R).
View Answer
b) Methanol
c) Ethenol Answer: d c)
d) Methenol Explanation: Polyvinyl alcohol is a water-soluble synthetic
View Answer polymer obtained by polymerisation of vinyl alcohol.

Answer: c 6. Which of the following set of reagents can not be used d)

8. What will be the product for the given reaction?
Explanation: Vinyl alcohol, also called ethenol (IUPAC for the following conversion? View Answer
name), is the simplest enol. Vinyl alcohol or ethenol is
Answer: d
CH₂=CH–OH. Ethanol has very ordinary, straightforward
Explanation: This is alkylation of carbonyl compound, via
behavior, typical of an alcohol. Vinyl alcohol, however,
formation of enol form (vinylic alcohol), as shown in the
because of its double bond (also referred to as its
a) NaOH given reaction.
unsaturation), behaves considerably different.
b) R-OH
3. Which of the following is not an isomer of vinylic c) Net3
a)
alcohol? d) NaH
a) Acetaldehyde View Answer
b) Ethylene oxide
Answer: d 10. What is the final product for the given reaction?
c) Ethanol
Explanation: NaH is a strong base and will completely b)
d) Ethanal
enolise keto form.
View Answer
7. What will be the product for the given reaction?
Answer: c
Explanation: With the formula CH2CHOH, vinyl alcohol is c)
an isomer of acetaldehyde/ethanal and ethylene oxide. It
is not an isomer of ethanol which has formula CH3CH2OH.
a)
4. Which of the statement is not true about vinylic d)
alcohols? View Answer
a) Several metal complexes are known that contain vinyl
alcohol as a ligand Answer: b
a) Explanation: At high temperature hydrogen from attached b)
b) Vinyl alcohol was discovered in the molecular cloud
Sagittarius B, using the 12-meter radio telescope to carbon adjacent to alkyl group (R) will be removed
c) It can be formed by elimination of water from ethylene instead of hydrogen from adjacent carbonyl group will be
glycol at a temperature of 900 °C and low pressure removed. c)
d) Vinylic alcohol shows no tautomerism b)
9. What is the final product for the given reaction?
View Answer

Answer: d d)
Explanation: Under normal conditions, vinyl alcohol View Answer
c)
converts (tautomerizes) to acetaldehyde. At room
 47

Answer: d d) Hock method alcohols and alkyl halides. c) X is Oleum and y is NH3
Explanation: This is alkylation of carbonyl compound, via View Answer d) X is Oleum and y is water
formation of enol form (vinylic alcohol), as shown in the View Answer
given reaction. Answer: d
Explanation: The Hock process (cumene-phenol process, Answer: a
cumene process) is an industrial process for developing 6. What is the reagent which will react with cumene to Explanation: Benzenesulphonic acid can be obtained from
phenol and acetone from benzene and propylene. The give phenol? benzene by reacting it with oleum. Benzenesulphonic acid
term stems from cumene (isopropyl benzene), the a) Oxygen thus formed is treated with molten sodium hydroxide at
intermediate material during the process. b) Hydrogen high temperature which leads to the formation of sodium
PREPARATION OF PHENOLS c) Nitrogen phenoxide. Finally, sodium phenoxide on acidification
4. Reaction of aqueous sodium hydroxide on gives phenols.
d) Ozone
1. On heating aqueous solution of benzene diazonium chlorobenzene gives which of the following products?
View Answer
chloride, which of the following is formed? a) o-chlorophenol
a) benzene b) o-chlorophenol Answer: a
b) chlorobenzene c) phenol Explanation: Upon oxidation of cumene
c) phenol d) no reaction (isopropylbenzene) in presence of air (oxygen), cumene
d) aniline View Answer hydroperoxide is obtained. Upon further treatment of 9. Which of the following is not a method for preparation
View Answer cumene hydroperoxide with dilute acid phenols are of phenol?
Answer: c
obtained. a) Dows process
Answer: c Explanation: Chlorobenzene does not undergo hydrolysis
b) From diazonium salt
Explanation: Upon warming with water, these diazonium under normal conditions. However, it undergoes
c) By decarboxylation of salicylic acid
salts finally hydrolyze to phenols. hydrolysis when heated in an aqueous sodium hydroxide
d) By the decarboxylation of sodium benzoate
solution at a temperature of 623 K and a pressure of 300
View Answer
atm to form phenol.
Answer: d
5. What will be the product ‘a’ for the given reaction?
Explanation: The decarboxylation of sodium benzoate is
not the method of preparation of phenol, this method is
7. What will be the product ‘a’ in the given reation? used for the preparation of benezene.
2. Sodium benzene sulphonate reacts with NaOH and then
on acidic hydrolysis, it gives which of the following 10. Phenol is obtained by heating aqueous solution of
compound? which of the following?
a) Phenol a) Aniline
b) Benzoic acid a) b) Benzene diazonium chloride
c) Benzene a) Enolate form c) Benzoic acid
d) Disodium benzaldehyde b) Benzene diazonium chloride d) Benzyl alcohol
View Answer b) c) Benzene View Answer
d) Chlorobenzene
Answer: a Answer: b
View Answer
Explanation: Sodium benzene sulphonate reacts with Explanation: Upon warming with water, these diazonium
c)
NaOH and then on acidic hydrolysis, phenol. Answer: b salts finally hydrolyze to phenols.
Explanation: When an aromatic primary amine is treated
with nitrous (NaNO2 + HCl) acid at 273 – 278 K, diazonium
d) salts are obtained. Upon warming with water, these
View Answer diazonium salts finally hydrolyze to phenols.

3. What is the commercial method of preparation of Answer: c 8. What is the reactant ‘x’ and ‘y’ that will react with
phenol? Explanation: When ethers are treated with strong acid in benzene to give phenol?
a) Dows process the presence of a nucleophile, they can be cleaved to give a) X is Oleum and y is molten sodium hydroxide followed
b) From diazonium salt by H+
c) By decarboxylation of salicylic acid b) X is Oleum and y is HCl
 48

REACTIONS OF PHENOLS 4. Phenol reacts with bromine in carbon disulphate at low c) Salicylic acid around makes the ion more stable than it would be if all
temperature to give which of the following product? d) Phthalic acid the charge remained on the oxygen.
1. Phenolphthalein is obtained by heating phenol with a) m-bromophenol View Answer
conc. H2SO4 and which of the following reactant? b) o-and p-bromophenol
a) Benzyl alcohol c) p-bromophenol Answer: c
b) Benzene Explanation: Reacting the nucleophilic phenolate salt with PREPARATION OF ETHERS
d) 2,4,6-tribromophenol
c) Benzoic acid View Answer carbon dioxide under high pressure / temperature results 1. Chloroethane reacts with X to form diethyl ether. What
d) Phthalic anhydride in regioselective ortho-substitution. This process is also
is X?
View Answer Answer: b known as the Kolbe-Schmitt synthesis. o-hydroxybenzoic a) NaOH
Explanation: Phenol reacts with bromine in carbon acid is more commonly known as salicylic acid.
Answer: d b) H2SO4
disulphate at low temperature to give o-and p- c) C2H5ONa
Explanation: Phenolphthalein is obtained by heating bromophenol. 8. Picric acid is formed when phenol react with which of
phenol with conc. H2SO4 and phthalic anhydride, as shown the following reactant? d) Na2S2O3
in the given reaction. a) Formaldehyde View Answer
b) Hydrogen
Answer: c
c) Nitric acid Explanation: The reaction of sodium ethoxide with
d) Hydrochloric acid
chloroethane to form diethyl ether and sodium chloride:
View Answer [Na]+[C2H5O]– + C2H5Cl → C2H5OC2H5 + [Na]+[Cl]–
Answer: c
2. The reaction given below is known as by which o the
5. Bromine reacts with phenol and decolorize orange color Explanation: Nowadays picric acid is prepared by treating
following reaction?
and turns it to which of the colored precipitate? phenol first with concentrated sulfuric acid which converts
C2H5ONa+IC2H5→C2H5OC2H5+NaI
2. Salicylaldehyde can be prepared from which of the a) white precipitate it to phenol-2,4-disulfuric acid and then with concentrated a) Kolbe’s synthesis
following reactants? b) pink precipitate nitric acid to get 2,4,6-trinitrophenol.
b) Wurtz’s synthesis
a) Phenol and chloroform c) blue precipitate
9. Bakelite is formed when phenol react with which of the c) Williamson’s synthesis
b) Phenol, chloroform and sodium hydroxide d) black precipitate
following reactant? d) Grignard’s synthesis
c) Phenol, carbon tetrachloride and NaOH View Answer
a) Formaldehyde View Answer
d) Phenol, carbon tetrachloride
View Answer Answer: a b) Hydrogen
Answer: c
Explanation: Bromine reacts with phenol and decolorize c) Nitric acid
Explanation: Williamson Ether Reactions involve an
Answer: b orange color and turns it to white precipitate of d) Sulphuric acid alkoxide that reacts with a primary haloalkane or a
Explanation: Salicylaldehyde is prepared from phenol and brominated phenol. View Answer sulfonate ester. Alkoxides consist of the conjugate base of
chloroform by heating with sodium hydroxide or
6. Which of the following regents may be used to Answer: a an alcohol and are comprised of an R group bonded to an
potassium hydroxide in a Reimer–Tiemann reaction.
distinguish between phenol and benzoic acid? Explanation: Bakelite is a thermosetting polymer which is oxygen atom. They are often written as RO–, where R is
3. When phenol is treated with excess of bromine water, it a) Aqueous NaOH made by reaction between phenol and HCHO. the organic substituent.
gives which of the following product? b) Tollen’s reagent
10. Phenol undergoes ionization to become more stable by 3. The Williamson ether synthesis produces ethers by
a) m-bromophenol c) Molisch reagent
reacting with which of the following chemical species? reacting which of the following?
b) o-and p-bromophenol d) Neutral FeCl3
a) negative ions a) alcohol with a metal
c) 2,4-dibromophenol View Answer
b) positive ions b) alkoxide with a metal
d) 2,4,6-tribromophenol
Answer: d c) radicals c) alkoxide with an alkyl halide
View Answer
Explanation: Neutral FeCl3 test regents may be used to d) neutral atoms d) alkyl halide with an aldehyde
Answer: d distinguish between phenol and benzoic acid as Phenol View Answer View Answer
Explanation: In phenol, the hydroxyl group serves to will give violet coloration but benzoic acid will not give
Answer: a Answer: c
greatly activate the benzene ring, significantly increasing coloration with neutral FeCl3.
Explanation: Phenol undergoes ionization to become more Explanation: It’s a type of reaction we’ve already seen
its reactivity, hence susceptibility to substitution. The
7. What is the major product obtained on interaction of stable by reacting with negative ions as the negative many times before – an SN2 reaction between a
reaction occurs at room temp and even goes to maximum
phenol with sodium hydroxide and carbon dioxide? charge is no longer entirely localised on the oxygen but is deprotonated alcohol *“alkoxide”+ and an alkyl halide that
substitution of the 3 possible locations (2,4,6). result is
a) Benzoic acid spread out around the whole ion. Spreading the charge forms an ether.
2,4,6-tribromophenol which is a white ppt.
b) Salicyladehyde

4. In which case would a Williamson ether synthesis fail?
a) sodium ethoxide + iodomethane
b) sodium ethoxide + iodoethane
c) sodium ethoxide + 2-iodopropane
d) sodium ethoxide + 2-iodo-2-methylpropane
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Because alkoxides are strong bases,
competition with elimination [E2] pathways becomes a
concern once the alkyl halide becomes more sterically
hindered. For this reason, trying to perform a Williamson
on a secondary alkyl halide is a bit more problematic than
it is for a primary alkyl halide.
5. Which of the following reagents should be used to
prepare tert-butyl ethyl ether?
a) tert-butyl bromide and sodium ethoxide
b) tert-butyl alcohol and ethyl bromide
c) tert-butyl alcohol and ethanol
d) potassium tert-butoxide and ethyl bromide
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: When ethyl bromide(CH3CH2Br) is added to
potassium tert-butoxide ((CH3)3-O– + K), the product is
ethyl tert-butyl ether(CH3)3-O-CH2CH3).
CH3CH2Br + (CH3)3-O– + K → (CH3)3-O-CH2CH3.
6. Which of the following reagents should be used to
prepare tert-butyl propyl ether?
a) 2-methylpropene and 1-propanol
b) 2-methylpropene, acetic acid and 1-propanol
c) 2-methylpropene, H2SO4 and 1-propanol
d) 1-propyl bromide and tert-butyl alcohol
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The dehydration reaction of alcohols to
generate alkene proceeds by heating the alcohols in the
presence of a strong acid, such as sulfuric or phosphoric
acid, at high temperatures. If the reaction is not
sufficiently heated, the alcohols do not dehydrate to form
alkenes, but react with one another to form ethers.
7. What will be the reactant and reaction condition
required for the given reaction?
CH3CH2OH +? → C2H5OC2H5
a) H2SO4, 413K
b) H2SO4, 443K
49
c) HNO3, 413K d) Preparation of epoxides d) iodoethane and 2-methylpropane
d) HNO3, 443K View Answer View Answer
View Answer
Answer: b Answer: c
Answer: a Explanation: The Williamson reaction is of broad scope, is Explanation: Ether + HX → Alkyl halide + Alcohol, Halide
Explanation: In the presence of protic acids (sulphuric widely used in both laboratory and industrial synthesis, attacks at less hindered site to produce alkyl halide. So,
acid), alcohols undergo dehydration to produce alkenes and remains the simplest and most popular method of Ethyl isopropyl ether + HI/Heat/Water → Isopropyl alcohol
and ethers under different conditions. For example: in the preparing ethers. Both symmetrical and asymmetrical + Iodoethane.
presence of sulphuric acid, dehydration of ethanol at 443 K ethers are easily prepared.
yields ethene whereas it yields ethoxyethane at 413 K. This 4. What are the products when tert-butyl ethyl ether is
is an ideal method of preparation through primary cleaved with concentrated HI?
a) iodoethane and tert-butanol
REACTIONS OF ETHERS b) iodoethane and 2-iodo-2-methylpropane
alcohols. c) ethanol and 2-iodo-2-methylpropane
1. An ether is more volatile than an alcohol having the
d) ethanol and tert-butanol
8. Which of the following is the method of preparation of same molecular formula. What is the reason for this
difference? View Answer
ether?
a) Dows process a) dipolar character of ethers Answer: c
b) alcohols having resonance structures
b) Williamson synthesis Explanation: Ether + HX → Alkyl halide + Alcohol, Halide
c) inter-molecular hydrogen bonding in ethers
c) By decarboxylation of salicylic acid attacks at less hindered site to produce alkyl halide. Clearly
d) Hock method d) inter-molecular hydrogen bonding in alcohols the SN2 is not in play here, as the tertiary carbons are
View Answer View Answer much too hindered for a backside attack. However,
Answer: d tertiary carbocations are relatively stable – and
Answer: b
“ionization” (i.e. loss of a leaving group) leaves us with an
Explanation: In this method, an alkyl halide is reacted with Explanation: The ether are less volatile than alcohol of
alcohol (R-OH) and a tertiary carbocation, which can then
sodium alkoxide which leads to the formation of ether. same molecular mass because in alcohols there is
be attacked by iodide ion to give R-I. Again, if excess HI is
The reaction generally follows SN2 mechanism for primary intermolecular H-bonding which makes it less volatile and
High B.P. But in case of ether there is no intermolecular H- present then that alcohol will be converted into an
alcohol.
alcohol. We’ll have more about that to say in a few posts
Bonding which makes it more volatile and less B.P.
9. Williamson synthesis proceed visa which of the actually.
following mechanism? 2. Ethers may be used as solvents because they react only
with which of the following reactants? 5. Which pair of products would result from the acid
a) SN1
a) Acids cleavage of phenyl propyl ether with excess concentrated
b) SN2
b) Bases HBr at an elevated temperature?
c) E1
a) Phenol and 1-propanol
d) E2 c) Oxidising agent
b) Bromobenzene and 1-propanol
View Answer d) Reducing agents
View Answer c) Bromobenzene and 1-bromopropane
d) Phenol and 1-bromopropane
Answer: b
Explanation: Ethers can be synthesized in standard SN2 Answer: a View Answer
conditions by coupling an alkoxide with a Explanation: Ethers resist the attack of nucleophiles and
Answer: d
haloalkane/sulfonate ester. The alcohol that supplies the bases. However, they are very good solvents in many
Explanation: Ether + HBr —–> Alkyl bromide + Alcohol.
electron rich alkoxide can be used as the solvent, as well organic reactions due to their ability to solvate cations by
donating the electron pair from oxygen atom. Ethers are Halide attacks at less hindered site to produce alkyl halide.
as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) or hexamethylphosphoric
Ethyl phenyl ether + HBr/Heat/Water —-> Phenol +
triamide (HMPA). generally less reactive and react only with acids.
Bromoethane.
10. Which of the following is the commercial method of 3. What are the products when ethyl isopropyl ether is
6. Select the ether among following that yields methanol
formation of ether? cleaved with concentrated HI?
as one of the products on reaction with cold hydroiodic
a) Dehydration of alcohol a) ethanol and 2-iodo-2-methylpropane
acid.
b) Williamson ether synthesis b) ethanol and 2-methylpropane
a) 1-Methoxybutane
c) Ullmann condensation c) iodoethane and isopropyl alcohol
b) 1-Methoxy-2-methylpropane

c) 2-Methoxy-2-methylpropane
d) Methoxybenzene
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: When one group is methyl and the other alkyl
group is a tertiary group, the halide formed is a tertiary
group, the halide formed is a tertiary halide. It is because
the attack by I- takes place at that carbon of alkyl group,
which has a greater electron pushing inductive effect and a
lower electron density.
7. The boiling point of ethyl alcohol is much higher than
that of dimethyl ether though
both have the same molecular weight. Why?
a) Ether is insoluble in water
b) Methyl groups are attached to oxygen in ether
c) Dipole moment of ethyl alcohol is less
d) Ethyl alcohol shows hydrogen bonding
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Alcohols have much higher boiling points
than the comparable alkanes or the related ethers
because molecules of alcohols can interact through
hydrogen bonding while those of alkanes and ethers
cannot. Thus, Ethanol has a higher boiling point (78℃)
than dimethyl ether (−25℃) though they have the same
molecular weight.
8. Which pair of products would result from the acid
cleavage of tert-butyl propyl ether with excess
concentrated HBr at an elevated temperature?
a) tert-butyl bromide and propyl alcohol
b) tert-butyl bromide and propyl bromide
c) tert-butyl alcohol and propyl bromide
d) 2-methyl-2-butene and propyl bromide
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Ether + HX → Alkyl halide + Alcohol, Halide
attacks at less hindered site to produce alkyl halide. Clearly
the SN2 is not in play here, as the tertiary carbons are
much too hindered for a backside attack. However,
tertiary carbocations are relatively stable – and
“ionization” (i.e. loss of a leaving group) leaves us with an
alcohol (R-OH) and a tertiary carbocation, which can then
be attacked by iodide ion to give R-I. Again, if excess HI is
present then that alcohol will be converted into an
50
alcohol. We’ll have more about that to say in a few posts chemical substance. In a qualitative test a sample is first cannot. Thus, Ethanol has a higher boiling point (78℃)
actually. reacted with a mixture of acetic acid and hydrogen iodide than dimethyl ether (−25℃) though they have the same
in a test tube. molecular weight.
9. Which of the following is the name reaction of the given
reaction? 5. Which of the following has lower boiling point than
dimethyl ether?
2. Which of the following statement is not true about a) Pentane
ethers? b) Propane
a) Wollf’s rearrangement
a) The lower ethers are highly volatile and flammable c) Tetrahydrofuran
b) Favorskii rearrangement
b) Lower ethers also act as anaesthetics d) n-butanol
c) Pinacol rearrangement
c) Ethers are not organic solvents View Answer
d) Claisen rearrangement
d) Simple ethers (such as diethyl ether) are tasteless
View Answer Answer: b
View Answer
Explanation: The difference in molecular weight made
Answer: d
Answer: c difference between boiling point here mainly. It would be
Explanation: The Claisen rearrangement is an organic
Explanation: Because like dissolve like, Diethyl ether is very best to set up a better comparison and then ask the
reaction where an allyl vinyl ether is converted into an
non-polar compared to water so it will dissolve the non- question. diethyl ether is a chain of 5 atoms in a row. The
unsaturated carbonyl compound with the input of heat at
polar substances and precipitate the ionic compounds. appropriate alkane to compare it to is pentane, also 5
200-250oC or a Lewis acid. This reaction belongs to a class
Since like dissolves like, your barely-polar organic ether is atoms in a row. Ethane only has two carbons (CH3-CH3).
of reactions termed “sigmatropic rearrangements” and it
often happy to dissolve your non-polar organic molecules.
is a concerted process where bonds are forming and 6. Which of the following statements about ethers is
breaking at the same time. 3. Why ether is more volatile than an alcohol having the incorrect?
same molecular formula? a) Ethers are flammable
10. Which of the following will be obtained by keeping
a) dipolar character of ethers b) Ethers form peroxides by free radical oxidation
ether in contact with air for a long time?
b) alcohols having resonance structures c) Ethers are widely used as extraction solvents
a) C2H5−O−CH (CH3)−O−OH
c) inter-molecular hydrogen bonding in ethers d) An ether oxygen can only be found within an acyclic
b) C2H5−OCH2−OH
d) inter-molecular hydrogen bonding in alcohols carbon chain
c) C2H5−O−C2H5OH
View Answer View Answer
d) CH3−O CH (CH3)−O−OH
View Answer Answer: d Answer: d
Explanation: The ether are less volatile than alcohol of Explanation: Although widely used as extraction solvents
Answer: a
same molecular mass because in alcohols there is ethers are highly flammable and readily form peroxides by
Explanation: When stored in the presence of air or oxygen,
intermolecular H-bonding which makes it less volatile and free radical oxidation. An ether oxygen can be present in
ethers tend to form explosive peroxides, such as diethyl
High B.P. But in case of ether there is no intermolecular H- an open chain or as part of a cyclic system.
ether peroxide. The reaction is accelerated by light, metal
Bonding which makes it more volatile and less B.P.
catalysts, and aldehydes. 7. Which of the following product is formed, when ether is
R−O−R’ + O2/light → C2H5−O−CH(CH3)−O−OH.
4. Why the boiling point of ethyl alcohol is much higher exposed to air?
than that of dimethyl ether though a) Oxide
both have the same molecular weight? b) Alkanes
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS a) Ether is insoluble in water c) Alkenes
b) Methyl groups are attached to oxygen in ether d) Peroxide of diethyl ether
1. Which of the following is distinguish test for ether? c) Dipole moment of ethyl alcohol is less View Answer
a) Lucas test d) Ethyl alcohol shows hydrogen bonding
b) FeCl3 test View Answer Answer: d
c) Molisch test Explanation: On exposure to air ether form peroxide of
d) Zeisel test Answer: d diethyl ether, as shown in below reaction.
View Answer Explanation: Alcohols have much higher boiling points
than the comparable alkanes or the related ethers
Answer: d because molecules of alcohols can interact through
8. An organic compound A reacts with sodium metal and
Explanation: The Zeisel determination or Zeisel test is a hydrogen bonding while those of alkanes and ethers
chemical test for the presence of esters or ethers in a forms B. On heating with conc. H2SO4, A gives diethyl
 51

ether. What are A and B? Answer: b Answer: b

a) C2H5OH and C2H5ONa Explanation: Any of a class of alcohols that have two Explanation: Dihydric alcohol have general formula
b) C3H7OH and CH3ONa hydroxyl groups in each molecule are diols or dihydric b) (CH2)n(OH)2, where n = 2,3,4 etc.
c) CH3OH and CH3ONa alcohol.
d) C4H9OH and C4H9ONa 7. Which of the following reagent can be used to carry out
View Answer 2. Which of the following is not the example of dihydric this synthesis?
alcohol?
Answer: d a) Glycerin c)
Explanation: When C2H5OH reacts with sodium metal and b) Parahydroxyphenol
forms C2H5ONa and on heating with H2SO4 giver diethyl c) Resorcinol
a) Seliwanoff reagent
ether. d) Catechol
b) Baeyer’s reagent
View Answer d)
c) Barfoed reagent
View Answer
Answer: a d) Benedict reagent
Explanation: Glycerin is a trihydroxy alcohol i.e. Glycerol, is Answer: c View Answer
a simple polyol compound. It is a colorless, odorless, Explanation: Parahydroxyphenol is dihydric alcohol, in
9. What is the smell of the diethyl ether? Answer: b
viscous liquid that is sweet-tasting and non-toxic. which hydroxyl group is attached at 1, 4 positions to each
a) Vinegar Explanation: Cold dilute alkaline solution of Bayer’s
other in benzene ring.
b) Sweet smell reagent can be used to carry out this synthesis.
c) Rotten egg 5. Which of the following is the correct structure of
d) Fish like smell Structure of glycerin is resorcinol?
View Answer
3. Which of the following is the correct structure of
Answer: b catechol?
a)
Explanation: Diethyl ether has a rather sweet, ethereal 8. Which type of product is formed when Cold dilute
smell. It might have a hint of an alcohol-like odor, very alkaline solution of Bayer’s reagent reacts with alkene?
penetrating. a) Syn-diol
a) b) b) Anti-diol
10. Which of the following Is the correct reason for cyclic c) syn- and anti-geometry will not be there in diol
ether are miscible in water? d) Trans diol
a) Planer structure b) View Answer
b) Larger size
c)
c) Molecular weight Answer: a
d) Hydrogen bonding Explanation: On hydroxylation product is formed when
View Answer c) Cold dilute alkaline solution of Bayer’s reagent reacts with
d) alkene is syn.
Answer: d View Answer
Explanation: Cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and 1,4-
d) Answer: a
dioxane are miscible in water because of the more
View Answer Explanation: Resorcinol is dihydric alcohol, in which
exposed oxygen atom for hydrogen bonding as compared
to linear aliphatic ethers. hydroxyl group is attached at 1, 3 positions to each other
Answer: b
Explanation: Catechol is dihydric alcohol, in which hydroxyl in benzene ring.
group is attached adjacent to each other in benzene ring. 6. What is the general formula for dihydric alcohol? 9. What will be the compound A which can be used to
DIHYDRIC ALCOHOLS a) (CH2)n(OH)2 where n = 2,3…etc
4. Which of the following is the correct structure of carryout this synthesis of diols?
b) (CH2)n(OH)2 where n = 1,2,4… etc
1. How many hydroxyl groups are present in diols? parahydroxyphenol?
c) CnH2n+1OH where n = 1, 2 …etc
a) One
d) (CH2)n(OH)3 where n = 3, 4, 5 …etc
b) Two
View Answer
c) Three
a) a) RCO2OH
d) Four
View Answer b) RCHO
 52

c) RCOR’ b) Aldehyde & Ketone groups the axial position, the direction opposite the -OH group on Dextrin Function. Dextrin is a source of energy; it contains
d) RCOOH c) Hydroxyl groups & Hydrogen groups carbon C-4. In galactose, the -OH group is oriented in the 3.8-4.1 Calories per gram. Dextrin is not an essential
View Answer d) Carboxyl groups & Others same direction, the equatorial position. nutrient, so you do not need to get it from food to be
View Answer healthy.
Answer: a 6. Which of the following is true about Turanose?
Explanation: A peroxy acid can be used to carryout this Answer: a a) Reducing disaccharides of glucose and fructose 10. Which of the following will not be reactive towards
synthesis as shown in below reaction. Explanation: Carbohydrates are often represented by the b) Non-reducing disaccharide seliwanoff reagent?
chemical formula Cx(H2O)y, where the numerical values of c) 7-methyl sugar a) Maltose
x and y range from 3 to 12, and functional groups are d) a deoxy sugar b) Inulin
Alcohol & Carboxyl groups. View Answer c) Fructose
d) Sucrose
3. Majority of the monosaccharides found in the human Answer: a View Answer
10. How can we detect the presence of resorcinol in the body are of which type stereoisomer? Explanation: Turanose educing sugar (3-O-α-D-glucosyl-D-
solution? a) L-type fructose), an isomer of sucrose, naturally exists in honey. Answer: a
a) Ceric ammonium nitrate test b) D-type Explanation: Maltose is an aldose sugar and only ketoses
c) neutral 7. Which of the following is not a disaccharide? give a positive Seliwanoof’s test. Sucrose, Inulin and
b) Lucas test
d) racemic mixture a) Sucrose fructose contain a ketose, and maltose does not. Only
c) Phthalic acid test
View Answer b) Maltose Therefore, sucrose, Inulin and fructose will give a positive
d) Remini’s test
c) Lactose Seliwanoof’s test, but maltose will not.
View Answer
Answer: b d) Galactose
Answer: c Explanation: Majority of the monosaccharides found in the View Answer
Explanation: Phthalic acid test:The anhydrides of aromatic human body are of D-type stereoisomer. The D-isomer of
glucose predominates in nature and it is for this reason Answer: d PREPARTIONS OF GLYCOLS
1,2-dicarboxylic acids on heating with resorcinol gives a
that the enzymes in our body have adapted to binding this Explanation: Sucrose, maltose and lactose are disaccharide
dye fluorescein. This dye in NaOH solution gives a 1. Which of the following reagent can be used to carry out
form only. and galactose is a monosaccaride.
yellowish red solution with green fluorescence. this synthesis of glycol?
4. Which is the simplest carbohydrate? 8. Which sugars are present in Sucrose?
a) Dihydroxy acetone a) Fructose and glucose
CARBOHYDRATES b) Glycerldehyde b) Glucose and glucose
c) Glucose c) Glucose and galatose
a) Benedict reagent
1. Which Biomolecules simply refers as “Staff of life” in the d) Fructose and galatose
d) Gulose b) Baeyer’s reagent
given macromolecules? View Answer
View Answer c) Barfoed reagent
a) Protein
Answer: a d) Seliwanoff reagent
b) Lipids Answer: b
Explanation: Sucrose is commonly known as table sugar View Answer
c) Carbohydrate Explanation: Glyceraldehyde (glyceral) is a triose
d) Vitamins monosaccharide with chemical formula C3H6O3. It is the and is obtained from sugar cane or sugar beets contain
Answer: b
View Answer simplest of all common aldoses. fructose and glucose as monomers.
Explanation: Cold dilute alkaline solution of Bayer’s
9. Which of the following carbohydrate do not have any reagent can be used to carry out this synthesis of glycol.
Answer: c 5. Which of the following is the examples of Epimers?
Explanation: Carbohydrates belong to a group of complex a) Glucose & Galactose essential nutritional value?
biomolecules commonly regarded as the “staff of life.” b) Glucose & Ribose a) Sucrose
They are the most abundant organic compounds in living c) Mannose & Glucose b) Cellulose
organisms and are among the four major classes of d) fructose and glucose c) Dextrin
biomolecules. During photosynthesis, carbohydrates are View Answer d) Glycogen
2. Which of the following is the industrial method of
produced from the reaction of carbon dioxide with water. View Answer
formation of glycol?
Carbohydrates go by several common names, including Answer: a
Answer: c a) Hydroxylation of alkene by Bayer’s reagent
sugars, starches, saccharides, and polysaccharides. Explanation: In stereochemistry, an epimer is one of a pair
Explanation: Dextrins are a group of low-molecular-weight b) From 1,2-dibromoethane
of stereoisomers. The two isomers differ in configuration
carbohydrates produced by the hydrolysis of starch or c) Oxidation of ethylene and using Ag as catalyst
2. In carbohydrates which are the main functional groups at only one stereogenic center. All other stereocenters in
glycogen. Dextrins are mixtures of polymers of D-glucose d) Ethylene treatment with HOCl
are present? the molecules. The sugars glucose and galactose are
units linked by α-(1→4) or α-(1→6) glycosidic bonds. View Answer
a) Alcohol & Carboxyl groups epimers. In glucose, the -OH group on the first carbon is in
 53

Answer: c are Ethylene chlorohydrine and glycol respectively. carbonate. Ethylene glycol is produced from carbon
Explanation: In the industrial preparation of ethylene monoxide in countries with large coal reserves and less
glycol, ethylene (IUPAC name: ethene) is oxidized to stringent environmental regulations. Dimethyl oxalate can
ethylene oxide (IUPAC name: oxirane) using oxygen and a be converted into ethylene glycol in high yields (94.7%) by
silver catalyst. Ethylene oxide is then reacted with water at a) RCOR’ hydrogenation with a copper catalyst.
high temperature or in the presence of an acid catalyst to b) RCO2OH
c) RCHO 8. Which compound is used with 1,2- dibromoethane for
produce ethylene glycol. Diethylene glycol is a useful by-
d) RCOOH the formation of glycol?
product of this process.
a) Na2CO3 REACTIONS OF GLYCOLS
View Answer
b) NaHCO3
1. Which catalyst is used for reaction of ethylene glycol
Answer: b c) NaOH
with acetic acid?
Explanation: A peroxy acid can be used to carry out this d) CH3COONa
a) Amberlyst 36
3. Which type of product is formed when Cold dilute synthesis of glycol as shown in below reaction. View Answer
b) Hydrogen peroxide
alkaline solution of Bayer’s reagent reacts with alkene?
Answer: a c) Potassium permanganate
a) Syn-glyol d) Aluminium bromide
Explanation: Na2CO3 compound is used with 1,2-
b) Syn- and anti-geometry will not be there in glycol View Answer
dibromoethane for the formation of glycol, as shown in
c) Anti-glyol
given reaction.
d) Trans glycol Answer: a
6. What will be the catalyst A which can be used to carry
View Answer Explanation: Esterification of ethylene glycol with acetic
out this synthesis of glycol?
acid to ethylene glycol monoacetate and ethylene glycol
Answer: a
diacetate using the acidic ion-exchange resin Amberlyst 36
Explanation: On hydroxylation product is formed when as catalyst were investigated.
Cold dilute alkaline solution of Bayer’s reagent reacts with 9. Which of the following is the most convenient and
inexpensive method of formation of glycol? 2. What is the principle product of the acid catalysed
a) Catalyst Cu, 200 – 400℃
a) Hydroxylation of alkene by Bayer’s reagent reaction of acetone and ethylene glycol?
b) Catalyst Pt, 100 – 200℃
b) From 1,2-dibromoethane
c) Catalyst Ni, 200 – 400℃
c) Oxidation of ethylene and using Ag as catalyst a)
alkene is syn-glycol. d) Catalyst Ag, 200 – 400℃
d) Ethylene treatment with HOCl
View Answer
4. Which of the following statement is not true about View Answer b)
preparation of alcohol? Answer: d
Answer: a
a) French chemist Charles-Adolphe Wurtz (1817–1884) Explanation: Catalyst Ag at 200 – 400℃ can be used to
Explanation: The most convenient and inexpensive c)
first prepared ethylene glycol in 1856 carry out this synthesis of glycol as shown in below
method of preparing a glycol in the laboratory is to react
b) First synthesis of glycol was from “ethylene iodide” reaction.
an alkene with cold dilute potassium permanganate,
(C2H4I2) with silver acetate and then hydrolyzed the d)
KMnO4. Yields from this reaction are often poor and better
resultant “ethylene diacetate” with potassium hydroxide View Answer
yields are obtained using osmium tetroxide, OsO4.
c) It was synthesized from ethylene dichloride in Germany
However, this reagent has the disadvantages of being Answer: b
and used as a substitute for glycerol in the explosives
7. What will be the product A and B for the given reaction? expensive and toxic. Explanation: According to the given reaction between
industry
d) There is no biological process for the synthesis of glycol acetone and glycol, we can show that cyclic ketal is the
10. Which of the following is not a method of preparation
View Answer product.
of glycol?
a) Shell’s omega method
Answer: d a) ethane, glycol
b) From carbon monoxide
Explanation: Glycol can be synthesised biologically, b) glycol, ethylene chlorohydrine
c) From Dimethyl oxalate
example: The caterpillar of the Greater wax moth, Galleria c) Ethylene chlorohydrine, glycol
d) From nitrogen
mellonella, has gut bacteria with the ability to degrade d) ethan-1-ol, Glycol
View Answer
polyethylene (PE) into ethylene glycol. View Answer
Answer: d
5. What will be the compound A which can be used to Answer: c
Explanation: In the OMEGA process, the ethylene oxide is
carry out this synthesis of glycol? Explanation: The product A and B for the given reaction
first converted with carbon dioxide (CO2) to ethylene
 54

3. What will be the product when ethylene glycol and d) Six membered cyclic ring a) Hydrous d) sucrose
terephthalic acid reacts? View Answer b) Anhydrous View Answer
c) Acidic
Answer: b d) Basic Answer: b
Explanation: Lead tetraacetate is used cleave a carbon- View Answer Explanation: Heating fats(triglyceride) will leads to
a) carbon bond in a glycol and involves a favourable five formation of glycerol along with formation of
membered cyclic intermediate, as shown in given reaction. Answer: b corresponding acid.
Explanation: It was heavily stressed by Criegee that the
reaction must be run in anhydrous solvents, as any water 2. What is the name of the process of formation of glycerol
present would hydrolyze the lead tetraacetate; however, via formation of allyl chloride?
b) a) Epichlorohydrine
subsequent publications have shown that if the oxidation
is faster than the rate of hydrolysis, the cleavage can be b) Acrolein
run in wet solvents or even aqueous solutions. c) Propylene oxide
d) Chloroform process
c) 6. What is the name of the reaction when lead 9. What happens when glycol reacts with periodic acid? View Answer
tetraacetate is used cleave a carbon-carbon bond in a a) No reaction
glycol? b) Ketones will be formed Answer: a
a) Criegee oxidation c) Aldehyde will not be formed Explanation: The epichlorohydrin process is the most
b) Swern oxidation d) Monohydric alcohols will be formed important; it involves the chlorination of propylene to give
d)
c) Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation View Answer allyl chloride, which is oxidized with hypochlorite to
View Answer
d) Jones oxidation dichlorohydrins, which reacts with a strong base to give
Answer: d View Answer Answer: b epichlorohydrin. This epichlorohydrin is then hydrolyzed to
Explanation: Chemical Reaction between ethylene glycol Explanation: Oxidation with Periodic Acid is used to cleave give glycerol.
and terephthalic acid yields BHET. Answer: a vicinal diols (a total of two alcohols, one on two adjacent
Explanation: The oxidation of 1,2‐diols (or glycols) to carbons) into two carbonyl molecules. 3. Fatty acids and glycerol (C3H8O3) are produced after
aldehydes or ketones with lead tetraacetate [Pb(OAc)4, hydrolysis of which of the following?
LTA+ via the cleavage of C‐C bond between the 10. Ethylene glycol on treatment with phosphorus tri- a) amino acids
hydroxyl‐carrying carbon atoms is generally known as iodide yields b) fats
Criegee Glycol oxidation. This reaction has been reported a) ethyl iodide c) starch
to occur only in anhydrous organic solvent. b) ethylene di-iodide d) cellulose
c) ethylene View Answer
4. What happens when glycol reacts with lead
7. Which of the following statement is not true about d) ethane
tetraacetate? Answer: b
criegee oxidation? View Answer
a) No reaction a) The oxidative cleavage of an alpha,beta-diol using lead Explanation: On hydrolysis in presence of an alkali, the tri
b) Ketones will be formed tetraacetate to give the corresponding carbonyl Answer: b esters yield glycerol and the fall of the carboxylic acids.
c) Aldehyde will not be formed compounds Explanation: Phosphorus triiodide (PI3) is an unstable red
d) Monohydric alcohols will be formed solid which reacts violently with water. It is a common 4. What is the middle product ‘A’ in the formation of the
b) It is analogous but milder than the Malaprade reaction
View Answer misconception that PI3 is too unstable to be stored; it is, in glycerol by propylene?
c) This oxidation was discovered by Rudolf Criegee and
coworkers and first reported in 1931 fact, commercially available. It is widely used in organic
Answer: b
d) Rate of reaction do not depend upon stereochemistry of chemistry for converting alcohols to alkyl iodides.
Explanation: Lead tetraacetate is used cleave a carbon-
carbon bond in a glycol. This reaction is useful in the glycol
formation of ketones and aldehydes and involves a View Answer a) Allyl chloride
favourable five membered cyclic intermediate. PREPARATIONS OF GLYCEROL b) Vinyl chloride
Answer: d
c) Acyl chloride
5. What is the intermediate form in the mechanism of the Explanation: The rate of the reaction is highly dependent 1. Glycerol can be formed through digestion of which of d) Dichloroalkane
lead acetate and glycol? on the conformation of the diols, so much so that diols the following? View Answer
a) Three membered cyclic ring that are cis on certain rings can be reacted selectively as a) galactose
b) Four membered cyclic ring opposed to those that are trans on them. b) fats Answer: a
c) Five membered cyclic ring c) glucose Explanation: The epichlorohydrin process is the most
8. Criegee oxidation of glycol should be performed in important; it involves the chlorination of propylene to give
which type of medium?
 55

allyl chloride, which is oxidized with hypochlorite to Answer: c a) NBS, NaOH/OH–, OsO4 d) Formaldehyde and formic acid
dichlorohydrins, which reacts with a strong base to give Explanation: Because of the large-scale production of b) NaOH/OH–, NBS, alk. MnO4– View Answer
epichlorohydrin. This epichlorohydrin is then hydrolyzed to biodiesel from fats, where glycerol is a waste product, the c) alk. MnO4–, NaOH/OH–, NBS
give glycerol. market for glycerol is depressed. Thus, synthetic processes d) NBS, NaOH/OH–, OsO4 Answer: d
are not economical. Owing to oversupply, efforts are being View Answer Explanation: Lead tetraacetate, like periodic acid, will
made to convert glycerol to synthetic precursors, such as oxidize polyhydric alcohols with adjacent hydroxyl groups.
acrolein. Answer: a Two moles of formaldehyde and one mole of formic acid
Explanation: Firstly, propene will be brominated by N- are formed from one mole of glycerol.
5. What is the product A formed by the partial oxidation
8. Which of the following is not the step for the isolation of bromo succinimide (NBS), then substitution reaction will
using metal oxides and air of propylene or the given 4. What will be product of the following reaction?
glycerine form spent lye? take place by OH– via SN2 mechanism and finally then
preparation of the glycerol?
a) Brine Solution Preparation addition of hydoxy group on propen-3-ol by OsO4or
b) Saponification and salting alkaline KMnO4, will take place to give glycerol.
c) Zone distillation
a) Propene
d) Glycerin Recovery from Spent Soap Lye
b) Acroline
View Answer REACTIONS OF GLYCEROL
c) Propylene oxide a) Glycolic acids
d) Propanol Answer: c b) Glyceric acid
1. What will be the product for the reaction of catalytic c) Formic acid
View Answer Explanation: Here zone distillation is not possible as hydrogenation of glycerol? d) Formaldehyde
constituents are in liquid phase. Glycerol is a high boiling a) Glycerol carbonate
Answer: b View Answer
liquid with boiling point 290℃. Here distillation will be
Explanation: Processes from propylene include the b) Epichlorohydrine
done under high pressure at different temperature.
synthesis of glycerol from acrolein by partial oxidation of c) Propylene glycol Answer: c
propylene. Acrolein further form propen-3-ol and then 9. What will be the product X in the formation of glycerol? d) Ethylene glycol Explanation: When glycerol is distilled with hydrogen
hydrolyzed to give glycerol. View Answer peroxide which is added intermittently, it is quantitatively
converted into formic acid while glyceric and glycolic acids
6. What is the product A formed by the partial oxidation Answer: c are formed as intermediate products.
using tert- butyl hydroperoxides or hydrogen peroxide of Explanation: Glycerol is easily reduced to propylene glycol
propylene or the given preparation of the glycerol? (1,2- dihydroxypropane) with hydrogen at pressures from 5. What will be the product for the following reaction?
10 to 100 atmospheres and temperatures above 150° C.
a) R-ONa Many catalysts may be used, e.g. Ni, Fe, Pt, Au, Hg, copper
b) RCOH
a) Propene chromite or tungstic acid.
c) RCOONa
b) Acroline
d) R-ONa and RCOONa both can be formed 2. What will be the product for when glycerol is heated
c) Propylene oxide
View Answer with hydriodic acid? a) Glycolic acids
d) Propanol
a) Glycerol carbonate b) Glyceric acid
View Answer Answer: c
b) Epichlorohydrine c) Formic acid
Explanation: On hydrolysis in presence of an alkali, the tri c) Ethylene glycol d) Formaldehyde
Answer: c
esters yield glycerol and the fall of the carboxylic acids. d) Isopropyl iodide View Answer
Explanation: Processes from propylene include the
synthesis of glycerol from propylene oxide is from View Answer
Answer: d
oxidation by H2O2 or tert- butyl hydroperoxides of
Answer: d Explanation: Glycerol oxidized by hydrogen peroxide in a
propylene. Propylene oxide further form propen-3-ol and
Explanation: Glycerol heated to 135 to 140℃ with an strongly alkaline solution results in the formation of
then hydrolyzed to give glycerol.
excess of hydriodic acid is reduced to isopropyl iodide. This formaldehyde and the production of hydrogen, but neither
7. Why synthetic production of glycerol is not reaction is the basis of the Zeisel-Fanto analytical method is formed when the oxidation takes place in a less alkaline
commercially successful? for determining glycerol. medium.
10. What will be the reagent and conditions required for
a) Because process is expensive the given reaction of preparation of glycerol form propene 3. What will be product of the reaction if lead tetraacetate 6. What will happen when glycerol is added into bromine
b) Because no marketing demands from given conditions respectively? and glycerol will react? water and sodium carbonate?
c) Because process is hazardous
a) Glycerol carbonate a) Glycerol carbonate
d) Because of the large-scale production of biodiesel from
b) Ethylene glycol b) Dihydroxyacetone
fats
c) Formic acid c) Ethylene glycol
View Answer
 56

d) Isopropyl iodide pyridine, triethylamine or quinoline. the orange solution containing the dichromate(VI) ions is 5. On heating calcium acetate and calcium formate, the
View Answer reduced to a green solution containing chromium(III) ions. product formed is which of the following?
a) CH3COCH3
Answer: b 2. In the given reaction, what will be the product P? b) CH3CHO
Explanation: Dihydroxyacetone results from the oxidation c) HCHO+CaCO3
of glycerol with bromine and sodium carbonate and by the d) CH3CHO+CaCO3
oxidation of lead glyceroxide with bromine vapors. 9. What will happen when glycerol is added into View Answer
dimethyloxalate? a) RCH2OH
7. What will happen when glycerol is added into dimethyl Answer: d
a) Glycerol carbonate b) RCOOH
carbonate? Explanation: Calcium acetate and calcium formate
b) Dihydroxyacetone c) RCHO
c) Glycerol formate decomposes on heating to form aldehyde and calcium
d) RCH3
d) Glycerol oxalate carbonate.
View Answer
View Answer
6. In the Rosenmund’s reduction, BaSO4 taken with
Answer: c
Answer: d catalyst Pd acts as which of the following?
Explanation: The catalytic hydrogenation of acid chlorides
a) Glycerol carbonate Explanation: Glycerol reacts with methyl oxalate to a) Promotor
allows the formation of aldehydes, is known as
b) Dihydroxyacetone produce glycerol oxalate, which decomposes at 220-225℃ b) Catalytic poison
Rosenmund reaction.
c) Glycerol formate to form ally1 alcohol, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide c) Cooperator
d) Isopropyl iodide and an oil. 3. What is the name of the given reaction of preparation of d) Absorber
View Answer aldehyde? View Answer
10. What will happen when glycerol is added into acid?
Answer: a a) Esterification Answer: b
Explanation: Glycerol carbonate prepared by heating such b) Alcoholysis Explanation: The Pd catalyst must be poisoned, for
esters as dimethyl carbonate with glycerol, or reacting a) Reimer-Tiemann reaction example with BaSO4, because the untreated catalyst is too
c) Transesterification
glycerol with phosgene in the presence of organic bases b) Cannizzaro reaction reactive and will give some overreduction. Some of the
d) No reaction will occur
such as pyridine, triethylamine or quinoline. c) Rosenmund reaction side products can be avoided if the reaction is conducted
View Answer
d) Reformatsky reaction in strictly anhydrous solvents.
Answer: a View Answer
Explanation: When glycerol is added into acid 7. Catalyst SnCl2/HCl is used in which of the following
Answer: c method of synthesis of aldehyde?
esterification will occurs, as shown in given reaction.
Explanation: The catalytic hydrogenation of acid chlorides a) Stephen’s reduction
C3 H5 (OH)3+RCOOH → C3 H5 (OH)2 OOCR+ H2O
allows the formation of aldehydes, is known as b) Cannizzaro reaction
Glycerol Acid Ester Water
8. What will happen when glycerol is added into dimethyl Rosenmund reaction. c) Clemmensen’s reduction
carbonate? d) Rosenmund’s reduction
4. Which Catalyst is used in Rosenmund reduction?
View Answer
PREPARATION OF ALDEHYDES a) Pd / BaSO4
b) Zn-Hg couple Answer: a
1. Primary alcohol is gently heated to produce aldehyde in c) LiAlH4 Explanation: Stephen aldehyde synthesis reaction involves
presence of acidified solution of which of the following d) Ni/H2 the preparation of aldehydes (R-CHO) from nitriles (R-CN)
compound? View Answer using tin(II) chloride (SnCl2), hydrochloric acid (HCl) and
a) Glycerol carbonate
a) hydroxide quenching the resulting iminium salt ([R-CH=NH2]+Cl−) with
b) Dihydroxyacetone
b) dichromate Answer: a
c) Glycerol formate water (H2O).
c) ethanol Explanation: The catalytic hydrogenation of acid chlorides
d) Isopropyl iodide
d) ethanal allows the formation of aldehydes, is known as 8. What is the product X in the following reaction?
View Answer
View Answer Rosenmund reaction. The Pd catalyst must be poisoned,
Answer: a for example with BaSO4, because the untreated catalyst is
Answer: b too reactive and will give some overreduction. Some of the a) C6H5CH3
Explanation: Glycerol carbonate prepared by heating such
Explanation: The oxidizing agent used in these reactions is side products can be avoided if the reaction is conducted b) C6H5CH2Cl
esters as urea with glycerol, or reacting glycerol with
normally a solution of sodium or potassium dichromate(VI) in strictly anhydrous solvents. c) C6H5CHO
phosgene in the presence of organic bases such as
acidified with dilute sulfuric acid. If oxidation occurs, then d) C6H5COOH
View Answer
 57

Answer: c d) Ethanol Answer: c dehydrogenation of isopropyl alcohol over a heated

Explanation: Aldehyde will be formed when benzene is View Answer Explanation: Acetophenone is prepared in the laboratory copper catalyst.
reacted with HCl and carbon monoxide in presence of from benzene by a substitution reaction.
anhydrous aluminium chloride. Answer: c 8. Dry heating of calcium acetate gives which of the
Explanation: Alkyne will be converted into aldehyde and following?
9. Which of the following gases when passed through oxidation with Grignard reagent will for alcohol and then a) Acetaldehyde
warm dilute solution of H2SO4 in presence of HgSO4 gives acetone will be formed. b) Ethane
acetaldehyde? c) Acetic acid
a) CH4 d) Acetone
b) C2H6 5. Ketones can be prepared in one step from which of the View Answer
c) C2H4 following process?
d) C2H2 a) Hydrolysis of esters Answer: d
View Answer b) Oxidation of primary alcohol Explanation: Dry heating of calcium acetate gives acetone
2. Acetophenone is prepared from which reaction?
c) Oxidation of secondary alcohol as shown in below reaction.
a) Rosenmund reaction
Answer: d d) Reaction of acid halide with alcohols
b) Sandmayer reaction
Explanation: C2H2 gas when passed through warm dilute View Answer
c) Wurtz reaction
solution of H2SO4 in presence of HgSO4 gives acetaldehyde.
d) Friedel craft reaction Answer: c
10. O3 reacts with CH2=CH2 to form ozonide. On hydrolysis View Answer Explanation: Secondary alcohols are oxidized to ketones –
it forms which of the following? and that’s it. For example, if you heat the secondary 9. Which of the following compound gives a ketone with
Answer: d
a) Ethylene oxide alcohol propan-2-ol with sodium or potassium Grignard reagent?
Explanation: Acetophenone is prepared from Friedel craft
b) HCHO dichromate(VI) solution acidified with dilute sulfuric acid, a) Formaldehyde
reaction, in the presence of acetyl chloride, as shown
c) Ethylene glycol propanone is formed. Changing the reaction conditions b) Ethyl alcohol
below.
d) Ethyl alcohol makes no difference to the product. c) Methyl cyanide
View Answer d) Methyl iodide
6. Ketones are prepared by which of the following name
View Answer
Answer: b reaction?
Explanation: O3 reacts with CH2=CH2 to form ozonide. On a) Clemmensen’s reduction Answer: c
hydrolysis it forms HCHO. Ozone gas is passed into a b) Cannizzaro reaction Explanation: Methyl cyanide gives a ketone with Grignard
solution of the alkene in some inert solvent like carbon 3. Compound which gives acetone on ozonolysis is? c) Rosenmund’s reduction reagent, as shown in below reaction.
tetrachloride; evaporation of the solvent leaves the a) CH3−CH=CH−CH3 d) Oppenaur’s oxidation
ozonide as a viscous oil. This unstable, explosive b) (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2 View Answer
compound is not purified, but is treated directly with c) C6H5CH=CH2
water, generally in the presence of a reducing agent. If Answer: d
d) CH3CH=CH2
oxidsing reagent is used, aldehyde if oxidisable can further Explanation: Oppenauer oxidation, named after Rupert
View Answer
oxidise into carboxylic acid which is not the case with Viktor Oppenauer, is a gentle method for selectively
reducing agents. Answer: b oxidizing secondary alcohols to ketones.
Explanation: Alkenes can be oxidized with ozone to form 10. Propyne on hydrolysis in presence of HCl and
7. Isopropyl alcohol on oxidation gives which of the HgSO4gives which of the following?
ketones.
following? a) Acetaldehyde
PREPARATION OF KETONES a) Acetone b) Acetone
b) Acetaldehyde c) Formaldehyde
1. What is the end product in the following sequence of 4. Which one of the following compounds is prepared in c) Ether d) Acetophenone
reaction? the laboratory from benzene by a substitution reaction? d) Ethylene View Answer
a) Glyoxal View Answer
b) Cyclohexane Answer: b
a) Acetic acid c) Acetophenone Answer: a Explanation: Alkynes react with water in the presence of
b) Isopropyl alcohol d) Hexabromo cyclohexane Explanation: Isopropyl alcohol can be oxidized to acetone, HgSO4 to give an alcohol with double bond. This alcohol is
c) Acetone View Answer which is the corresponding ketone. This can be achieved called as enol (en for double bond and ol for alcohol).
using oxidizing agents such as chromic acid, or by These enols are highly unstable and undergo migration to
give ketone.
 58

Preparation of Benzaldehyde & Aromatic Ketones b) Oxidation of benzyl chloride c) Stephan’s reaction Answer: d
c) Oxidation of benzyl alcohol d) Gattermann reaction Explanation: Benzaldehyde conveniently prepared by
1. The oxidation of toluene to benzaldehyde by chromyl d) Etard reaction View Answer boiling benzyl chloride with copper nitrate or lead nitrate
chloride is called as which of the following? View Answer solution in a current of carbon dioxide.
a) Cannizzaro reaction Answer: c
b) Wurtz reaction Answer: c Explanation: Partial reduction of phenyl cyanide with 11. Formation of aromatic ketone forms from benzene by
c) Etard reaction Explanation: This involves the treatment of benzyl alcohol stannous chloride and passing dry HCl gas in ether solution CH3COCl?
d) Reimer-Tiemann reaction with dil. HNO3 or acidic potassium dichromate or chromic followed by hydrolysis of the aldimine stannic chloride a) Friedal craft alkylation
View Answer anhydride in acetic anhydride or with copper catalyst at with water to form benzaldehyde is called as Stephan’s b) Friedal craft dealkylation
350o C. This process is used for commercial production of reaction. c) Friedal craft acylation
Answer: c benzaldehyde. d) Friedal craft hydroxyalkylation
Explanation: The oxidation of toluene to benzaldehyde by 8. Ozonolysis of styrene will lead leads to formation of View Answer
chromyl chloride is called as Etard reaction. 5. Which of the following is the not a method of benzaldehyde along which compound?
preparation of benzaldehyde? a) O2 Answer: c
a) Gattermann Koch synthesis b) H2O2 Explanation: Friedal craft acylation froms aromatic ketone.
b) Etards reaction c) HCHO A proper choice of acid chloride here gives the desired
2. Benzaldehyde can be prepared by oxidation of toluene c) Stephan’s reaction d) H2O2 and HCHO ketone. The method works for all types of ketones though
by which of the following reagent?
d) Oxidation of secondary alcohol View Answer the bulkier aryl acid chlorides may require stronger /
a) Acidic KMnO4
View Answer longer heating.
b) K2Cr2O7 Answer: c
c) CrO2Cl2 Answer: d Explanation: Ozonolysis of styrene will lead leads to 12. What will be the product for the given reaction?
d) basic KMnO4 Explanation: Oxidation of secondary ketones is the method formation of benzaldehyde H2O2 and HCHO. a) Propanone
View Answer of formation of ketones not aldehydes. b) Acetophenone
c) Diphenylmethanone
Answer: c d) Aliphatic and aromatic
Explanation: Benzaldehyde can be prepared by oxidation View Answer
of toluene by CrO2Cl2. 9. Which of the following cannot be used in formation of
benzaldehyde by Grignard reagent? Answer: d
6. What reagents will be used in the preparation of a) HCN Explanation: Heating solid calcium salts of benzoic acid
benzaldehyde via Gattermann Koch synthesis? b) Carbon monoxide with those of any other carboxylic acid, except methanoic
a) Carbon dioxide and HCl c) Ethyl format acid, gives the ketones in low yields.
b) Carbon monoxide and HCl d) HNC
3. The oxidation of benzyl chloride with lead nitrate gives c) Oxygen and H2SO4 View Answer
which of the following compound? d) Carbon monoxide and H2SO4
a) Benzaldehyde View Answer Answer: c
b) Benzyl alcohol Explanation: Reagents like carbon monoxide or HCN and
13. What will be the product of the given reaction?
c) Benzoic acid Answer: b ethyl format can be used for formation of benzaldehyde
d) p-chlorobenzaldehyde Explanation: Benzene is converted into benzaldehyde by by Grignard reagent.
View Answer passing a mixture of carbon monoxide and HCl gas under
high pressure into the ether solution of benzene in
Answer: a presence of anhydrous aluminum chloride and cuprous a) Propanone
Explanation: The oxidation of benzyl chloride with lead chloride. b) Acetophenone
nitrate gives benzaldehyde as shown in given reaction. c) Diphenylmethanone
Pb(NO3)2 is a mild oxidizing agent so benzaldehyde is 7. Partial reduction of phenyl cyanide with stannous 10. What is the laboratory method for the formation of d) Aliphatic and aromatic
formed during the oxidation of benzyl chloride with chloride and passing dry HCl gas in ether solution followed benzaldehyde? View Answer
Pb(NO3)2. by hydrolysis of the aldimine stannic chloride with water a) Gattermann Koch synthesis
to form benzaldehyde is called as which of the following Answer: b
b) Etards reaction
4. Which of the following is the commercial method of method of preparation of benzaldehyde? Explanation: Aromatic ketones were efficiently prepared in
c) Stephan’s reaction
preparation of benzaldehyde? a) Gattermann Koch synthesis good yields by the reactions of aryl bromides with n-BuLi,
d) Oxidation of benzyl chloride
a) Oxidation of toluene b) Etards reaction followed by the reactions with aromatic aldehydes or
View Answer
 59

aliphatic aldehydes and the subsequent treatment with conditions, to give arylated derivatives which can be 4. What will be the product if we add water to the Answer: b
molecular iodine and K2CO3, in a one-pot method. hydrolysed to aromatic ketones. aldehyde? Explanation: Methanal is a gas (boiling point -21°C), and
a) Alcohols ethanal has a boiling point of +21°C. That means that
14. Which reactant can be used to form aromatic ketone b) Epoxides ethanal boils at close to room temperature. The other
for the following reaction? c) Geminal diols aldehydes and the ketones are liquids, with boiling points
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES
d) Peroxides rising as the molecules get bigger.
1. Aldehydes have which type of smell? View Answer
8. Which of the following compound has more boiling
a) Fish like smell
a) Arenes Answer: c point than aldehyde?
b) Bitter almond smell
b) Aldehyde Explanation: It has been demonstrated that water, in the a) Alcohol
c) Pungent smell
c) Alcohol presence of an acid or a base, adds rapidly to the carbonyl b) Alkanes
d) Rotten egg like smell
d) Terperens function of aldehydes and ketones establishing a c) Ketones
View Answer
View Answer reversible equilibrium with a geminal-diol or gem-diol. d) Ether
Answer: c View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The volatile aldehydes have pungent odors.
Explanation: Aromatic ketones were efficiently prepared in Answer: a
benzaldehyde have bitter almond type smell. Aldehydes
good yields by the reactions of arenes with n-BuLi, Explanation: The aldehyde (with dipole-dipole attractions
have Pungent type smell.
followed by the reactions with aromatic aldehydes or as well as dispersion forces) has a boiling point higher than
aliphatic aldehydes and the subsequent treatment with 2. What is the name of the process in which aldehyde get 5. In Infrared spectroscopy, at what wave number will the similarly sized alkane which only has dispersion forces
molecular iodine and K2CO3, in a one-pot method. oxidise in presence of air? band of CO bond of aldehyde will occur? and because of more possibility of Hydrogen Bonding and
a) Calcination a) 1500 cm-1 (resonance after so) thus increasing linkage and weight of
15. Aromatic ketones were synthesized from aromatic b) 1495 cm-1
b) Autoxidation molecules making it difficult for boiling off, so aldehyde
compounds via liquid‐phase oxidation at 60 °C and 1 atm c) 1965 cm-1
c) Cannizzaro reaction will have higher boiling point than ether and ketones.
over vanadium‐containing which catalyst? d) 1700 cm-1
d) Baeyer villiger oxidation However, the aldehyde’s boiling point isn’t as high as the
a) MCM-41 View Answer
View Answer alcohol’s. In the alcohol, there is hydrogen bonding as well
b) MCM-48
as the other two kinds of intermolecular attraction.
c) ZSM-5 Answer: b Answer: d
d) ZK-5 Explanation: Autoxidation is oxidation that occurs in open Explanation: Using IR spectroscopy, they display a strong 9. Which of the following is the characteristic smell of
View Answer air or in presence of oxygen (and sometimes UV radiation) CO band of aldehyde will occur near to 1700 cm-1. benzaldehyde?
and forms peroxides and hydroperoxides. It can be a) Fish like smell
Answer: a 6. What is the chemical shift of formyl hydrogen in
considered to be a slow, flameless combustion of b) Bitter almond like
Explanation: Aromatic ketones were synthesized from aldehyde?
materials by reaction with oxygen. Autoxidation is c) Pungent smell
aromatic compounds via liquid‐phase oxidation at 60 °C a) 6
important because it is a useful reaction for converting d) Rotten egg like smell
and 1 atm over vanadium‐containing MCM‐41 catalysts b) 7
compounds to oxygenated derivatives, and also because it View Answer
using a batch reactor. The catalysts were prepared by c) 8
occurs in situations where it is not desired.
direct hydrothermal (4V‐MCM‐41) and wet impregnation d) 9 Answer: b
(9V/MCM‐41) methods. 3. Which of the following aldehyde shows oligomerization? View Answer Explanation: It is a colorless liquid with a characteristic
a) Acetaldehyde almond-like odor. The primary component of bitter
16. Which of the following cannot be used as reactant in Answer: d
b) Propanal almond oil, benzaldehyde can be extracted from a number
preparation of aromatic ketones from diazonium salt? Explanation: In their 1H NMR spectra, the formyl hydrogen
c) Butanal of other natural sources.
a) formaldoxime center absorbs near δH = 9, which is a distinctive part of
d) Benzaldehyde
b) Acetaldoxime the spectrum. This signal shows the characteristic coupling 10. Which of the following aldehyde is most soluble in
View Answer
c) propionaldoxime to any protons on the alpha carbon. water?
d) Terpernes Answer: a a) Acetaldehyde
7. Which of the following aldehyde is present as gas?
View Answer Explanation: The two aldehydes of greatest importance in b) Formaldehyde
a) Acetaldehyde
industry, formaldehyde and acetaldehyde, have c) Butyraldehyde
Answer: d b) Formaldehyde
complicated behavior because of their tendency to d) Benzaldehyde
Explanation: Diazonium salts react with formaldoxime, c) Butyraldehyde
oligomerize or polymerize. View Answer
acetaldoxime, propionaldoxime, and acetaldehyde d) Benzaldehyde
semicarbazone severally, under carefully controlled View Answer
 60

Answer: b d) Aldehyde b) Isopropyl acetone CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES

Explanation: As the carbon chain increases in length, View Answer c) butanone
solubility in water decreases. d) Methyl ethyl ketone 1. During a reaction of Tollens test, the formation of mirror
Answer: c View Answer inside the tube is due to which of the following?
Explanation: Because of their inability to serve both as a) silver ions
hydrogen-bond donors and acceptors, ketones tend not to Answer: c b) silver atoms
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF KETONES “self-associate” and are more volatile than alcohols and Explanation: Butanone is an effective and common solvent c) silver compounds
carboxylic acids of comparable molecular weights. and is used in processes involving gums, resins, cellulose d) silver nitrate
1. Which of the following compound has more boiling
point than ketones? acetate and nitrocellulose coatings and in vinyl films. View Answer
4. Why ketones are volatile in nature?
a) Alcohol a) Due to molecular weight 8. Which of the following is also known as model cement? Answer: b
b) Alkanes b) Hydrogen bonding a) Cyclopropenone Explanation: Tollens’ reagent oxidizes an aldehyde into the
c) Aldehyde c) Neither hydrogen bond donor nor acceptor b) butanone corresponding carboxylic acid.
d) Ether d) Weak bonding c) Isopropyl acetone
View Answer View Answer d) Methyl ethyl ketone
Answer: a View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Amongst aldehydes and ketones, ketones Explanation: Because of their inability to serve both as Answer: c The reaction is accompanied by the reduction of silver ions
have higher boiling point. This is due to the presence of hydrogen-bond donors and acceptors, ketones tend not to Explanation: As butanone dissolves polystyrene and many in Tollens’ reagent into metallic silver, which, if the test is
two electron donating alkyl groups around the group “self-associate” and are more volatile than alcohols and other plastics, it is sold as “model cement” for use in carried out in a clean glass test tube, forms a mirror on the
which makes them more polar. As dipole moment is carboxylic acids of comparable molecular weights. connecting parts of scale model kits. test tube.
greater so it is more polar and hence has higher boiling
point. However, the aldehyde’s boiling point isn’t as high 5. Why ketones are used as solvent? 9. Which of the following is a toxic ketone? 2. Reduction of Aldehydes to hydrocarbon take place in
as the alcohol’s. In the alcohol, there is hydrogen bonding a) Due to molecular weight a) butanone the presence of which of the following?
as well as the other two kinds of intermolecular attraction. b) Hydrogen bonding b) Acetone a) Zn amalgam and HCl acid
c) Neither hydrogen bond donor nor acceptor c) Methyl ethyl ether b) Pd/BaSO4
2. Which of the following has highest boiling point? d) Weak bonding d) Methyl vinyl ketone c) Anhydrous AlCl3
a) 2-hexanone View Answer View Answer d) Ni/Pt
b) 2-pentanone View Answer
c) butanoic acid Answer: c Answer: d
d) 3-methyl-2-butanone Explanation: Because of their inability to serve both as Explanation: Although it is difficult to generalize on the Answer: a
View Answer hydrogen-bond donors and acceptors, ketones tend not to toxicity of such a broad class of compounds, simple Explanation: Reduction of Aldehydes to hydrocarbon take
“self-associate” and are more volatile than alcohols and ketones are, in general, not highly toxic. Exceptions to this place in the presence of Zn amalgam and HCl acid, is a
Answer: d carboxylic acids of comparable molecular weights. These rule are the unsaturated ketones such as methyl vinyl clemmensen reduction.
Explanation: 2-hexanone has a carbon chain length of 6 factors relate to the pervasiveness of ketones as solvents. ketone with LD50 of 7 mg/kg (oral).
whereas 2-pentanone has a carbon chain length of 5. 2- 3. For C6H5CHO which of the following is incorrect?
hexanone therefore has a higher boiling point than 2- 6. Which of the ketones are used in nail paint removers? 10. Which of the following cannot be used for the a) On oxidation it yields benzoic acid
pentanone. Therefore, the descending order of all four of a) Cyclopropenone characterisation of ketone by spectroscopy? b) It is used in perfumery
the provided compounds is butanoic acid, 2-hexanone, 2- b) Isopropyl acetone a) 1H NMR c) It is an aromatic aldehyde
pentanone then 3-methyl-2-butanone. It can also be c) butanone b) Infra-red spectrum d) On reduction yields phenol
concluded that the boiling point of compounds are d) Methyl ethyl ketone c) 13C NMR View Answer
affected by the strength of the intermolecular forces View Answer d) UV spectroscopy
Answer: d
present, the chain length of the carbon backbone of the View Answer
Answer: b Explanation: On reduction of benzaldehyde it gives
compound and the presence of any branching within its
structure. Explanation: Isopropyl Acetone is a commonly used Answer: a
solvent and is the active ingredient in nail polish remover Explanation: Ketones absorb strongly in the infra-red
3. Which of the following is more volatile? and some paint thinners. spectrum near 1700 cm−1. The exact position of the peak
a) Carboxylic acid depends on the substituents. Whereas 1H NMR benzyalcohol not phenol.
b) Alcohol 7. Which of the following is the used as solvent in gums, spectroscopy is generally not useful for establishing the
resins, nitrocellulose? 4. Which of the following compound will undergo self-
c) Ketones presence of a ketone, 13C NMR spectra exhibit signals
a) Cyclopropenone aldol condensation in the presence of cold dilute alkali?
somewhat downfield of 200 ppm depending on structure.
 61

a) C6H5CHO Answer: a d) A secondary alcohol D2O undergoes enolisation, deutration (addition of D2O)
b) CH3CH2CHO Explanation: The Grignard reagent adds across the carbon- View Answer and dehydration (removal of H2O). The repeated
c) CH≡C−CHO oxygen double bond: enolisation, deutration and dehydration ultimately gives
d) CH2=CH−CHO Answer: d CD3.COCD3.
View Answer Explanation: One of the R groups is hydrogen and the
other CH3 in ethanal. So, the final product has one
Answer: b CH3group and one hydrogen attached:
Explanation: Carbon−carbon bond formation using strong Dilute acid is then added to this to hydrolyse it, an alcohol
and weak anion-exchange resins as green catalysts for self- is formed. One of the key uses of Grignard reagents is the
and cross-aldol condensation of propanal in aqueous ability to make complicated alcohols easily.
media was investigated. The reaction pathway followed
the route of aldol condensation to a β-hydroxy aldehyde A secondary alcohol has two alkyl groups (the same or 3. Acetone reacts with HCN to form a cyanohydrin. It is an
and dehydration to an α,β-unsaturated aldehyde. The different) attached to the carbon with the -OH group on it. example of which type of reaction?
resulting products were further converted to hemi-acetal. 8. To distinguish between formaldehyde and a) electrophilic addition
acetaldehyde, we require which of the following reagent? b) electrophilic substitution
5. Which of the following will not undergo aldol
a) Tollen’s reagent CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF KETONES c) nucleophilic addition
condensation?
b) Fehling’s solution d) nucleophilic substitution
a) Acetaldehyde
c) Schiff’s reagent 1. Which of the following reaction is not shown by View Answer
b) Propanaldehyde
d) Caustic soda solution ketones?
c) Benzaldehyde Answer: c
View Answer a) reaction with HCN
d) Trideuteroacetaldehyde Explanation: In the reaction, Acetone reacts with HCN to
b) reaction with NaHSO3
View Answer Answer: d form a cyanohydrin, dissociated proton from HCN
c) reaction with 2,4-Dinitrophenyl hydrazine
Explanation: Reaction of formaldehyde is a Cannizzaro d) reaction with Fehling solution activates the carbonyl, which facilitates the nucleophilic
Answer: c
reaction when react with Dil. NaOH and reaction of View Answer attack of CN.
Explanation: Deuterium behaves like H and hence
acetaldehyde is aldol condensation reaction when react
trideuteroacetaldehyde also undergoes aldol condensation 4. Which of the following has most acidic hydrogen?
with Dil. NaOH. Answer: d
but benzaldehyde does not since it has no a-hydrogen. a) 3-Hexaone
Explanation: Fehling’s can be used to distinguish aldehyde
vs ketone functional groups. The compound to be tested is b) 2,4- Hexanedione
6. Acetaldehyde cannot show which of the following test?
added to the Fehling’s solution and the mixture is heated. c) 2, 3-Hexanedione
a) Iodoform test
Aldehydes are oxidized, giving a positive result, but d) 2, 5-Hexanedione
b) Lucas test
ketones do not react, unless they are alpha-hydroxy- View Answer
c) Benedict’s test 9. If formaldehyde and KOH are heated, then we get which
d) Tollen’s test ketones.
of the following compound? Answer: b
View Answer a) Acetylene Explanation: 2, 4-hexanedione (a 1, 3-diketone) has the
2. The enol form of acetone, after treatment with D2O,
b) Methane gives which of the following product? most acidic hydrogen. This is because the carbanion left
Answer: b
c) Methyl alcohol after the removal of H+ is resonance stabilised in this case.
Explanation: Lucas reagent is a solution of anhydrous
d) Ethyl formate
ZnCl2 & concentrated HCl. This solution is used to classify a)
View Answer
alcohols of low molecular weight. This reaction is
substitution in which a chloride replaces hydroxyl group. It Answer: c
is to differentiate between Primary, Secondary & tertiary Explanation: Methyl alcohol is formed when formaldehyde b)
alcohols. and KOH are heated.
ROH + HCl → RCl + H2O 5. Which of the following will fail to react with potassium
c)
dichromate and dilute sulphuric acid?
7. What will be the product if aldehyde reacts with NaOH?
10. Acetaldehyde reacts with C2H5MgCl the final product is a) Ethyl alcohol (ethanol)
a) Benzyl alcohol
which of the following? b) Acetaldehyde (ethanal)
b) Benzoic alcohol d)
a) An aldehyde c) Secondary propyl alcohol (2-propanol)
c) Hydrobenzamide View Answer
b) A ketone d) Acetone (propanone)
d) Cinnamic acid
c) A primary alcohol Answer: b View Answer
View Answer
Explanation: The enol form of acetone on treatment with
 62

Answer: d Answer: a 2. What is the major organic product obtained from the
Explanation: Acetone oxidise by K2Cr2O7 & conc. H2SO4 into Explanation: The product(s) obtained via oxymercuration following reaction?
carboxylic acid. It is not oxidised by dilute H2SO4. (HgSO4+H2SO4) of 1-butyne would be what?) of 1-butyne is
butan-2-one. d)
6. Which of the following reactions give benzophenone? View Answer
a) 2C6H6 + CCl4 + AlCl3 + H2O→
b) C6H6 + C6H5COCl + AlCl3→ Answer: a
c) o−CH3C6H4COC6H5 + Heat→ Explanation: Ozonolysis of an alkene results in cleavage of
9. Benzophenone does not react with which of the the carbon-carbon double bond to form two carbonyl
d) o−HOOC−C6H4−COC6H5 + Cu260oC→
following compound? bonds. Ozonolysis of a cyclic alkene in which the double
View Answer a)
a) RNH2 bond has a hydrogen atom on each of the carbon atoms of
Answer: b b) SO3 the carbon-carbon double bond will lead to the formation
Explanation: The C6H6 + C6H5COCl + AlCl3→ reaction is a c) NaOH of a dialdehyde.
b)
Friedel craft acylation and the mechanism is as follow, d) Na2CO3
which give benzophenone. View Answer 4. What is the major organic product obtained from the
following reaction?
Answer: d c)
Explanation: Except Na2CO3 benzophenone react with rest
of options.

10. The conversion of acetophenone to acetanilide is best d)

accomplished by using which reaction? View Answer
a) Backmann rearrangement a)
b) Curtius rearrangement Answer: c
7. Which of the following statements regarding chemical c) Lossen rearrangement Explanation: Di-isobutyl aluminium hydride (DIBAH) is a
properties of acetophenone are wrong? d) Hofmann rearrangement selective reducing agent. It does not reduce esters to 1°
b)
I. It is reduced to methyl phenyl carbinol by sodium and View Answer alcohols (lithium aluminium hydride can be used to reduce
ethanol esters to 1° alcohols).
Answer: a c)
II. It is oxidised to benzoic acid with acidified KMnO4 3. What is the major organic product obtained from the
Explanation: The conversion of acetophenone to
III. It does not undergo iodoform electrophilic substitution following reaction?
acetanilide is best accomplished by using Backmann
like nitration at meta position
rearrangement. d)
IV. It does not undergo iodoform reaction with iodine and
alkali View Answer
a) I and II
Answer: b
b) II and IV
Explanation: Treatment of an alkyne with aqueous acid in
c) III and IV
the presence of Hg2+ results in a hydration reaction to
d) I and III NUCLEOPHILIC ADDITION REACTIONS
form an enol, which tautomerizes to form a ketone. The
View Answer a)
1. What type of reaction takes place upon treatment of a regiochemistry of the addition is that predicted by
Answer: c ketone with HCN to form a cyanohydrin? Markovnikov’s rule, with the oxygen adding to the more
Explanation: It undergoes electrophilic substitution at m- a) Nucleophilic addition substituted end of the carbon-carbon triple bond.
position and also gives iodoform test. b) Nucleophilic substitution
b) 5. What is the major organic product obtained from the
c) Electrophilic addition
8. The product(s) obtained via oxymercuration following reaction?
d) Electrophilic substitution
(HgSO4+H2SO4) of 1-butyne would be what? View Answer
a) CH3CH2COCH3
b) CH3CH2CH2CHO Answer: a c)
c) CH3CH2CHO + HCHO Explanation: The atoms of HCN add to the carbon-oxygen
d) CH3CH2COOH + HCOOH double bond of the ketone by nucleophilic attack of the
View Answer cyanide anion on the electrophilic carbon of the carbonyl.
 63

d) 4-penten-2-ol CONDENSATION REACTIONS

View Answer
1. Condensation reaction is the reverse of which of the
a)
Answer: d following reaction?
a)
Explanation: Lithium aluminium hydride (LiAlH4) is a a) lock and key hypothesis
reducing agent which reacts with ketones to give 2° b) oxidation
alcohols. It does not react with carbon-carbon double c) hydrolysis
b)
bonds. d) glycogen formation
b) View Answer
c) 8. What is the major organic product obtained from the
following reaction? Answer: c
d) Explanation: This reaction example is the reverse of
View Answer hydrolysis, which splits a chemical entity into two parts
c)
through action from the polar water molecule, which itself
Answer: b splits into hydroxide and hydrogen ions.
Explanation: Silver(I) oxide in aqueous ammonia (“Tollens
reagent”) is a mild oxidizing agent which oxidizes 2. Condensation reaction always results in the formation
aldehydes to carboxylic acids without reacting with d) of complex sugar (disaccharide or polysaccharide) and
carbon-carbon double bonds or many other functional View Answer which of the following?
groups. a) amino acids
a)
Answer: a b) lipids
6. What is the major organic product obtained from the Explanation: Hydroxylamine reacts with ketones by c) water
following reaction? nucleophilic addition followed by elimination to give an d) maltose
oxime. View Answer

b) 10. What is the major organic product obtained from the Answer: c
following reaction? Explanation: Condensation reaction always results in the
formation of complex sugar (disaccharide or
polysaccharide) and water.
a) 2,4-dimethyl-4-heptanol
b) 4,7-dimethyl-4-heptanol 3. In which condensation an enol or an enolate ion reacts
c)
c) 3,5-dimethyl-4-heptanol a) 2-methylpropene with a carbonyl compound to form a β-hydroxyaldehyde
d) 3,5-dimethyl-3-heptanol b) 2-butene or β-hydroxyketone (an aldol reaction), followed by
View Answer c) 1-butene dehydration to give a conjugated enone happens?
d) 2-methyl-1-propanol a) Aldol condensation
Answer: d
d) View Answer b) Claisen reduction
Explanation: It is also important that products are
View Answer c) Henry condensation
identified accurately using IUPAC nomenclature: 4,7- Answer: a
d) Knoevenagel condensation
Dimethyl-4-heptanol is not an IUPAC name. Explanation: Reaction of a ketone with a phosphonium
Answer: d View Answer
Explanation: 1° Amines react with ketones by nucleophilic ylide results in a nucleophilic addition reaction to form a
7. What is the major organic product obtained from the
addition to form a carbinolamine intermediate which betaine which undergoes ring closure followed by Answer: a
following reaction?
undergoes dehydration to give an imine, not an 2° amine. elimination of a phosphine oxide to make a new carbon- Explanation: Aldol condensation in which condensation an
carbon double bond of an alkene. This is a Wittig reaction. enol or an enolate ion reacts with a carbonyl compound to
9. What is the major organic product obtained from the It is important to recognize that the new carbon-carbon form a β-hydroxyaldehyde or β-hydroxyketone (an aldol
following reaction? double bond in the product is formed between the carbon reaction), followed by dehydration to give a conjugated
atom of the carbonyl and the phosphorus-substituted enone happens.
a) 4-hydroxy-2-pentanone carbon atom of the ylide. It is also useful to draw out the
mechanism for this reaction to determine the structure of 4. Which combination of carbonyl compounds gives phenyl
b) 2-pentanol
the product. vinyl ketone by an aldol condensation?
c) 2-pentanone
 64

Answer: a b) α-nitro ketone Answer: a

Explanation: With malonic compounds the reaction c) nitroalkene Explanation: A more substituted double bond is generally
product can lose a molecule of carbon dioxide in a d) β-amino alcohol more stable.
a) Acetophenone and ketone subsequent step. In the so-called Doebner modification View Answer
b) Acetophenone and aldehyde the base is pyridine. For example, the reaction product of 2. Which of the following is the least abundant aldol
c) Benzaldehyde and aldehyde acrolein and malonic acid in pyridine is trans-2,4- Answer: c adduct formed from an equimolar mixture of ethanal and
d) Benzaldehyde and ketone Pentadienoic acid with one carboxylic acid group and not Explanation: This is a Henry Reaction, it is the combination propanone in aqueous NaOH solution?
View Answer two. of a nitroalkane and an aldehyde or ketone in the
presence of a base to form β-Nitro alcohols, followed by
Answer: a 7. What will be the product of the following reaction? dehydration of nitroalkene. a)
Explanation: Draw the structures of the possible aldol
products (3-hydroxy carbonyl compounds) before 10. What will be the product ‘B’ in the reaction?
b)
dehydration from the pairs of reactants shown below,
then identify which aldol will lead to phenyl vinyl ketone
upon dehydration.
a) –Nitro alcohol
c)
5. Which ester will not give a good yield of the Claisen b) -nitro alcohol a) α-nitro alcohol
condensation product with NaOEt in EtOH? c) Nitroalkene b) α-nitro ketone
d) -amino alcohol c) nitroalkene
View Answer d) β-amino alcohol d)
a) View Answer View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: This is a Henry Reaction, it is the combination Answer: d Answer: d
of a nitroalkane and an aldehyde or ketone in the Explanation: This is a Henry Reaction, it is the combination Explanation: Adduct (d) is the propanone dimer which is
b) presence of a base to form β-Nitro alcohols. of a nitroalkane and an aldehyde or ketone in the destabilized by the steric strain caused by the geminal
presence of a base to form β-Nitro alcohols, followed by methyl groups; the aldol reaction is reversible and a less
8. What will be the product ‘B’ in the reaction?
reduction of the nitro group to yield β-amino alcohols. stable product will be less abundant.
c)
3. An acetoacetic ester synthesis of a ketone proceeds by
alkylation of the enolate of the acetoacetic ester followed
ENOLATES
d) by ester hydrolysis and decarboxylation of the β-ketoacid.
View Answer a) α-nitro alcohol 1. Which of the following is the structure of the most Which of the following methyl ketones is difficult to
b) α-nitro ketone stable enol form of 2-methylpentan-3-one? prepare by this method?
Answer: c
c) nitroalkene
Explanation: The Claisen condensation is reversible and it
d) β-amino alcohol
is formation of a stabilized enolate of the product which a)
View Answer
leads to a high yield at equilibrium. When the product a)
cannot give a stabilized enolate, the yield will be poor. Answer: b
Explanation: This is a Henry Reaction, it is the combination b)
6. What will be the product for the following reaction?
of a nitroalkane and an aldehyde or ketone in the b)
presence of a base to form β-Nitro alcohols, followed by
c)
oxidation of the secondary alcohol to yield α-nitro
ketones.
a) trans-2,4-pentadienoic acid c) d)
9. What will be the product ‘B’ in the reaction?
b) cis -2,4-pentadienoic acid View Answer
c) 3-aminobenzoic acid
d) 2-aminobenzoic acid Answer: a
d)
View Answer Explanation: The alkylation of the enolate is an SN2
View Answer
a) α-nitro alcohol reaction, and sterically hindered alkyl groups are difficult
 65

to introduce. However, even dialkylation is possible with order in the concentration of the base
reactive alkylating agents. b) The rate constant for the base-catalysed α-halogenation
a) of propanone decreases in the order Cl2 > Br2 > I2
4. A malonic ester synthesis of a carboxylic acid proceeds a)
c) The base-catalysed α-halogenation of propanone
by alkylation of the enolate of the malonic ester followed proceeds easily to give 1,1,1-trihalopropanone
by ester hydrolysis and decarboxylation of the β- d) Polyhalogenation of propanone is difficult under acidic
b) b)
dicarboxylic acid. Which of the following carboxylic acids is conditions, but the products are the same as those
difficult to prepare by this method? obtained under basic conditions
a) PhCH2CH2CO2H c) View Answer
b) (CH3)2CHO2H c)
c) PhCH2CO2H Answer: b
d) Explanation: The rate-determining step of the base-
d) catalyzed α-halogenation is usually the initial proton
d) View Answer
View Answer abstraction to give the enolate, so the rate constant is
View Answer
Answer: b independent of the identity (or concentration) of the
Answer: b
Answer: c Explanation: For enolate ions of 1,3-dicarbonyl halogen.
Explanation: Conjugation of the C=C double bond with the
Explanation: The alkylation of an enolate is an SN2 compounds. Conjugation of the C=C double bond with the
remaining carbonyl provides a more stable enol, which
reaction, and halobenzene do not react by this remaining carbonyl provides a more stable enol, which
rules out. Enols may all be obtained by protonation of the rules out. Enols may all be obtained by protonation of the
mechanism; consequently, phenyl cannot be introduced in ACETALS
same enolate or the readily interconverting stereoisomeric
this way. However, even dialkylation is sometimes possible same enolate or the readily interconverting stereoisomeric
enolates. Of these, It allow stabilizing intramolecular
with primary alkyl halides. enolates. Of these, allow stabilizing intramolecular 1. Which of the following statements is wrong?
hydrogen bonding; it is the more stable of the two owing hydrogen bonding. NMR evidence indicates that is the a) Hydrolysis of an acetal is catalysed by acids
5. Which of the following is the most stable enolate to the conjugative stability of the remaining ester group. more stable of the two presumably owing to the b) Hydrolysis of an acetal is catalysed by aqueous acid
derived from 4-methylhexan-3-one? conjugative stability of the remaining amide group. c) Oximes are stabilized by conjugation between the C=N
7. Which is a wrong structure as a resonance contributor
to the most stable enolate form of pentan-2,4-dione? and OH groups
9. Which enolate derived from 1-phenylbutan-2-one is
d) Enamines are formed between secondary amines and
most stable?
the carbonyl group of aldehydes and ketones
a)
a) View Answer
a)
Answer: b
Explanation: Hydrolysis of an acetal is catalysed by
b) b) aqueous acid, Acetals are not stable to aqueous acid and
are very readily hydrolyzed back to the parent alcohol and
b)
carbonyl compound under these reaction conditions.
c)
c)
2. Acetal on acid hydrolysis generates which of the
c) following?
d) a) Alcohol
View Answer b) Amine and aldehyde
d) d) c) Ketone and alcohol
View Answer Answer: d View Answer d) Ketone and ether
Explanation: Structure is of a different enolate ion (the
Answer: c View Answer
Answer: c position of a hydrogen atom is changed).
Explanation: A more substituted double bond is generally Explanation: Formation of the double bond in conjugation Answer: c
more stable. The difference in stability between the 8. Which enol form of the following dicarbonyl compound with the phenyl group leads to a more stable enolate, and Explanation: A series of cyclic and acyclic acetals and ketals
stereoisomeric enolates. is predominant at equilibrium? it is probably more stable (less sterically strained) than the were hydrolyzed to their corresponding carbonyl
stereoisomeric. compounds by a catalytic amount of CBr4 (20%) in
6. Which enol form of ethyl 3-oxobutanoate is
10. Which of the following statements is wrong? CH3CN/H2O solvent mixture under different energy
predominant at equilibrium?
a) The base-catalysed α-halogenation of propanone is first sources, thermal or ultrasound.
 66

3. Which combination of an aldehyde and an alcohol most with an acid catalyst? 9. Dimethoxymethane is dimethyl acetal of which of the
readily forms a hemiacetal with base catalysis? following?
a) Formaldehyde
a) b) Acetaldehyde
a)
a) c) Tolualdehyde
d) Propionaldehyde
b) View Answer
b)
Answer: a
c) Explanation: Dimethoxymethane is dimethyl acetal
b) formaldehyde.
c)
d) 10. Which of the following is not polyacetal?
View Answer a) Dimethoxymethane
d) c) b) Dioxolane
Answer: c
View Answer c) Starch
Explanation: The reaction conditions given are those for
d) Cellulose
acetal formation.
Answer: c View Answer
Explanation: An electron-withdrawing substituent (e.g., Cl) 6. Which is normally the main product when a mixture of
facilitates nucleophilic addition to the carbonyl of an Answer: d
aldehyde RCHO and an excess of alcohol R’OH is treated
aldehyde whereas bulky groups in an alcohol lead to steric d) Explanation: Cellulose is a ubiquitous example of a
with a base catalyst?
hindrance in its addition to a carbonyl in the formation of View Answer polyacetal. Dimethoxymethane, dioxolane and starch is an
a hemiacetal; for formation of hemiacetals. The balance of example of a polyacetal.
Answer: b
these effects in the following leads to being the most a)
Explanation: It does not represent a legitimate
reactive system.
intermediate in this reaction, Consider the mechanism of
TAUTOMERISM
4. Which of the following most readily forms a cyclic the acid-catalysed formation of cyclic acetals from ketones
b)
hemiacetal with acid catalysis? and diols, it does not form the desired acetal form. 1. How many enolisable hydrogens are there in the
following compound?
8. Which of the following structures is a hemiacetal?
c)
a)

d)
a) a) 4
b) View Answer
b) 5
Answer: a c) 6
c) Explanation: In the presence of a base rather than an acid, d) 7
b)
the reactants go no further than formation of the View Answer
hemiacetal.
d) Answer: a
View Answer 7. Consider the mechanism of the acid-catalysed formation Explanation: The hydrogen atom present on the carbon
of cyclic acetals from ketones and diols, which of the c) which is adjacent to the carbon attached to the functional
Answer: c following structures does not represent a legitimate group, and here it is 4.
Explanation: Hydroxy aldehydes and ketones of the right intermediate in this reaction?
carbon chain length form cyclic hemiacetals with acid 2. How many tautomers can you draw for the following
d)
catalysis; ones leading to a five-membered product usually ketone?
View Answer
give the highest yields, and hydroxy aldehydes generally
give better yields than hydroxy ketones. Answer: d
Explanation: An acetal is a functional group with the
5. Which is normally the main product when a mixture of following connectivity R2C(OR’)2, where both R’ groups are
aldehyde RCHO and an excess of alcohol R’OH is treated organic fragments. a) 1
 67

b) 2 Answer: a a) I > II > III

c) 3 Explanation: For Keto-Enol tautomerism, keto form should b) II > I > III
d) 4 have α-hydrogen, as shown in below example. c) III > II > I
View Answer d) I > III > II
d)
View Answer
Answer: b View Answer
Explanation: Two isomers can be drawn as shown below: Answer: b
Answer: c
Explanation: The keto–enol tautomerization, less stable
Explanation: According to the tautomerism the tautomer
enolate ion will be formed faster as it is
thermodynamically stable, so III is more stable than I.
II is most sable as it is keto form.

of phenol is c. 10. Which of the following structure can show

3. How many tautomers can you draw for the following
tautomerism?
ketone?
5. Which of the following compound exhibit tautomerism? 7. Which of the following tautomeric form is more stable?
CH3-CH=O ↔ CH2=C-OH
(I) (II)
a) I
a) 1 b) II
b) 2 c) Both are equally stable
a) I
c) 3 d) Both are unstable
b) II
d) 4 View Answer
a) I c) III
View Answer
b) II Answer: a d) I and III
Answer: b c) I and II Explanation: The keto–enol tautomerization chemical View Answer
Explanation: Two isomers can be drawn as shown below. d) Neither I nor II equilibrium is highly thermodynamically driven, and at
Answer: b
View Answer room temperature the equilibrium heavily favors the
Explanation: Quinone has an α-hydrogen; however, it is a
formation of the keto form.
Answer: c vinylic hydrogen (hydrogen attached to a carbon atom
Explanation: For Keto-Enol tautomerism, keto form should 8. What is the stability order for the following compounds? which is sp2 hybridized), it is very difficult to abstract such
have α-hydrogen. a hydrogen, and hence it becomes very less acidic.
Therefore, no abstraction of α-hydrogen from it, by a base,
4. Which of the following is a tautomer of phenol? hence, it does not show tautomerism, same is for III.

a) I > II > III

b) II > I > III PREPARATION OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
a) c) III > II > I
1. Hydrolysis of CH3CH2NO2 with 85% H2SO4 gives which of
d) I > III > II
the following compound?
View Answer
a) CH3CH2OH
Answer: b b) C2H6
b) Explanation: The keto–enol tautomerization, less stable c) CH3CH=NOH
6. In keto-enol from presence of which type of hydrogen is d) CH3COOH
enolate ion will be formed faster as it is
must? View Answer
thermodynamically stable, so III is more stable than I.
a) Alpha
II is most sable as it is keto form.
b) Beta Answer: d
c) c) Gamma 9. What is the stability order for the following compounds? Explanation: Hydrolysis of CH3CH2NO2 with 85%
d) Any position of hydrogen H2SO4 gives carboxylic acid as shown in below chemical
View Answer equation:
 68

2. Acetic acid is obtained when which of the given reaction Answer: d V2O5 the product is phthalic acid. Answer: c
takes place? Explanation: Benzyl chloride gives benzoic acid on Explanation: BrCH2CH2COOH is least acidic or has less Ka
a) Methyl alcohol is oxidised with potassium oxidation. i.e., dissociation constant. It is A due to lesser -I effect of Br
permanganate C6H5CH2CI + 2 KOH + 2 *O+ → C6H5COOK + KCl + H2O. than F and B Br atom further away form −COOH group.
b) Calcium acetate is distilled in the presence of calcium
formate 6. In the below sequence of reactions, A and B are which 2. The vapour of a carboxylic acid HA when passed over
c) Acetaldehyde is oxidised with potassium dichromate of the following? MnO2 at 573 K yields propanone. What is the acid HA?
and sulphuric acid 9. The below reaction is called as which of the following a) Methanoic acid
d) Glycerol is heated with sulphuric acid name reaction? b) Ethanoic acid
View Answer c) Propanoic acid
a) (CH3)2C(OH)CN, (CH3)2C(OH)COOH
d) Butanoic acid
b) (CH3)2C(OH)CN, (CH3)2C(OH)2
Answer: c View Answer
c) (CH3)2C(OH)CN, (CH3)2CHCOOH
Explanation: Acetic acid is obtained when acetaldehyde is a) Wurtz reactions
d) (CH3)2C(OH)CN, (CH3)2C=O Answer: b
oxidised with potassium dichromate and sulphuric acid. b) Koch reaction
View Answer Explanation: The vapour of ethanoic acid (HA) when
c) Clemenson’s reduction
passed over MnO2 at 573 K yields propanone.
Answer: a d) Kolbe’s reaction
Explanation: In the below sequence of reactions, A and B View Answer
3. Acetic acid is manufactured by the fermentation of are a shown below (a):
which of the following reaction? Answer: b
3. Which acid is strongest or Which is most acidic?
a) Ethanol Explanation: The Koch reaction is an organic reaction for
a) Cl2CH.COOH
b) Methanol the synthesis of tertiary carboxylic acids from alcohols or
b) ClCH2COOH
c) Ethanal alkenes.
7. Formic acid is obtained when which of the given c) CH3COOH
d) Methanal reaction occurs? d) Cl3C.COOH
10. By aerial oxidation, which one of the following gives
View Answer a) Calcium acetate is heated with conc. H2SO4 View Answer
phthalic acid?
b) Calcium formate is heated with calcium acetate a) Naphthalene
Answer: a Answer: b
c) Glycerol is heated with oxalic acid at 110℃ b) Benzene
Explanation: Ethanol fermentation leads to the formation Explanation: Presence of -I effect chlorine atom increases
d) Acetaldehyde is oxidised with K2Cr2O7 and H2SO4 c) Mesitylene
of acetic acid. the acidic nature by withdrawing electrons.
View Answer d) Toluene
Cl3CCOOH > Cl2CHCOOH > Cl−CH2−COOH > CH3COOH
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Glycerol is heated with oxalic acid at 110℃ 4. The acid which reduces Fehling solution is which of the
4. When benzyl alcohol is oxidised with KMnO4, the Answer: a
gives formic acid. following?
product obtained is which of the following compound? Explanation: By aerial oxidation naphthalene, we can get
a) Methanoic acid
a) Benzaldehyde phthalic acid.
b) Ethanoic acid
b) Benzoic acid c) Butanoic acid
c) CO2 and H2O
d) Propanoic acid
d) Benzophenone
View Answer
View Answer 8. o-xylene when oxidised in presence of V2O5 the product
is which carboxylic acid? Answer: a
Answer: a a) Benzoic acid Explanation: Methanoic acid resemble with aldehyde due
Explanation: When benzyl alcohol is oxidised with KMnO4, b) Phenyl acetic acid to its structure. So, it reduces Fehling reagent.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
the product obtained is benzoic acid. c) Phthalic acid
d) Acetic acid 1. Which of the following acids has the smallest 5. Which class of compounds shows H-bonding even more
5. Which of the following gives benzoic acid on oxidation? than in alcohols?
View Answer dissociation constant?
a) Chlorophenol
a) CH3CHFCOOH a) Phenols
b) Chlorotoluene Answer: c b) FCH2CH2COOH b) Carboxylic acids
c) Chlorobenzene Explanation: o-xylene when oxidised in presence of c) BrCH2CH2COOH c) Ethers
d) Benzyl chloride d) Aldehydes
d) CH3CHBrCOOH
View Answer
View Answer View Answer
 69

Answer: b Answer: b 3. In a set of the given reactions, acetic acid yielded a a) CaCO3
Explanation: Forms H-bonding by means two highly Explanation: CH3COOH is slightly ionised than H2SO4. product C b) CaO
electronegative atoms present in it. Acetic acid is weak acid than sulphuric acid because It has c) CaC2O4
less degree of ionization. d) Ca(OH)2
6. Which of the following is the strongest acid? What would be product C? View Answer
a) CH3COOH 10. In CH3COOH and HCOOH, HCOOH will be which of the a) CH3−C-C2H5(OH)C6H5
b) BrCH2COOH following? b) CH3CH(OH)C2H5 Answer: c
c) ClCH2COOH a) Less acidic c) CH3COC6H5 Explanation: CaC2O4 is a salt of oxalic acid which is more
d) FCH2COOH b) Equally acidic d) CH3CH(OH)C6H5 acidic than acetic acid, so it is insoluble in acetic acid.
View Answer c) More acidic View Answer
d) cannot say about acidic behaviour 7. Identify the wrong statement from the following?
Answer: d View Answer Answer: a a) Salicylic acid’s a monobasic acid
Explanation: Presence of -I effect fluorine atom increases Explanation: In a set of the given reactions, acetic acid b) Methyl salicylate is an ester
the acidic nature by withdrawing electrons. Answer: c yielded a product C is CH3−C-C2H5(OH)C6H5. c) Salicylic acid gives violet colour with neutral ferric
F−CH2−COOH > Cl−CH2−COOH > Br−CH2−COOH > Explanation: Presence of methyl group decreases the chloride as well as brisk effervescence with sodium
CH3COOH. acidic character of acetic acid due to positive inductive bicarbonate
effect (+I). d) Methyl salicylate does not occur in natural oils
7. The reaction of HCOOH with conc.H2SO4 gives which of View Answer
the following compound?
a) CO2 Answer: d
b) CO CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS 4. Carboxylic acids are more acidic than phenol and alcohol Explanation: Methyl salicylate occurs in natural essential
c) Oxalic acid because of which of the following? oils like winter green.
1. Hydrogenation of C6H5CHOH−COOH over
d) Acetic acid Rh−Al2O3catalyst in methanol gives which of the following? a) Intermolecular hydrogen bonding
View Answer b) Formation of dimers 8. When CH3COOH reacts with CH3−Mg−X, which of the
a) C6H5CH2COOH following is formed?
c) Highly acidic hydrogen
Answer: b b) C6H11CHOHCOOH a) CH3COX is formed
c) C6H5CHOHCH2OH d) Resonance stabilization of their conjugate base
Explanation: The reaction of HCOOH with conc.H2SO4gives View Answer b) Hydrocarbon is formed
carbon monoxide and water. d) C6H11CH2COOH c) Acetone is formed
View Answer Answer: d d) Alcohol is formed
Explanation: Resonance stabilization of their conjugate View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Hydrogenation of C6H5CHOH−COOH over base i.e., carboxylate ion.
8. Which one is strongest acid among following options? Answer: b
a) CH2FCOOH Rh−Al2O3 catalyst in methanol gives C6H11CHOHCOOH. 5. When propionic acid is treated with aqueous sodium Explanation: When CH3COOH reacts with CH3−Mg−X
b) CH2ClCOOH bicarbonate CO2 is liberated. The ‘C’ of CO2 comes from formed as hydrocarbon.
c) CHCl2COOH which of the following? CH3COOH + CH3 – Mg – X → CH3 – CH3
d) CHF2COOH a) Methyl group
View Answer b) Carboxylic acid group 9. Hydrolysis of an ester gives a carboxylic acid which on
c) Methylene group Kolbe’s electrolysis yields ethane. The ester is which of the
Answer: b following?
d) Bicarbonate
Explanation: CHF2−COOH. Difluoroacetic acid is strongest 2. In the anion HCOO− the two carbon-oxygen bonds are a) Ethyl methonoate
View Answer
because presence of two F atoms increases its acidic found to be of equal length. What is the reason for it? b) Methyl ethanoate
nature. a) Electronic orbitals of carbon atom are hybridised Answer: d c) Propylamine
b) The C = O bond is weaker than the C – O bond Explanation: When propionic acid is treated with aqueous d) Ethylamine
9. Acetic acid is weak acid than sulphuric acid because
c) The anion HCOO− has two resonating structures sodium bicarbonate CO2 is liberated and ‘C’ of CO2 comes View Answer
which of the following reasons?
d) The anion is obtained by removal of a proton form the from bicarbonate.
a) It decomposes on increasing temperature Answer: b
acid molecule CH3CH2COOH(aq) + NahCO3(aq) → CH3CH2COONa + CO2 +
b) It has less degree of ionisation Explanation: Hydrolysis of an ester gives a carboxylic acid
View Answer H2O.
c) It has -COOH group which on Kolbe’s electrolysis yields ethane, this ester is
propionic acid sod.bicarbonate
d) It has more inductive effect Answer: b methyl ethanoate.
View Answer Explanation: Anion HCOO− has two resonating structure 6. The compound not soluble in acetic acid is which of the
(identical). following?
 70

10. Sulphonation of benzoic acid produces mainly which of 3. When formic acid reacts with PCl5 it forms which of the Answer: c d) Acetyl chloride
the following? following? Explanation: C6H5CCl3 + C6H5CO2H → 2 C6H5COCl + HCl View Answer
a) o-sulphobenzoic acid a) Formyl chloride Benzoyl chloride is produced along HCl with from
b) m-sulphobenzoic acid b) Acetyl chloride benzotrichloride using either water or benzoic acid. Answer: b
c) p-sulphobenzoic acid c) Methyl chloride Explanation: Alcohols react with acyl chlorides to give
d) o- and p-sulphobenzoic acid d) Propionyl chloride 7. What will be the product B in the given reaction? esters:
View Answer View Answer 2 C6H5COCl + H2O2 + 2 NaOH → B + 2 NaCl + 2 H2O RCOCl + R′OH → RCO2R′ + HCl
a) Chlorophenol
Answer: b Answer: a b) Chlorotoluene 10. For synthesis of carboxylic acid, the intermediate
Explanation: Sulphonation of benzoic acid produces mainly Explanation: When formic acid reacts with PCl5 it forms c) Chlorobenzene product needed is which of the following?
m-sulphobenzoic acid. formyl chloride. d) Benzyl peroxide a) Acyl chloride
HCOOH + PCl5 → HCOCl + POcl3 + HCl View Answer b) aryls
Formic acid Formyl chloride c) benzene
Answer: d d) carboxylic acid
4. Laboratory method for the preparation of acetyl Explanation: Benzoyl peroxide, a common reagent in View Answer
chloride is which of the following? polymer chemistry, is produced industrially by treating
a) CH3COOH + SOCl2→CH3COCl benzoyl chloride with hydrogen peroxide and sodium Answer: a
b) CH3COOH + PCl3→CH3COCl hydroxide: Explanation: For synthesis of carboxylic acid, the
c) CH3COONa + PCl3→CH3COCl 2 C6H5COCl + H2O2 + 2 NaOH → (C6H5CO)2O2 + 2 NaCl + 2 intermediate product needed is acid chloride.
ACID CHLORIDES
d) CH3COONa + PCl3→CH5COCl H2O
1. Which of the following is the name given to the given View Answer
compound? 8. What is the product in the given reaction when benzyl
ACID ANHYDRIDES
Answer: a chloride reacts with phenol?
Explanation: Acetyl chloride is produced in the laboratory 1. What is the major product of the following reaction?
by the reaction of acetic acid with chlorodehydrating
a) Acetyl chloride
agents such as SOCl2.
b) Formyl chloride
c) Chloretone 5. Which of the following gives benzoic acid on oxidation?
d) Oxochloromethane a) Chlorophenol a) Chlorophenol
View Answer b) Chlorotoluene b) Benzophenone
c) Chlorobenzene c) Chlorobenzene
Answer: b d) Benzyl peroxide
d) Benzyl chloride
Explanation: Formyl chloride is the organic compound with View Answer
View Answer
the formula HC(O)Cl.
Answer: d Answer: b
2. Benzoyl chloride is prepared from benzoic acid by which Explanation: It undergoes the Friedel-Crafts acylation with a)
Explanation: Benzyl chloride gives benzoic acid on
of the following? aromatic compounds to give the corresponding
oxidation.
a) Cl2, hv benzophenones and related derivatives.
b) SO2, Cl2
c) SOCl2
d) Cl2, H2O
View Answer b)

Answer: c
Explanation: Benzoyl chloride is prepared from benzoic 6. What is the product D in the given reaction?
9. Which of the following is the product B when acid c)
acid be SOCl2. C6H5CCl3 + C6H5CO2H → 2 C6H5COCl + D
a) Cl2 chloride reacts with alcohol?
b) H2O RCOCl + R′OH → B + HCl
a) Chlorophenol d)
c) HCl
b) Ester View Answer
d) H2
View Answer c) Ether
 71

Answer: c carboxylic acids would naturally re-form the two carboxylic 6. Which of the following compounds would be converted 8. Which of the following is most reactive?
Explanation: In order for this product to form, a second acids from which they were obtained.) to acetic anhydride when treated with sodium acetate?
methyl amine nitrogen atom would have to attack the a) Acetaldehyde
carbonyl carbon of the carboxylate anion (the leaving 4. Which of the following compounds is not an acid b) Acetyl chloride
group of the original anhydride) and this is energetically anhydride? c) Methyl acetate
a) 1
not favoured due to repulsion by the negative charge on d) Acetamide
b) 2
View Answer
c) 3
Answer: b d) 1 and 2
the oxygen atom. Explanation: The acid chloride can then be converted to a View Answer
a) less reactive derivative such as an anhydride.
2. What will be the reactivity order of the following with Answer: a
water? 7. Which will be the product of the following reaction? Explanation: Acid anhydrides are more reactive than
a) acid halide > ester > acid anhydride > amide esters, which are more reactive than amides. This is due to
b) acid anhydride > amide > acid halide > ester b) the electronegative group, polarizing the carbonyl group
c) amide > ester > acid anhydride > acid halide more strongly than an alkoxy group (ester) or an amino
d) acid halide > acid anhydride > ester > amide group (amide).
View Answer
9. What is the formed product when acid anhydride is
Answer: d c) hydrolyzed?
Explanation: Acid halide are more reactive than a) Aldehyde
anhydrides, which are more reactive than esters, which b) Ketone
are more reactive than amides. This is due to the d) c) Alcohols
View Answer a)
electronegative group, such as chlorine, polarizing the d) Carboxylic acid
carbonyl group more strongly than an alkoxy group (ester) View Answer
Answer: b
or an amino group (amide).
Explanation: An organic acid anhydride is an acid Answer: d
3. Which of the following is an anhydride? anhydride that is an organic compound. An acid anhydride Explanation: Hydrolysis of acid anhydrides in water occurs
b)
is a compound that has two acyl groups bonded to the at a slow rate and may also need heating (boiling) with
same oxygen atom. A common type of organic acid water – a reaction rate which contrasts rather strongly
anhydride is a carboxylic anhydride, where the parent acid with the acid halides and leads to formation of carboxylic
a) is a carboxylic acid, the formula of the anhydride being acid.
(RC(O))2O.
c) 10. What will be the product for the following reaction?
5. Acetic anhydride is less reactive toward attack by a
b) nucleophile than which of the following?
a) Acetic acid
b) Ethyl acetate
c) Acetyl chloride
c) d) Acetonitrile d) a) Ester and carboxylic acid
View Answer View Answer b) Ether and carboxylic acid
c) Ketones and ester
Answer: c Answer: d
d) Aldehyde and carboxylic acid
d) Explanation: Nucleophilic substitution reactions usually Explanation: The product when reaction of acid anhydride
View Answer
View Answer take place in two steps: addition of the nucleophile and with ethanol is the ester ethyl ethanoate, as shown in
elimination of a leaving group. Although both steps can given reaction. Answer: a
Answer: b
affect the overall rate of the reaction, it is generally the (CH3CO)20 + ROH → CH3COOR + CH3COOH Explanation: Phenol and ethanoic anhydride reacts to
Explanation: Acid anhydrides, or simply anhydrides, are
first step that is rate-limiting. Therefore, any factor that But, here the acid anhydride is closed so both ester and
compounds which would react additively with water to
makes the carbonyl group of the carboxylic acid derivative carboxylic part will be in same molecule.
form two molecules of the parent carboxylic acid. (Mixed
more easily attacked will favor the reaction.
anhydrides, RCOOCOR’, i.e. anhydrides derived from two
 72

form, phenyl ethanoate with ethanoic acid. amides. With an alkyl amine the lone pair electron is a) Aniline d) Methyl cyanide
localized on the nitrogen. However, the lone pair electron b) Chlorobenzene View Answer
on an amide are delocalized between the nitrogen and the c) Benzyl amine
oxygen through resonance. This makes amides much less d) Benzonitrile Answer: b
basic compared to alkyl amines. And more the stabilization View Answer Explanation: Ethylamine can be prepared by the action of
in amide less will be basic, here PhCH2CONH2 will be bromine and caustic potash on propionamide.
stabilizes by resonance. Answer: d CH3 – CH2 – CO – NH2 + Br2 + 4KOH → CH3CH2NH2+ K2CO3 +
Explanation: POCl3 is a dehydrating agent so Benzamide on 2KBr + 2H2O
AMIDES
4. By refluxing unsubstituted amide with acid, it will yield reaction with POCl3 propionamide
1. When acetamide is treated with HNO2, the gas is which of the following product(s)? gives benzonitrile.
evolved which of the following? a) ammonia
a) H2 b) carboxylic acid
ESTERS
b) O2 c) nitrogen gas
c) N2 d) ammonia and carboxylic acid 1. Which of the following compounds is an ester?
d) CH4 View Answer
View Answer Answer: d 8. Amides may be converted into amines by reaction
Explanation: By refluxing unsubstituted amide with acid, it named after which of the following reaction?
Answer: c a)
will yield and ammonia and carboxylic acid. a) Perkin
Explanation: When acetamide is treated with HNO2, the
b) Claisen
gas is evolved in nitrogen gas. 5. Which one of the following reducing agents is likely to c) Hoffmann
CH3 – CO – NH2 + HNO2 → CH3COOH + N2↑ + H2O b)
be the most effective in bringing about the following d) Kolbe
Acetamide Acetic acid
change? View Answer
2. On heating acetamide in presence of P2O5, which of the R−CONH2 → RCH2NH2
a) H2−Ni Answer: c
following is formed?
b) NaBH4 Explanation: Amides may be converted into amines by c)
a) Ammonium acetate
c) LiAlH4 reaction named after Hoffmann bromamide reaction.
b) Acetonitrile
c) NH3 d) Na-alcohol
d) Methylamines View Answer
View Answer 9. What will be the product for the given reaction? d)
Answer: a
View Answer
Answer: b Explanation: H2−Ni reducing agents is likely to be the most
Explanation: On heating acetamide in presence of P2O5, effective in conversion of amide to amine. Answer: c
acetonitrile is formed. a) CH3Br Explanation: Esters are characterized by their possession
b) CH4 of a modified carboxyl group, in which the H of the -OH
c) CH3COBr group is replaced by an alkyl group, to form the general
d) CH3NH2 functional group -COOR.
6. Ethyl amine on acetylation gives which of the following? View Answer
3. Decreasing order of basicity of the given compound is a) N-ethyl acetamide 2. Which of the following is used as catalyst for the
which of the following? b) Acetamide Answer: c esterification of carboxylic acid and alcohol?
(1) CH3CONH2 c) Methyl acetamide Explanation: Amide on reacting with NaOBr will give an a) Nitrous acid
(2) CH3CH2NH2 d) N,N-dimethyl acetamide amine as shown below. b) Sulphuric acid
(3) PhCH2CONH2 View Answer c) Sulphurous acid
a) 1 > 2 > 3 d) Nitric acid
b) 2 > 1 > 3 Answer: a View Answer
c) 3 > 2 > 1 Explanation: Ethyl amine on acetylation gives N-ethyl 10. Ethylamine can be prepared by the action of bromine
d) 1 > 3 > 2 acetamide, as shown in given reaction. and caustic potash on which of the following? Answer: b
View Answer CH3CH2NH2 + CH3COCl → CH3CH2NHCOCH3 + HCl a) Acetamide Explanation: The classic synthesis is the Fischer
b) Propionamide esterification, which involves treating a carboxylic acid
Answer: b 7. Benzamide on reaction with POCl3 gives which of the c) Formamide with an alcohol in the presence of a dehydrating agent:
Explanation: Comparing the basicity of alkyl amines to following?
 73

RCO2H + R′OH ⇌ RCO2R′ + H2O 6. What is the characteristic smell for ester? b) Aldehyde 2. What is the geometry of the intermediate formed in the
The equilibrium constant for such reactions is about 5 for a) Fruity like smell c) Alcohol mechanism of transesterification?
typical esters, e.g., ethyl acetate. The reaction is slow in b) Fish like smell d) Alkene a) Octahedral
the absence of a catalyst. Sulfuric acid is a typical catalyst c) Rotten egg smell View Answer b) Square planner
for this reaction. d) Alcoholic smell c) Tetrahedral
View Answer Answer: a d) Square bipyramidal
3. What will be the product for the given reaction? Explanation: The Fries rearrangement is a rearrangement View Answer
CH3OH + CO →? Answer: a reaction of a phenolic ester to a hydroxy aryl ketone by
a) Ethyl formate Explanation: Many esters have distinctive fruit-like odors, catalysis of Lewis acids. Answer: c
b) Methyl formate and many occur naturally in the essential oils of plants. Explanation: In the transesterification mechanism, the
c) Ethyl acetate This has also led to their commonplace use in artificial 10. What is the order or solubility in water of the following carbonyl carbon of the starting ester reacts to give a
d) Methyl acetate flavorings and fragrances when those odors aim to be compound? tetrahedral intermediate, which either reverts to the
View Answer mimicked. 1) ethyl methanoate starting material, or proceeds to the transesterified
2) ethyl butanoate product.
Answer: b 7. Salts of carboxylate anions can be alkylating agent with 3) ethyl ethanoate
Explanation: The carbonylation of methanol yields methyl alkyl halides to give esters. In the case that an alkyl 4) ethyl propanoate 3. What chemical reaction makes biodiesel?
formate, which is the main commercial source of formic chloride is used, an iodide salt can catalyze the reaction. a) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 a) Transesterification
acid. What is the name reaction for the given reaction? b) 1 > 3 > 4 > 2 b) Sublimation
CH3OH + CO → CH3O2CH a) Favorskii rearrangement c) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3 c) Polymerization
b) Baeyer–Villiger oxidation d) 3 > 1 > 4 > 2 d) Fermentation
4. Hydrolysis of ester leads to the formation of which of c) Pinner reaction View Answer View Answer
the following products in basic medium? d) Finkelstein reaction
a) Ether and alcohol View Answer Answer: b Answer: a
b) Alcohol and sodium carboxylate Explanation: As chain length increases, the hydrocarbon Explanation: Transesterification chemical reaction makes
c) Aldehyde and alcohol Answer: d portion forces itself between water molecules, breaking biodiesel. The most common method of transesterification
d) Sodium carboxylate Explanation: Salts of carboxylate anions can be alkylating the relatively strong hydrogen bonds between water is the reaction of the ester with an alcohol in the presence
View Answer agent with alkyl halides to give esters. In the case that an molecules without offering an energetic compensation; of an acid catalyst.
alkyl chloride is used, an iodide salt can catalyze the furthermore, the water molecules are forced into an
Answer: b reaction this reaction is known as Finkelstien reaction. ordered alignment along the chain, decreasing the entropy 4. Polyethylene terephthalate is prepared by a
Explanation: Under basic conditions, hydroxide acts as a in the system. This makes the process thermodynamically transesterification reaction.
nucleophile, while an alkoxide is the leaving group. 8. What will be the product of given reaction? less favorable, and so solubility decreases. a) True
b) False
View Answer

a) Ether and alcohol TRANSESTERIFICATION Answer: a

b) Alcohol and sodium carboxylate Explanation: By transesterification reaction between
5. What will be the product for the given reaction? 1. Which of the following is true about transesterification?
c) Aldehyde and alcohol dimethyl terephthalate and the dihydric alcohol, ethylene
C2H4 + CH3CO2H + 1⁄2 O2 →? a) exchanging the organic alkyl group of an ester with the
d) Carboxylic acid and alkene glycol, polyethylene terephthalate is prepared along with
a) Ethyl formate organic group alkyl of an alcohol
View Answer methanol, which is evaporated to drive the reaction
b) Vinyl formate b) exchanging the organic alkyl group of an alcohol with forward.
c) Ethyl acetate the organic group alkyl of an ester
Answer: d
d) Methyl acetate c) exchanging the organic alkyl group of an ester with the 5. What type of solution is used in transesterification for
Explanation: Ester pyrolysis in is a vacuum pyrolysis
View Answer organic group alkyl of an alkane the determination of fatty acid compositions?
reaction converting esters containing a β-hydrogen atom
into the corresponding carboxylic acid and the alkene. d) exchanging the organic alkyl group of an ester with the a) Methanol in NaOH
Answer: b
organic group alkyl of an ether b) Methanol in NaCl
Explanation: In the presence of palladium-based catalysts,
View Answer c) Methanol in KOH
ethylene, acetic acid, and oxygen react to give vinyl
d) Methanol in H2O
acetate: Answer: a View Answer
C2H4 + CH3CO2H + 1⁄2 O2 → C2H3O2CCH3 + H2O 9. Fries rearrangement reaction of phenol ester leads to Explanation: Transesterification is the process of
the formation which type of product? exchanging the organic group R″ of an ester with the Answer: a
a) Ketone organic group R′ of an alcohol. Explanation: In aqueous warm solution of methanol in
 74

NaOH esterification for the determination of fatty acid hydrochloric acid? d) Sodium acetate b) The shorter the chain of fatty acid, the higher is the
compositions. a) Ethyl ethanoate View Answer saponification value
b) Methyl ethanoate c) The higher the saturation in chain of fatty acid, the
6. Transesterification reaction is an irreversible reaction. c) Ethyl propanoate Answer: c lower is the saponification value
a) True d) Propyl ethanoate Explanation: The soap has the formula C17H35COONa and d) The lower the saturation in chain of fatty acid, the
b) False View Answer its name is sodium stearate. higher is the saponification value
View Answer View Answer
Answer: c 3. Lye is used in soap-making. Lye is a concentrated
Answer: b Explanation: Methyl propanoate reacts with ethanol in the solution of which ionic compound? Answer: a
Explanation: The most common method of presence of hydrochloric acid to form ethyl propanoate a) K2CO3 Explanation: The shorter the chain of fatty acid, the higher
transesterification is the reaction of the ester with an and methanol. b) CuSO4 is the saponification value, the long chain fatty acids found
alcohol in the presence of an acid catalyst. Since both the c) NaOH in fats have a low saponification value because they have a
reactants and the products are an ester and an alcohol, 10. Which of the following is the product formed when d) NaCl relatively fewer number of carboxylic functional groups
the reaction is reversible and the equilibrium constant is butyl acetate and ethanol in presence of hydrochloric View Answer per unit mass of the fat as compared to short chain fatty
close to one. acid? acids.
a) Ethyl ethanoate Answer: a
7. Which of the following is the product formed when b) Methyl acetate Explanation: Lye is another name for a strongly basic 7. Which of the following fat or oil is unsaponifiable?
methyl ethanoate and ethanol in presence of hydrochloric c) Ethyl acetate solution. Mostly it is a solution of sodium hydroxide. a) Paraffin wax
acid? d) Propyl ethanoate b) Bee wax
a) Ethyl ethanoate 4. Which of the following term describe saponification?
View Answer c) Olive oil
b) Methyl ethanoate a) Cleaving of ester molecules into carboxylic acid and
d) Shea butter
c) Ethyl propanoate Answer: c alcohol
View Answer
d) Propyl ethanoate Explanation: Butyl acetate reacts with ethanol in the b) Dehydration synthesis by removing water
View Answer presence of hydrochloric acid to form ethyl acetate and c) Hydrolysis of a salt by adding a weak acid Answer: a
butanol. d) Synthesis of two alkyl groups to make an ether Explanation: Unsaponifiables are components of an oily
Answer: a View Answer (oil, fat, wax) mixture that fail to form soaps when treated
Explanation: Methyl ethanoate reacts with ethanol in the with sodium hydroxide (lye) or potassium hydroxide.
presence of hydrochloric acid to form ethyl ethanoate and Answer: a
Unsaponifiable value of paraffin wax is approximately 100.
methanol. SAPONIFICATION Explanation: Cleaving of ester molecules into carboxylic
acid and alcohol that is triglyceride is treated with a strong 8. Saponification value is the number of milligrams of KOH
1. Which of the following processes can saponification be base, which cleaves the ester bond, releasing fatty acid
used for? required to saponify what present in the 1g of oil or fat?
salts (soaps) and glycerol. a) Salts
a) For the production of plastics
8. Which of the following is the product formed when b) In blow glass artistry 5. Which of the following is considered a useful alkali in b) Hydrocarbon
alkylene carbonate and alcohol in presence of hydrochloric c) Fatty acids
c) To make soap saponification reactions?
acid? d) unsaturation
d) The formation of alloys a) CCl4
a) Dialkyl carbonate View Answer b) Cl– View Answer
b) Methyl ethanoate c) NaOH
c) Alkyl carbonate Answer: c Answer: c
d) Pb+ Explanation: The saponification is the value of oil
d) Propyl ethanoate Explanation: Saponification is a process that produces View Answer determined as the number of mgs of KOH needed to
View Answer soap. Soaps are salts of fatty acids.
saponify the fatty acids present in the 1g of oil.
Answer: c
Answer: a 2. What is the name of the soap produced through the Explanation: Depending on the nature of the alkali used in 9. Which of the following compound is an industrial
Explanation: The transesterification reaction implies an saponification of this triglyceride? their production, soaps have distinct properties. Sodium manufacturing product by saponification?
alkylene or cyclic carbonate and an alcohol in the presence hydroxide (NaOH) gives “hard soap”; hard soaps can also a) Sodium chloride
of either a homogeneous or heterogeneous acidic or basic be used in water containing Mg, Cl, and Ca salts. b) Potassium hydroxide
catalyst to coproduce dialkyl carbonate and the alkane diol
c) Glycerol
or glycol. 6. Which of the following statement is true about
d) Sodium hydroxide
a) Sodium dececanoate saponification value of oil?
9. Which of the following is the product formed when View Answer
b) Sodium oleate a) The shorter the chain of fatty acid, the higher is the
methyl propanoate and ethanol in presence of saponification value
c) Sodium stearate
 75

Answer: c 2. Which ester will not give a good yield of the Claisen Answer: a sodium ethoxide, affords β-keto esters.
Explanation: The triglyceride is treated with a strong base condensation product with NaOEt in EtOH? Explanation: The product is a β-keto ester which gets
which cleaves the ester bond, releasing fatty acid salts deprotonated by the strong base in the reaction mixture
(soaps) and glycerol. This process is also the main and get converted into simple keto group.
industrial method for producing glycerol. In some soap- a)
making, the glycerol is left in the soap. 5. What will be the product of the following reaction?
7. What will be the product of the following reaction?
10. Soap can be precipitated out by salting by using which b)
chemical compound?
a) Sodium chloride a) Ethyl acetoacetate
b) Potassium hydroxide c) b) Methyl acetoacetate
c) Glycerol c) Propyl acetoacetate
d) Sodium hydroxide d) Butyl acetoacetate a)
View Answer d) View Answer
View Answer
Answer: a Answer: a
b)
Explanation: If necessary, soaps may be precipitated by Answer: c Explanation: The Claisen Condensation between esters
salting it out with sodium chloride. Explanation: The Claisen condensation is reversible and it containing α-hydrogens, promoted by a base such as
is formation of a stabilized enolate of the product which sodium ethoxide, affords β-keto esters.
c)
leads to a high yield at equilibrium. When the product
CLAISEN AND CROSS CLAISEN CONDENSATION cannot give a stabilized enolate, the yield will be poor.

1. Which of the following reaction shows Claisen 3. Which of the following is a product formed in Claisen d)
condensation? condensation? 6. What will be the product of the following reaction? View Answer
a) β- ester
b) β-ketone Answer: b
c) β-keto ester Explanation: If one of the ester partners has enolizable α-
d) Y-diketone hydrogens and the other does not (e.g., aromatic esters or
a)
View Answer carbonates), this will be the mixed reaction or cross
Claisen condensation.
Answer: c
Explanation: The Claisen condensation is a carbon–carbon a)
b)
bond forming reaction that occurs between two esters or
c)
one ester and another carbonyl compound in the presence
b) 8. What will be the product of the following reaction?
of a strong base, resulting in a β-keto ester or a β-
diketone.

4. Which of the following stamen is incorrect about Claisen c)

condensation?
a) The product is a β-keto ester which resists
d) deprotonation by the strong base in the reaction mixture d) a)
View Answer b) The reaction involves the condensation of two esters in View Answer
the presence of strong base
Answer: c c) A strong base is required to remove H+ from an α-H Answer: d b)
Explanation: The Claisen condensation is a carbon–carbon position in one of the starting esters Explanation: The Claisen Condensation between esters
bond forming reaction that occurs between two esters or d) A strong base is required to remove H+ from an α-H containing α-hydrogens, promoted by a base such as
one ester and another carbonyl compound in the presence position in one of the starting esters c)
of a strong base, resulting in a β-keto ester or a β- View Answer
diketone.
d)
View Answer

Answer: b
Explanation: If one of the ester partners has enolizable α-
hydrogens and the other does not (e.g., aromatic esters or
carbonates), this will be the mixed reaction or cross
Claisen condensation.
9. which of the following is the reactant precursor for the
given product?
a) I and III
b) II and III
c) III and IV
d) I and II
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In Claisen condensation, the driving force is
the formation of the stabilized anion of the β-keto ester. If
two different esters are used, an essentially statistical
mixture of all four products is generally obtained, and the
preparation does not have high synthetic utility.
10. Which of the following mechanism shows the correct
curve arrow of the reaction of the enolate ion from ethyl
acetate with ethyl acetate in the Claisen condensation?
View Answer
76
Answer: c Answer: a
Explanation: Mechanism of Claisen condensation consist Explanation: This is an example of an intramolecular
of main three steps. First, an acid-base reaction. The Claisen condensation. These reactions occur for 1,6 and d)
alkoxide functions as a base and removes the acidic a- 1,7 diesters, as these substances result in the formation of View Answer
hydrogen giving the reactive ester enolate. The compounds containing five and six membered rings,
nucleophilic ester enolate attacks the carbonyl C of respectively. Answer: c
another ester in a nucleophilic substitution process giving Explanation: Favours the formation of the more stable 5-
the tetrahedral intermediate. The intermediate collapses, 3. What is the other name for the intramolecular Claisen or 6-membered rings, as the ring stain in 5 and 6
reforming the C=O, resulting in loss of the leaving group, condensation? membered rings are less.
the alkoxide, leading to the b-ketoester product. a) Perkin condensation
b) Stobbe condensation
c) Knoevenagel condensation
d) Dieckmann condensation
INTRAMOLECULAR CLAISEN CONDENSATION View Answer 6. Which is the main product of the following
intramolecular Claisen condensation?
1. Which type of precursor is used as reactant in Answer: d
intramolecular Claisen condensation? Explanation: Diester compounds can be used to give an
a) One molecule with an ester end intramolecular Claisen condensation which is known as the
b) Two molecules of ester Dieckmann condensation.
c) One molecule with two ester ends
d) One molecule of ester and enolate 4. Dieckmann Condensation is intramolecular
View Answer condensation of ……. to form cyclic product.
a) diamide
Answer: c b) diol a)
Explanation: In intramolecular Claisen condensations, c) diester
reactions occur for 1,6 and 1,7 diesters, as these d) diketone
substances result in the formation of compounds View Answer
b)
containing five and six membered rings, respectively.
Answer: c
2. Which is the main product of the following reaction? Explanation: These reactions occur for 1,6 and 1,7 diesters,
c)
as these substances result in the formation of compounds
containing five and six membered rings.
5. What will be the product of the following intramolecular
d)
Claisen condensation?
View Answer
Answer: d
a)
Explanation: This reaction is an intramolecular Claisen
condensation, which is followed by attack of carbocation
on carbon attached to ester group.
b)
a)
c)
7. Which is the main product of the following
b) intramolecular Claisen condensation?
d)
View Answer
c)
 77

9. Which is the main product of the following primary amine.

intramolecular Claisen condensation?
a) c)
3. Ethylamine can be prepared by the action of bromine
and caustic potash on which compound?
a) Acetamide
b) d) b) Propionamide
View Answer c) Formamide
d) Methyl cyanide
c) a) Answer: a
View Answer
Explanation: This reaction is an intramolecular Claisen
condensation, favours the formation of the more stable 5- Answer: b
or 6-membered rings, as the ring stain in 5 and 6 Explanation: Ethylamine can be prepared by the action of
d) b) membered rings are less and 6-membered rings are more bromine and caustic potash on propioamide.
View Answer stable than 5 membered. But in case bridge ring is present CH3 – CH2 – CO – NH2 + Br2 + 4KOH → CH3CH2NH2+ K2CO3 +
Answer: b which is unstable as compared to 5 and 6 membered ring. 2KBr + 2H2O
Explanation: This reaction is an intramolecular Claisen c) propioamide
condensation, in which the product is a β-keto ester which
4. Reduction of nitroalkanes yields which compound?
gets deprotonated by the strong base in the reaction NITROGEN CONTAINING ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
a) Acid
mixture and get converted into simple keto group.
PREPARATION OF AMINES – 1 b) Alcohol
d) c) Amine
View Answer 1. The amine formed from an amide by means of bromine d) Diazo compounds
and alkali has how many number of carbon atoms? View Answer
8. What will be the product(s) of the following Answer: b a) Same number of C atoms as that of amide
intramolecular Claisen condensation? Explanation: This reaction is an intramolecular Claisen b) One less C atom than that of amide Answer: b
condensation, favours the formation of the more stable 5- c) One more C atom than that of amide Explanation: Reduction of nitroalkanes yields amines, as
or 6-membered rings, as the ring stain in 5 and 6 d) Two more C atoms than that of amide shown in below reaction.
membered rings are less and 6-membered rings are more View Answer
stable than 5 membered.
Answer: b
Explanation: The amine formed from an amide by means 5. What is the name of the reaction when acetamide
of bromine and alkali has one less C atom than that of changes into methylamine?
amide. a) Hofmann bromamide reaction
10. Which is the main product of the following b) Hofmann reaction
intramolecular Claisen condensation? c) Friedel-Craft’s reaction
a) I d) Hinsberg reaction
b) II View Answer
2. The compound X is which of the following?
c) I and II
Answer: a
d) II and III
Explanation: When an amide is treated with bromine in an
View Answer a) CH3CONH2
b) CH3CH2NH2 aqueous or ethanolic solution of sodium hydroxide,
Answer: d degradation of amide takes place leading to the formation
c) C2H6
Explanation: This reaction is an intramolecular Claisen of primary amine. This reaction involving degradation of
d) CH3NHCH3
a) amide and is popularly known as Hoffmann bromamide
condensation, favours the formation of the more stable 5- View Answer
or 6-membered rings, as the ring stain in 5 and 6 degradation reaction.
membered rings are less. In both II and III five membered Answer: b
6. When methyl iodide is heated with ammonia, what is
ring is formed. Explanation: Reduction of nitriles leads to formation of
b) the product obtained?
a) Methylamine
 78

b) Dimethylamine d) Oxime d) CH3−CH2−CH2−NH2 Answer: c

c) Trimethylamine View Answer View Answer Explanation: Gabriel phthalimide synthesis is preferred for
d) A mixture of the above three amines synthesising primary amines. Phthalimide is alkylated with
View Answer Answer: b Answer: b alkyl or benzyl halide and then hydrolysed or
Explanation: Nitriles of reduction gives amine and on Explanation: Starting from propanoic acid, the following hydrazinolysis to get pure primary amine.
Answer: d hydrolysis gives carboxylic acid. reactions were carried out, the compound is ethylamine.
Explanation: When methyl iodide is heated with ammonia, 6. What will be the product of the following reaction?
the product obtained is mixture of methylamine,
dimethylamine, trimethylamine.

10. When ethanol is mixed with ammonia and passed over

alumina the compound formed is which compound?
7. The Hinsberg’s method is used for which of the a) Propanamine
a) C2H5NH2
following? b) N-methylpropaneamine
b) C2H4
a) Preparation of primary amines 3. In the given equation, what is the final product C? c) N, N-dimethylpropanemamine
c) C2H5OC2H5
b) Preparation of secondary amines d) Ethyl amine
d) CH3OCH3
c) Preparation of tertiary amines View Answer
View Answer
d) Separation of amine mixtures
a) Ammonium acetate Answer: a
View Answer Answer: a
b) Acetamide Explanation: Amides yield primary amines on reduction by
Explanation: When ethanol is mixed with ammonia and
Answer: d c) Amino methane lithium aluminium hydride.
passed over alumina the compound formed is amine.
Explanation: The Hinsberg reaction is a test for the d) Ethanal
detection of primary, secondary and tertiary amines. In View Answer
this test, the amine is shaken well with Hinsberg reagent in
Answer: c
the presence of aqueous alkali (either KOH or NaOH). A
Explanation: Carboxylic acid with PCl5 forms acid chloride
reagent containing an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution PREPARATION OF AMINES – 2 and acid chloride reacts with NH3 to give amide which on 7. What will be the product of the following reaction?
and benzenesulfonyl chloride is added to a substrate. reduction gives amine.
1. Which of the following reaction does not form amines?
8. Which one of the following compound gives a secondary
amine on reduction?
a) Nitromethane 4. Which of the following reactions will not give primary
b) Nitrobenzene amine? a) Propanamine
c) Methyl isocyanide a) CH3CONH2 + KOH.Br2 b) N-methylpropaneamine
d) Methyl cyanide b) CH3CN + LiAlH4 c) N, N-dimethylpropanemamine
View Answer c) CH3NC + LiAlH4 d) Ethyl amine
View Answer d) CH3CONH2 + LiAlH4 View Answer
Answer: c View Answer
Explanation: Methyl isocyanide gives a secondary amine Answer: c Answer: b
on reduction. Explanation: Nitrile gives carboxylic acid on hydrolysis and Answer: c Explanation: N‐substituted Amides on reduction by lithium
amines on reduction. Explanation: Nitrile on reduction gives secondary amine. aluminum hydride yield secondary amines.

9. In the given reaction what is the X?

2. Starting from propanoic acid, the following reactions 5. Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis is used for the
were carried out, what is the compound Z? preparation of which amine?
a) Primary aromatic amine 8. What will be the product of the following reaction?

a) Isonitrile b) Secondary amine

a) CH3−CH2−Br c) Primary aliphatic amine
b) Nitrile
b) CH3−CH2−NH2 d) Tertiary amine
c) Nitrite
c) CH3-CH2-COBr View Answer
 79

a) Propanamine PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES more electronegative so donation of electron will be easy, c) C6H5NH2 > C2H5NH2 > CH3NH2 > NH3
b) N-methylpropanamine so basicity increases. d) CH3NH2 > C2H5NH2 > C6H5NH2 > NH3
c) N, N-dimethylpropanmamine 1. Which of the following compound is expected to be View Answer
d) Ethyl amine most basic? 5. What is the characteristic smell of liquid amines?
View Answer a) Aniline a) Fish like smell Answer: b
b) Methylamine b) Rotten egg smell Explanation: All of the amines are more basic than
Answer: b c) Hydroxylamine c) Fruity smell ammonia, but primary and secondary amines are the most
Explanation: N, N‐disubstituted Amides on reduction by d) Ethylamine d) Bitter almond smell basic.
lithium aluminum hydride yield tertiary amines. View Answer View Answer
9. Unpleasant smelling carbylamines are formed by
Answer: d Answer: a heating alkali and chloroform with which of the following?
Explanation: Alkyl groups are electron donating (EDG). So, Explanation: Amines possess a characteristic ammonia a) Any amine
the alkyl group stabilizes the positive charge on the smell, liquid amines have a distinctive “fishy” smell. b) Any aliphatic amine
attached nitrogen atom. c) Any aromatic amine
9. Which type of amine is produced by reaction of ketones 6. Which of the following have less melting point than d) Any primary amine
with primary amines, followed by reduction? 2. A solution of methyl amine shows which type of amine? View Answer
a) Secondary Aromatic amine property with litmus paper? a) Alcohol
b) N-substituted amine a) Turns blue litmus red b) Phosphine Answer: d
c) N, N-disubstituted amine b) Turns red litmus blue c) Carboxylic acid Explanation: The unpleasant smell is due to formation of
d) Primary aromatic amine c) Does not affect red or blue litmus d) Ether isocyanide.
View Answer d) Bleaches litmus View Answer
View Answer
Answer: b Answer: b
Explanation: N‐substituted amines are produced by Answer: b Explanation: Hydrogen bonding significantly influences the
10. Which statement is an incorrect statement?
reaction of ketones with primary amines, followed by Explanation: Methyl amine changes red litmus blue, this properties of primary and secondary amines. Thus, the
a) Amines form hydrogen bond
reduction. litmus paper test shows basic nature of methyl amine. melting points and boiling points of amines are higher than
b) Ethyl amine has higher boiling point than propane
those of the corresponding phosphines, but generally
3. Which of the following statement is true about methyl c) Methyl amine is more basic than ammonia
lower than those of the corresponding alcohols and
amine? d) Dimethyl amine is less basic than methyl amine
carboxylic acids, ether.
a) Methyl amine is slightly acidic View Answer
b) Methyl amine is less basic than NH3 7. Which of the following amine has highest boiling point?
Answer: d
c) Methyl amine is stronger base than NH3 a) Butyl amine
Explanation: In methyl amine only one electron releasing
10. Which type of amine is produced by reaction of d) Methyl amine forms salts with alkali b) Diethylamine
group is present but in dimethyl amine two electron
ketones with secondary amines, followed by reduction? View Answer c) Triethylamine
releasing groups are present which increase the basicity
a) Secondary Aromatic amine d) Dipropylamine
Answer: c higher in dimethyl amine.
b) N-substituted amine View Answer
Explanation: Presence of alkyl group increases electron
c) N, N-disubstituted amine 11. Which of the following is most basic?
density on nitrogen atom due to +I effect. Thus, basic Answer: d
d) Primary aromatic amine a) C6H5NH2
nature increases. Explanation: Primary and secondary amines have higher
View Answer b) (CH3)2NH
boiling because they can engage in intermolecular
4. By the presence of a halogen atom in the ring, what is c) (CH3)3N
Answer: c hydrogen bonding. The boiling points of tertiary amines,
the effect of this on basic properties of aniline? d) NH3
Explanation: N, N‐disubstituted amines can be produced which cannot engage in hydrogen bonding because they
a) Increased View Answer
by reaction of 2° amines with ketones followed by have no hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom, and d is
b) Decreased correct option because it has more molar mass than other
reduction. Answer: b
c) Unchanged primary, secondary and tertiary amine, more +I effect of Explanation: In dimethyl amine two electron releasing
d) Doubled propyl group. groups are present which increase the basicity higher in
View Answer
dimethyl amine.
8. What is the correct decreasing order of the basic
Answer: a character of the three amines and ammonia? 12. If methyl is alkyl group, then which order of basicity is
Explanation: By the presence of a halogen atom in the a) NH3 > CH3NH2 > C2H5NH2 > C6H5NH2 correct?
ring, basic properties of aniline is increased because it is b) C2H5NH2 > CH3NH2 > NH3 > C6H5NH2 a) R2NH > RNH2 > R3N > NH3
 80

b) R2NH > R3N > RNH2 > NH3 effect), due to increase in electron density on N atom. As a Answer: d
c) RNH2 > NH3 > R2NH > R3N rule, the basicity of 3° amine should be more than that of Explanation: Nitroso amines (R2N−N=O) are soluble in
d)
d) NH3 > RNH2 > R2NH > R3N 2° amine, but actually it is found to be lesser than 2° water. On heating them with concentrated H2SO4 they
View Answer
View Answer amines. This is due to more solvation by water in give secondary amines, this reaction is called as
secondary amine. Hence the correct order of basicity is: Answer: c Liebermann’s nitroso reaction.
Answer: a (CH3)2NH > (CH3)3N > CH3NH2. Explanation: This reaction is Hoffman degradation of
Explanation: Alkyl groups are electron donating (EDG), so 7. Ethyl amine undergoes oxidation in the presence of
amide.
they stabilize the positively charge ammonium ions, i.e., KMnO4 to form which compound?
R – CONH2 + Br2 + 4KOH → R – NH2 +2KBr + k2CO3+ 2H2O.
the methyl ammonium ion is more stable than the parent a) An acid
ammonium ion because the alkyl group stabilizes the CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES – 1 b) An alcohol
4. Aniline reacts with acetaldehyde to form which of the
positive charge on the attached nitrogen atom. In dimethyl 1. Which of the following is converted into an alcohol on following? c) An aldehyde
amine two electron releasing groups are present which a) Schiff’s base d) A nitrogen oxide
treatment with HNO2?
increase the basicity higher in dimethyl amine. a) Methyl amine b) Carbylamine View Answer
b) Aniline c) Immine
13. Among the following, which one is the strongest base? Answer: c
c) Dimethyl amine d) Diazonium salt
a) C6H5NH2 Explanation: Ethyl amine undergoes oxidation in the
d) Triethyl amine View Answer
b) p−NO2C6H4NH2 presence of KMnO4 to form an aldehyde.
c) m−NO2−C6H4NH2 View Answer
Answer: c
d) C6H5CH2NH2 Answer: a Explanation: Aniline reacts with acetaldehyde to form
View Answer Schiff base.
Explanation: Methyl amine is converted into an alcohol on
8. Reaction of primary amines with aldehyde yields which
Answer: d treatment with HNO2.
of the following compound?
Explanation: Alkyl groups are electron donating (EDG) and a) Amides
NO2 group is electron withdrawing group. So, the alkyl b) Aldimines
group stabilizes the positive charge on the attached c) Nitriles
2. The action of nitrous acid on ethyl amine gives which of
nitrogen atom. d) Nitro compounds
the following?
View Answer
14. Which of the following is true characteristic feature of a) Ethane 5. p-chloroaniline and anilinium hydrochloride can be
aniline? b) Ammonia distinguished by which test? Answer: b
a) Colourless solid c) Ethyl acohol a) Sandmeyer reaction Explanation: Reaction of primary amines with aldehyde
b) Brown coloured solid d) Nitroethane b) NaHCO3 yields aldimines.
c) Colourless liquid View Answer c) AgNO3 R – CH2 – NH2 + O = CH – R → R – CH2 – N = CH – R + H2O
d) Brown coloured liquid d) Carbylamine test 1oamine aldehyde Aldimine
Answer: c View Answer
View Answer
Explanation: The action of nitrous acid on ethyl amine 9. When primary amines are treated with HCl, the product
Answer: c gives ethyl alcohol, along with nitrogen and water. Answer: b obtained is which of the following?
Explanation: Pure aniline is a colourless liquid, but the CH3CH2NH2 + HNO2 → CH3CH2OH + N2 + H2O Explanation: Anilinium hydrochloride is an acid salt and a) An alcohol
colour of aniline changes to dark brown on storage due to liberates CO2 from b) A cyanide
3. Indicate which nitrogen compound amongst the NaHCO3. But p-chloro aniline is basic not acidic it does not
atmospheric oxidation. c) An amide
following would undergo Hofmann’s reaction (i.e. reaction liberate CO2. p-chloro aniline does not contain ionic d) Ammonium salt
15. The correct order of basicity of amines in water is with Br2 and strong KOH) to furnish the primary amine. chlorine to it does not give white ppt with AgNO3. View Answer
which of the following?
a) (CH3)2NH > (CH3)3N > CH3NH2 6. Nitroso amines (R2N−N=O) are soluble in water. On Answer: d
a) heating them with concentrated H2SO4 they give
b) CH3NH2 > (CH3)2NH > (CH3)3N Explanation: When primary amines are treated with HCl,
c) (CH3)3N > (CH3)2NH > CH3NH2 secondary amines. What is this reaction called as? the product obtained is ammonium salt.
d) (CH3)3N > CH3NH2 > (CH3)2NH a) Perkin’s reaction CH3 – CH2 – NH2 + HCl → CH3CH2 – NH3+Cl–
View Answer b) b) Fittig’s reaction
c) Sandmeyer’s reaction 10. Primary amines can be distinguished from secondary
Answer: a d) Liebermann’s nitroso reaction and tertiary amines by reacting with which of the
Explanation: Basicity of amines increase with increase in c) View Answer following?
number of −CH3 groups (or any group which cause +I a) Chloroform and alcoholic KOH
 81

b) Methyl iodide 14. When an organic compound was treated with sodium 2. The amine which can react with C6H5−SO2−Cl to form a Answer: b
c) Chloroform alone nitrite and hydrochloric acid in the ice cold, nitrogen gas product insoluble in alkali shall be, is which of the Explanation: Reaction of aniline with benzaldehyde is a
d) Zinc dust was evolved copiously. What is the compound? following? condensation reaction. Aniline react by initially attacking
View Answer a) A nitrocompound a) Primary amine the carbonyl carbon, followed by hydrogen transfers to
b) A primary amine b) Secondary amine give an amine where the nitrogen is bonded to a carbon
Answer: a c) An aliphatic primary amine c) Tertiary amine that also contains a hydroxy group. Under acidic
Explanation: Primary amine reacts with CHCl3 and alc. KOH d) An aromatic primary amine d) Both primary and secondary amines conditions, the hydroxyl group is protonated, followed by
to form isocyanide while secondary and tertiary amines do View Answer View Answer loss of water to give the conjugate acid of the observed
not react. product(imine). The condensation step to give water is
Answer: c Answer: b acid catalyzed and is the rate-determining step of the
11. When chloroform reacts with ethyl amine in presence Explanation: When an aliphatic primary amine was treated Explanation: C6H5SO2Cl is called Hinsberg’s reagent they sequence.
of alcoholic KOH, the compound formed is which of the with sodium nitrite and hydrochloric acid in the ice cold, react with sec amine to form a product in soluble in
following? nitrogen gas was evolved. alkalies. This reaction used to separate primary, secondary 6. In the reaction, what is the compound C6H5N=CHC6H5is
a) Ethyl cyanide and tertiary amine from their mixture. known as?
b) Ethyl isocyanide 15. Primary amines react with nitrous acid to yield which C6H5CHO + C6H5NH2 → C6H5N=HCC6H5 + H2O
c) Formic acid of the following? 3. A mixture of benzene and aniline can be separated by a) Aldol
d) An amide a) Insoluble nitrite salts which of the following? b) Schiffs reagent
View Answer b) Yellow oily layer a) Hot water c) Schiffs base
c) Nitrogen gas b) dil. HCl d) Benedict reagent
Answer: b d) Azo dye c) dil. NaOH
Explanation: When chloroform reacts with ethyl amine in View Answer
View Answer d) Alcohol
presence of alcoholic KOH, the compound formed is ethyl View Answer Answer: c
isocyanide. 16. The reaction of HNO2 with ‘A’ gives quaternary Explanation: Aniline react by initially attacking the
ammonium salt. A is which of the following? Answer: b carbonyl carbon (benzaldehyde), followed by hydrogen
12. The compound which on reaction with aqueous nitrous a) Methyl amine Explanation: A mixture of benzene and aniline can be transfers to give an amine where the nitrogen is bonded to
acid on HNO2 at low temperature produces an oily b) Dimethyl amine separated by dil. HCl. The mixture is treated with dil. HCL. a carbon that also contains a hydroxy group. Under acidic
nitrosoamine is which of the following? c) Trimethyl amine Only aniline dissolves. It is then shaken with ether. conditions, the hydroxyl group is protonated, followed by
a) Diethylamine d) Aniline Nitrobenzene goes into ether layer. It is separated. loss of water to give the conjugate acid of the observed
b) Ethylamine View Answer product(imine). Hydrogen ion transfer then gives the Schiff
c) Aniline 4. An organic amino compound reacts with aqueous
d) Methylamine Answer: c nitrous acid at low temperature to produce an oily nitroso base product. The condensation step to give water is acid
catalyzed and is the rate-determining step of the
View Answer Explanation: The reaction of HNO2 with trimethyl amine amine. What is this compound?
sequence.
gives quaternary ammonium salt. a) CH3NH2
Answer: a R3N + HONO → R3N . HONO b) CH3CH2NH2
Explanation: The compound which on reaction with 7. Electrophilic substitution of aniline with bromine in
c) CH3CH2NH.CH2CH3 presence of gacial acetic acid gives which of the following?
aqueous nitrous acid on HNO2 at low temperature d) (CH3CH2)3
produces an oily nitrosoamine is diethylamine. a) 1, 4, 6-tribromo aniline
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES – 2 View Answer b) 2, 4, 6-tribromo aniline
(C2H5)2NH + (aq.)HONO → (C2H5)2N – N = O + H2O
c) 4-bromo aniline
Answer: b
13. Aniline on treatment with excess of bromine water 1. A primary amine can be converted to an alcohol by the d) 3-bromo aniline
Explanation: Secondary amines gives oily nitrosamine with
which of the following? action of which of the following? View Answer
nitrous acid.
a) Aniline bromide a) Alkali
b) Nitrous acid (CH3CH2)2NH + HONO → (CH3CH2)2N.NO + H2O Answer: c
b) o-bromoaniline
c) Reducing agent Explanation: In water,bromine is ionised up to greater
c) p-bromoaniline 5. Reaction of aniline with benzaldehyde is which type of
d) Oxidizing agent extent to form large number of bromonium ions.Hence
d) 2, 4, 6-tribromoaniline reaction?
View Answer Br+ ions attack on aniline from either side to form 2,4,6,-
View Answer a) Polymerisation
b) Condensation tribromoaniline. In order to obtain monobromo aniline,
Answer: d Answer: b reaction is carried out in presence of acetic acid. In glacial
c) Addition
Explanation: Aniline on treatment with excess of bromine Explanation: A primary amine can be converted to an acetic acid, bromine is ionised to lesser extent and hence
d) Substitution
water is a nucleophilic substitution reaction and will form alcohol by the action nitrous acid. relatively less number of bromonium ions are formed.Thus
View Answer
2, 4, 6-tribromoaniline. R – NH2 + HNO2 → R – OH + N2 + H2O interference of water is ceased.
 82

8. During acetylation of amines what is replaced by acetyl d) o-Bromoacetanilide position Answer: a

groups? View Answer c) In strong acidic medium, nitration of aniline is a Explanation: Aromatic primary amines cannot be prepared
a) Hydrogen atom attached to nitrogen atom nucleophic substitution reaction by this method because aryl halides do not undergo
b) One or more hydrogen atoms attached to carbon atom Answer: a d) In strong acidic medium aniline present as anilinium ion nucleophilic substitution with the anion formed by
c) One or more hydrogen atoms attached to nitrogen atom Explanation: p-Bromoaniline is formed. For the protection View Answer phthalimide.
d) Hydrogen atoms attached to either carbon atom or of p- position for bromination, reaction of aniline with
nitrogen atom acetic anhydride is done and followed by bromination of Answer: b 3. What are A and B in the given sequence, respectively?
View Answer the product (acetanilide). And then removal of protective Explanation: The reason for this is that, in acidic condition
group in p-bromoacetanilide is done by hydrolysis, and p- protonation of −NH2 group gives anilinium ion (+NH3),
Answer: c Bromoaniline is formed. which is of deactivating nature and of m-directive nature.
Explanation: During acetylation of amines One or more
hydrogen atoms attached to nitrogen atom are removed. 15. The reductive amination of an aldehyde (e.g. the
a) Aldehyde, nitro compound
reaction of propanal with ethylamine) can be carried out in
b) Nitro compound, phenyl amine
the laboratory using which of the following as a reducing
c) Phenyl amine, nitro compound
agent?
d) Phenthalene, phenyl amine
12. Aniline reacts with which of these to form Schiff base? a) NaBH3CN
View Answer
a) Acetic acid b) LiAlH4
9. Ethyl amine on acetylation gives which of the following?
b) Benzaldehyde c) BH3 Answer: b
a) N-ethyl acetamide
c) Acetone d) NaBH4 Explanation: Nitrobenzene is reduced to phenyl
b) Acetamide
d) NH3 View Answer ammonium(A) ions using a mixture of tin and
c) Methyl acetamide
View Answer concentrated hydrochloric acid. The phenylamine(B) is
d) Propyl acetamide Answer: a
formed together with a complicated mixture of tin
View Answer Answer: b Explanation: The reductive amination of an aldehyde (e.g.
compounds from reactions between the sodium hydroxide
Explanation: Aniline reacts with benzaldehyde and forms the reaction of propanal with ethylamine) can be carried
Answer: a solution and the complex tin ions formed.
Schiff’s base (benzal aniline) or anils. out in the laboratory by using NaBH3CN reagent.
Explanation: Ethyl amine on acetylation gives N-ethyl
4. Which reducing agent is used for the reduction of nitro
acetamide.
compound to phenyl amine?
CH3CH2NH2 + CH3COCl → CH3CH2NHCOCH3 + HCl
PREPARATION OF AROMATIC AMINES a) LiAlH4
13. Reaction of cyclohexanone with dimethylamine in the b) Sn/HCl
10. p-chloro aniline and anilinium hydrogen chloride can
presence of catalytic amount of an acid forms a compound 1. Aniline is usually purified by which of the following c) Na/alcohol
be distinguished by which of the following?
if water during the reaction is continuously removed. method? d) H2/Ni
a) Sandmaeyer reaction
What is the compound formed is generally known as? a) Steam distillation View Answer
b) Carbyl amine reaction
a) A Schiff’s base b) Simple distillation
c) Hinsberg’s reaction
b) An enamine c) Vacuum distillation Answer: b
d) AgNO3
c) An imine d) Extraction with a solvent Explanation: Aromatic amines were prepared in good
View Answer
d) An amine View Answer yields by a novel reduction of aromatic nitro compounds
Answer: d View Answer with tin metal in hydrochloric acid.
Explanation: Anilinium hydrogen chloride produces Answer: a
Answer: b Explanation: Aniline is usually purified by Steam
chloride ion which gives white precipitate with AgNO3. In
Explanation: Reaction of cyclohexanone with distillation. The separation is long, tedious and potentially
fact, anilium chloride is a part of aniline. 5. What is the known name of the reaction given below?
dimethylamine in the presence of catalytic amount of an dangerous – involving steam distillation, solvent extraction
11. Identify the product Z in the following reaction. acid forms a compound if water during the reaction is and a final distillation.
continuously removed. This compound is known as
enamine. 2. Which of the following method cannot be used for
preparation of aromatic amine?
14. Nitration of aniline also gives m-nitro aniline, in strong a) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis (where, X=Cl, Br, I, OTf; R2=Alkyl, aryl, H; R3=alkyl, aryl)
a) p-Bromoaniline acidic medium because of which of the following reasons? b) Reduction of nitro compound a) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis
b) p -Bromoacetophenone a) In electrophilic substitution reaction amino group is c) Reduction of nitrile with LiAl4 b) Buchwald-Hartwig Reaction
c) o-Bromoacetophenone meta directive d) Decarboxylation of amino acids c) Chan-Lam coupling
b) Inspite of substituents nitro group always goes to m- View Answer
 83

d) Ullmann reaction d) aqueous d) Esterification reaction

View Answer View Answer View Answer
BENZENE DIAZONIUM CHLORIDE – 1
Answer: b Answer: b Answer: c
Explanation: The Buchwald–Hartwig amination is a Explanation: Various anilines are prepared by treatment of 1. What is the general formula of Diazonium salt? Explanation: The aryl group can be coupled to another
chemical reaction used in organic chemistry for the functionalized aryl boronic acids with H2N-OSO3H (HSA) as a) RN2+X– using aryldiazonium salts. For example, treatment of
synthesis of carbon–nitrogen bonds via the palladium- a common, inexpensive source of electrophilic nitrogen, b) RN+ benzene diazonium chloride with benzene (an aromatic
catalyzed cross-coupling of amines with aryl halides. under basic aqueous conditions. c) RXI compound) in the presence of sodium hydroxide gives
d) RN2+HSO–2 diphenyl. This reaction is known as the Gomberg–
6. What is the known name of the reaction given below? View Answer Bachmann reaction.
Answer: a 5. What is the known name of the given reaction?
9. What will be the product for the following reaction? Explanation: Diazonium compounds or diazonium salts are [C6H5N+2]BF−4 → C6H5F + BF3 + N2
a) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis a group of organic compounds sharing a common a) Gattermanns reaction
b) Buchwald-Hartwig Reaction functional group R−N2+X– where R can be any organic b) Sandmeyers reaction
c) Chan-Lam coupling group, such as an alkyl or an aryl, and X is an inorganic or c) Dehydrogenation reaction
d) Ullmann reaction organic anion, such as a halogen. d) Balz-Schiemann reaction
View Answer View Answer
a) secondary aliphatic amine 2. What is the known name of the given reaction?
Answer: d b) primary aromatic amine C6H5N+2 + CuCl → C6H5Cl + N2 + Cu+ Answer: d
Explanation: The Ullmann reaction or Ullmann coupling is c) tertiary aromatic amine a) Gattermanns reaction Explanation: Fluorobenzene is produced by thermal
a coupling reaction between aryl halides and copper and d) secondary aromatic amine b) Sandmeyers reaction decomposition of benzene diazonium fluoroborate. The
substituted ammonia to form aromatic amines. The View Answer c) Dehydrogenation reaction conversion is called the Balz-Schiemann reaction.
traditional version of the Ullmann reaction requires harsh d) Esterification reaction
Answer: c View Answer 6. What is the known name of the given reaction?
reaction conditions, and the reaction has a reputation for
Explanation: this reaction is N- arylation of acyclic [C6H5N+2]Cl− + ArCH=CHCO2H → ArC=C−C6H5 + N2 + CO2 +
erratic yields.
secondary amine, in which CuI and DMPAO are catalyst. Answer: b HCl
7. What is the known name of the reaction given below? Explanation: Benzene diazonium chloride heated with a) Gattermanns reaction
cuprous chloride or cuprous bromide respectively b) Sandmeyers reaction
dissolved in HCl or HBr yield chlorobenzene or c) Meerwein reaction
Bromobenzene, respectively. d) Balz-Schiemann reaction
a) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis
3. What is the known name of the given reaction? View Answer
b) Buchwald-Hartwig Reaction
c) Chan-Lam coupling 10. In the direct amination of alkyl and aryl pinacol C6H5N+2 + CuX → C6H5X + N2 + Cu+ Answer: a
d) Ullmann reaction boronates to form aromatic amine, which of the following a) Gattermanns reaction Explanation: Benzenediazonium chloride reacts with
View Answer is used as reagent with pinacol? b) Sandmeyers reaction compounds containing activated double bonds to
a) Aryl boric acid c) Dehydrogenation reaction produces phenylated products. The reaction is called the
Answer: c b) Copper oxide d) Esterification reaction Meerwein arylation.
Explanation: This reaction allows aryl carbon-heteroatom c) Pd(OAc)2 View Answer
bond formation via an oxidative coupling of boronic acids, d) Lithiated methoxyamine 7. Benzene diazonium chloride when reacts with
stannanes or siloxanes with N-H containing compounds in View Answer Answer: a hypophosphorus acid produces which of the following
air. The reaction is induced by a stoichiometric amount of Explanation: In the Gatterman reaction, benzene compound?
copper(II) or a catalytic amount of copper catalyst which is Answer: d diazonium chloride is warmed with copper powder and a) Benzene
reoxidized by atmospheric oxygen or another primary Explanation: The direct amination of alkyl and aryl pinacol HCl or HBr to produce chlorobenzene and bromobenzene b) Phenyl phosphate
oxidant. boronates with lithiated methoxyamine provides aliphatic respectively. c) Phenol
and aromatic amines, stereospecifically, and without d) Phenyl isocyanide
8. Which type medium is required for the formation of 4. What is the known name of the given reaction?
preactivation of the boronate substrate. View Answer
aniline by reaction of aryl boric acid and HAS? [C6H5N+2]Cl− + C6H6 → C6H5−C6H5 + N2 + HCl
a) Acidic a) Gattermanns reaction Answer: a
b) Basic aqueous b) Sandmeyers reaction Explanation: Arene diazonium cations are reduced by
c) Neutral dry c) Gomberg–Bachmann reaction
 84

hypophosphorous acid or sodium stannite gives benzene: BENZENE DIAZONIUM CHLORIDE – 2 b) Benzophenol
[C6H5N+2]Cl− + H3PO2 + H2O → C6H6 + N2 + H3PO3 + HCl c) Resorcinol
1. Replacement of diazo group by other groups is helpful in d) Methanol
8. p-amino azo benzene is obtained by treating diazonium preparing those substituted aromatic compounds which View Answer
chloride with which of the following compound? cannot be prepared which type of reaction?
a) Benzene a) Direct elimination Answer: c a) C6H5CH2NH2
b) Aniline b) Addition reaction Explanation: Benzene diazonium chloride forms orange b) C6H5NHCH2CH3
c) Phenol c) Direct substitution red dye with resorcinol, Reaction of benzene diazonium c) C6H5NHOH
d) Benzoic acid d) Replacement reaction chloride with resocinol in basic medium is a coupling d) C6H5CH2OH
View Answer View Answer reaction,in which p-hydroxyazobenzene is obtained .Which View Answer
is nothing but orange dye.
Answer: b Answer: c Answer: d
Explanation: p-amino azo benzene is obtained by treating Explanation: Replacement of diazo group by other groups 5. Which of the following is compound A for following Explanation: First of all, diazonium will be formed and then
diazonium chloride with aniline. The reactions are is helpful in preparing those substituted aromatic sequence of reaction gave benzoic acid benzoic acid? it will show Sandmeyer reaction with CuCN and then
specifically acid catalyzed and involve pre‐equilibrium compounds which cannot be prepared by direct reduction of cyanide and oxidation to benzyl alcohol.
formation of amine and diazonium salt followed by substitution.
rate‐limiting attack of the diazonium ion at a C‐atom
(C‐coupling) to give the corresponding aminoazo 2. What happens when benzene diazonium chloride is
compounds. treated with potassium cyanide in presence of Cu powder? a) Nitrobenzene
a) Benzophenone b) Aniline 8. Azo dye is prepared by the coupling of phenol and which
9. When hypophosphorous acid is treated with diazonium b) Methyl isocyanide c) Benzaldehyde of the following compound?
salts, it is reduced to which of the following compound? c) Acetonitrile d) Amides a) Diazonium chloride
a) Arene d) Benzonitrile View Answer b) o-nitro aniline
b) Methane View Answer c) Benzoic acid
c) Ethyl alcohol Answer: b
d) Chlorobenzene
d) Amines Answer: d Explanation: In the following sequence reaction between
View Answer
View Answer Explanation: By treating diazonium salts with cuprous aniline and NaNO2/HCl will form diazonium salt and with
cyanide or KCN and copper powder it forms aryl nitrile. KCN it will form cyanide and at last carboxylic acid will be Answer: a
Answer: a Illustrative is the preparation of benzonitrile using the formed. Explanation: The most widely practiced reaction of
Explanation: When hypophosphorous acid is treated with reagent cuprous cyanide: C6H5N+2 + CuCN → C6H5CN + Cu+ diazonium salts is azo coupling. In this process, the
diazonium salts it is reduced to arene. Arene diazonium + N2. 6. In the series of reaction, what are X and Y are
diazonium compound is attacked by, i.e., coupled to,
cations are reduced by hypophosphorous acid or sodium respectively?
electron-rich substrates. When the coupling partners are
stannite gives benzene: 3. By treating diazonium salts with cuprous cyanide or KCN
arenes such as anilines and phenols, the process is an
[C6H5N+2]Cl− + H3PO2 + H2O → C6H6 + N2 + H3PO3 + HCl. and copper powder it forms which of the following
example of electrophilic aromatic substitution.
compound? a) C6H5−N=N−C6H5, C6H5N+2Cl–
10. Which of the following amine will form stable a) Citric acid b) C6H5N+2Cl–, C6H5−N=N−C6H5 9. Identify the product in following order when 3,4,5-
diazonium salt at 273-283 K? b) Benzoic acid c) C6H5N+2Cl–, C6H5NO2 Tribromoaniline undergoes diazotisation followed by
a) C6H5NH2 c) Aryl nitrile d) C6H5NO2, C6H6 attack of H3PO2?
b) C6H5N(CH3)2 d) Oxalic acid View Answer a) 3, 4,5-Tribromobenzene
c) C2H5NH2 View Answer b) 1, 2, 3-Tribromobenzene
d) C6H5CH2NH2 Answer: c
c) 2, 4, 6-Tribromobenzene
View Answer Answer: c Explanation: In the following sequence reaction between
Explanation: By treating diazonium salts with cuprous d) 3, 4, 5-Tribromo nitro benzene
aniline and NaNO2/HCl will form diazonium salt and with
View Answer
Answer: a cyanide or KCN and copper powder it forms aryl nitrile. HNO2 nitrobenzene will be formed.
Explanation: Diazonium salts are prepared by treatment of The cyano group usually cannot be introduced by Answer: a
aromatic amines i.e. aniline (C6H5NH2) with nitrous acid nucleophilic substitution of haloarenes, but such Explanation: When 3,4,5-Tribromoaniline undergoes
and additional acid. Usually the nitrous acid is generated in compounds can be easily prepared from diazonium salts. diazotisation followed by attack of H3PO2, 1, 2, 3-
7. Aniline in a set of reactions yielded a product D. The
situ (in the same flask) from sodium nitrite and the excess
4. Benzene diazonium chloride forms orange red dye with structure of product D would be
mineral acid.
which of the following compound?
a) Nitrophenol
 85

Tribromobenzene is formed. nitrite (NaNO3) replaces an alkyl halide. In the so-called Ter hydroxide ions act as a strong nucleophile and replace the a) 1) HNO3/H2SO4, 2) CH3CH2CH2Cl/AlCl3
Meer reaction (1876) named after Edmund ter Meer. halogen atom in an alkyl halide. b) 1) CH3CH2CH2Cl/AlCl3, 2) HNO3/H2SO4
c) 1) CH3CH2COCl/AlCl3, 2) HNO3/H2SO4, 3) H2NNH2/NaOH
3. In Ter Meer reaction, a method of preparation of nitro 6. Which of the following is not a natural occurring nitro d) 1) HNO3/H2SO4, 2) CH3CH2COCl/AlCl3, 3) H2NNH2/NaOH
compound, which of the following used as reagent? compound? View Answer
a) HNO2 a) Chloramphenicol
b) HNO3 b) 2-Nitrophenol Answer: d
10. When diazonium salt solution is treated with KI, it c) NaNO2 c) 3-Nitropropionic acid Explanation: Friedel-Crafts reactions are not usually
forms which of the following compound?
d) RX (alkyl halide) d) nitrobenzene successful with strongly deactivated arenes such as
a) Bromobenzene View Answer View Answer nitrobenzene, and that linear alkyl groups longer than
b) Iodobenzene ethyl easily rearrange to secondary alkyls during the
c) Phenol Answer: c Answer: d Friedel-Crafts alkylation.
d) Acid Explanation: In Ter Meer reaction, which is a nucleophilic Explanation: No information about the natural occurrence
View Answer aliphatic substitution, sodium nitrite (NaNO2) is used as of nitrobenzene was found in the readily-available 9. Nitration of furan using acetyl nitrate also leads to a 2,5-
reactant which replaces an alkyl halide. literature. Chloramphenicol is a rare example of a naturally addition product. How can this competing process be
Answer: b
occurring nitro compound. At least some naturally suppressed?
Explanation: Iodine is not easily introduced into the 4. What will be the product if 1,1-halonitroalkane occurring nitro groups arose by the oxidation of amino a) By using concentrated nitric and sulfuric acids instead of
benzene ring directly. However, it can be introduced by undergoes nucleophilic aliphatic substitution reaction in groups. 2-Nitrophenol is an aggregation pheromone of acetyl nitrate
treating aryldiazonium cations with potassium iodide: presence of ethanol? ticks. 3-Nitropropionic acid found in fungi and plants. b) By carrying out the reaction at higher temperatures
C6H5N+2 + KI → C6H5I + K+ + N2. a) 1,1-dinitro dimer c) By carrying out the nitration in the presence of pyridine
b) 1,2-dinitro dimer 7. Which gives a meta-nitro compound as the main d) By using nitric acid instead of acetyl nitrate
c) 1.-nitro compound product upon nitration with a nitric acid-sulfuric acid View Answer
PREPARATION OF NITRO COMPOUNDS d) 2-nitrocompound mixture?
View Answer Answer: c
1. Which of the following is used as a reactant for the Explanation: 2-Nitrofuran may be nitrated with 70% nitric
nitration of benzene to form nitrobenzene? Answer: a a) acid and then affords 2,5-dinitrofuran (67%) and 2,4-
a) HNO2 Explanation: 1,1-dinitro dimer along with sodium chloride dinitrofuran (5%). The acetyl nitrate method usually
b) HNO3 will be the products if 1,1-halonitroalkane undergoes proceeds by an addition–elimination mechanism and in
c) Mixture of HNO2 AND HNO3 nucleophilic aliphatic substitution reaction in presence of certain cases the addition products may be isolated and
b)
d) Mixture of HNO2 and H2SO4 ethanol. require treatment with a base such as pyridine to effect
View Answer elimination of acetic acid.

Answer: c c) 10. Predict the major product of the following reaction.

Explanation: Nitration is achieved using a mixture of nitric
acid and sulfuric acid, which produce the nitronium ion 5. What will be the product if 1,1-halonitroalkane
(NO2+), which the electrophile. undergoes nucleophilic aliphatic substitution reaction in d)
presence of potassiam hydroxide? View Answer
2. What is the name of the following reaction?
a) 1,1-dinitro dimer
a) o-nitrobenzaldehyde and p-nitrobenzaldehyde
b) 1,2-dinitro dimer Answer: c
b) m-nitrobenzaldehyde
c) 1.-nitro compound Explanation: This activation or deactivation of the benzene
c) o-formylbenzenesulfonic acid and p-
d) 2-nitrocompound ring toward electrophilic substitution may be correlated
a) Ter meer reaction formylbenzenesulfonic acid
View Answer with the electron donating or electron withdrawing
b) Riemer tiemann reaction d) m-formylbenzenesulfonic acid
influence of the substituents, as measured by molecular
c) Perkin condensation Answer: b View Answer
dipole moments. Methoxy group(-OCH3) is an electron
d) Ullmann reaction Explanation: 1,1-dinitro dimer along with sodium chloride donating substituent, which activates the benzene ring Answer: b
View Answer will be the products if 1,1-halonitroalkane undergoes toward electrophilic attack and direct substitution to the Explanation: This activation or deactivation of the benzene
nucleophilic aliphatic substitution reaction in presence of meta location.
Answer: a ring toward electrophilic substitution may be correlated
potassium hydroxide. Aqueous KOHKOH is alkaline in
Explanation: In nucleophilic aliphatic substitution, sodium with the electron donating or electron withdrawing
nature i.e. it dissociates to produce a hydroxide ion. These 8. Which combination of reagents used in the indicated
influence of the substituents, as measured by molecular
order with benzene will give m-nitropropylbenzene?
 86

dipole moments. CHO- group is a deactivating substituent, used for enamine synthesis due to the preferential TiCl4 into the reaction mixture (to act as a water a) Condensation reaction
and direct substitution to the meta location. formation of the more thermodynamically stable imine scavenger). This is an example of an aldehyde reacting b) Alkylation reaction
species. with a secondary amine to form an enamine via a c) Rearrangement reaction
carbinolamine intermediate. d) Redox reaction
4. Enamine shows which type of behavior? View Answer
ENAMINES a) Basic 7. What is the name of the compound A in the given
1. What is the name of the given compound? b) Electrophilic and acidic reaction of enamine? Answer: b
c) Nucleophilic and basic Explanation: This reaction is an alkylation reaction, in
d) Nucleophilic which, the enamine nucleophile can attack haloalkanes to
View Answer form the alkylated iminium salt intermediate which then
hydrolyzes to regenerate a ketone. This reaction was
Answer: c pioneered by Gilbert Stork, and is sometimes referred to
a) Amine Explanation: Enamines are both good nucleophiles and by the name of its inventor.
b) Imine good bases. Their behaviour as carbon-based nucleophiles a) Imine salt
c) Enamine are explained with reference to the following resonance b) Amine 10. Which cyclic ketone enamine is most reactive?
d) Amide c) Carbinoamine a) Five membered
View Answer d) Amide b) Six membered
View Answer c) Seven membered
Answer: c structures.
d) Eight membered
Explanation: An enamine is an unsaturated compound Answer: a View Answer
5. What is the type of the following reaction?
derived by the condensation of an aldehyde or ketone Explanation: The enamine nucleophile can attack
with a secondary amine. Enamines are versatile haloalkanes to form the alkylated iminium salt Answer: a
intermediates. intermediate which then hydrolyzes to regenerate a Explanation: Cyclic ketone enamines follow a reactivity
a) Condensation reaction ketone (a starting material in enamine synthesis). trend where the five membered ring is the most reactive
2. The phenomenon or process by which imine are b) Acylation reaction due to its maximally planar conformation at the nitrogen.
converted into enamine is which of the following? c) Rearrangement reaction 8. What is the name of the compound formed when
a) Imination d) Redox reaction alkylation of enamine is followed by hydrolysis?
b) Enamination View Answer a) Carboxylic acid
c) Amination STEREOCHEMISTRY
b) Ketone
d) Tautomerism Answer: a c) Amide 1. Compounds which have different arrangements of
View Answer Explanation: An enamine is an unsaturated compound d) ester atoms in space while having same atoms bonded to each
derived by the condensation of an aldehyde or ketone View Answer
Answer: d other are said to have
with a secondary amine.
Explanation: The enamine-imine tautomerism may be a) position isomerism
Answer: b
considered analogous to the keto-enol tautomerism. In 6. What is the name of the compound A in the given b) functional group isomerism
Explanation: The enamine nucleophile can attack
both cases, a hydrogen atom switches its location between reaction of formation of enamine? c) chain isomerism
haloalkanes to form the alkylated iminium salt
the heteroatom (oxygen or nitrogen) and the second d) stereoisomerism
intermediate which then hydrolyzes to regenerate a
carbon atom. View Answer
ketone.

3. Which of the following is not true about enamines? Answer: d

a) Enamine are derived by the condensation of an Explanation: Stereoisomer his contrasts with structural
aldehyde or ketone with a primary amine isomers, which share the same molecular formula, but the
a) Imine bond connections or their order differs. By definition,
b) Enamines are versatile intermediates b) Amine
c) Enamines are considered to be nitrogen analogs of enols molecules that are stereoisomers of each other represent
c) Carbinoamine the same structural isomer.
d) They are tautomeric form of imine 9. What is the name of the following reaction of enamine?
d) Amide
View Answer View Answer 2. Which of the following can make difference in optical
Answer: a isomers?
Answer: c a) heat
Explanation: An enamine is an unsaturated compound
Explanation: Methyl ketone self-condensation is a side- b) temperature
derived by the condensation of an aldehyde or ketone reaction which can be avoided through the addition of
with a secondary amine. Primary amines are usually not c) polarized light
 87

d) pressure
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: An optically active substance is one which can
rotate the plane of polarisation of plane polarised light. if
you shine a beam of polarised monochromatic light (light
of only a single frequency – in other words a single colour)
through a solution of an optically active substance, when
the light emerges, its plane of polarisation is found to have
rotated.
3. Which of the following Fischer projections is different
from the other three?
a) They are equatorial to one another shown below: structural isomers, then they could be separated by
b) They are axial to one another
c) They are cis to one another
d) They are trans to one another
View Answer
physical means.
Answer: d
Explanation: Axial and equatorial are terms that describe .
the orientation of a single group with respect to a chair
8. What is the molecular formula for the alkane of smallest 10. Which of the following statements can be deduced
and can therefore be ruled out. The bromine and chlorine
molecular weight which possesses a stereogenic center? about the stereochemistry of this compound?
are both oriented downward, on the same side of the
a) C4H10
chair. By definition, they are cis to one another.
b) C5H12
6. What is the stereochemical relationship between the c) C6H14
following two molecules? d) C7H16
View Answer

Answer: d a) This compound is optically active because it has

Explanation: See as the compounds who shows optical stereogenic centers that create cis-trans isomers
a) 1 isomerism have a chiral carbon so an unsymmetrical b) This compound is optically active because the
b) 2 alkane can show the optical isomerism. 6 carbon and 8 compound contains a center, plane, or axis of chirality
c) 3 a) Geometrical isomers carbon alkane is not the answer. So, the smallest alkane is c) This compound is not optically active since there are no
d) 4 b) Enantiomers 7 carbon alkane is 3 methyl hexane which have 3rd carbon stereogenic centers
View Answer c) Diastereomers as chiral carbon. d) This compound is not optically active because of its
d) Identical symmetry
4. Which of the following terms best describes the 9. Which of the following statements most accurately
View Answer View Answer
following pair of molecules? describes the stereochemistry between the various
Answer: d cyclohexanes? Answer: a
Explanation: Both molecules have the same molecular a) Cis-1,2-dichlorocyclohexane and trans-1,2- Explanation: In identifying stereogenic centers, any
a) Isomers formula (C9H16BrCl) and the same connectivity. Each dichlorocyclohexane rotate plane-polarized light in quaternary or tertiary carbons would be a good place to
b) Constitutional isomers molecule also has three stereocenters, marked above with opposite directions, and together in equal proportions look. There are no quaternary carbons, and all the tertiary
c) Configurational isomers an asterisk, and does not contain a plane of symmetry. form a racemic mixture carbons are part of a benzene ring structure.
d) Geometrical isomers Therefore, both molecules are chiral. Using one of the b) The diaxial and diequatorial forms of trans-1,3-
View Answer methods outlined in this tutorial, it can be determined that dichlorohexane can be separated by their differing
these molecules are superimposable. Therefore, the physical properties
STEREOISOMERS
Answer: d molecules are identical. c) Only cis-1,4-dichlorocyclohexane is achiral due to a
Explanation: These molecules have the same molecular plane of symmetry, and cis-1,4-dichlorocyclohexane is 1. What is the complete IUPAC name of the following
formula (C7H14), making them isomers. However, the 7. Which of the following is an alkane which can exhibit diastereomeric to trans-1,4-dichlorocyclohexane substance?
molecules differ in their spatial orientations due to a optical activity? d) The conformational isomers of trans-1,2-
double bond. Therefore, the molecules can best be a) Neopentane dichlorocyclohexane are enantiomers, which are not
described as geometric isomers. b) Isopentane interconvertible, but resolvable
c) 3–Methylpentane View Answer
5. What is the relationship between the two groups in the d) 3–Methylhexane
following molecules? View Answer Answer: d
a) (1S,3S)-1-methylcyclopentane-1,3-diol
Explanation: In the below given diagram of trans-1,3-
b) (1R,3R)-1-methylcyclopentane-1,3-diol
Answer: d dichlorohexane the chlorines cannot be positioned diaxial
c) (1S,3R)-1-methylcyclopentane-1,3-diol
Explanation: 3-Methyl pentane shows optical activity as or diequatorial but can only be axial and equatorial or vice
d) (1R,3S)-1-methylcyclopentane-1,3-diol
versa. Additionally, if they were diastereomers or
View Answer
 88

Answer: d Answer: a kits are often useful). Another way to determine which of d) 5
Explanation: The IUPAC name will be (1R,3S)-1- Explanation: 2,3-Butanediol has two chirality centers but these structures are identical is to determine the View Answer
methylcyclopentane-1,3-diol, where 1 position shows R the sets of four substituents on each chirality center are configuration of each chirality center. In this case, for each
and 3 position shows S. identical. Each chirality center can have either an S or R chirality center the priority of the substituents is -Cl >; - Answer: a
configuration. The (2R,3R) and (2S,3S) compounds are CHClCH3 >; -CH3 >; -H. For example, the configurations of Explanation: 3 structural isomers, but if you are
2. How many stereoisomers are there for the following enantiomers of one another, but the structures drawn as the chirality centers of compound 1 are both S. However, 1 considering chirality/diastereomers, there are two chiral
structure? (2R,3S) and (2S,3R) compounds are identical (this is the and 3 are not identical. carbons, so the maximum number of stereoisomers is
achiral meso compound), so there are only three different 22=4, from which cis-1,2-dichlorocyclopentane and cis-1,3-
stereoisomers. For a compound with n chirality centers 7. Which of the following compounds can exhibit dichlorocyclopentane will have same structure in their
there is the possibility of a maximum of 2n stereoisomers. geometrical isomerism? individual 4 isomers as shown below, so total isomers will
However, if the sets of four substituents on each chirality a) 1-Hexene be 7.
center are identical there will be fewer than 2n b) 2-Methyl-2-Pentene
a) 1 c) 3-methyl-1-pentene
stereoisomers.
b) 2 d) 2-Hexene
c) 3 5. What is the complete IUPAC name of the following View Answer
d) 4 stereoisomer?
View Answer Answer: d
Explanation: There are several isomers of hexene,
Answer: c depending on the position and geometry of the double
Explanation: In the case of 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid, bond in the chain. One of the most common industrially
known as tartaric acid, the two chiral centers have the useful isomers is 1-hexene an alpha-olefin.
same four substituents and are equivalent. As a result, two POLARIMETER
a) (1S)-2-ethyl-3,3-dimethylcyclopentane
of the four possible stereoisomers of this compound are 8. How many number of stereoisomers possible for 2, 3-
b) (1R)-2-ethyl-3,3-dimethylcyclopentane 1. What does a polarimeter measure?
identical due to a plane of symmetry, so there are only pentanediol?
c) (1S)-1-ethyl-,3,3-diimethylcyclopentane a) Polarity of the substance
three stereoisomeric tartaric acids. a) 3
d) (1S)-3-ethyl-1,1-diimethylcyclopentane b) Angle of rotation of an optical active compound
b) 4
3. How many stereoisomers of 3-bromo-2-butanol, View Answer c) Concentration of the substance
c) 5
CH3CH(OH)CHBrCH3, exist? d) 6 d) pH of the substance
Answer: c
a) 3 View Answer View Answer
Explanation: The IUPAC name will be (1S)-1-ethyl-,3,3-
b) 1
diimethylcyclopentane, where at 1 position it is S. Answer: b
c) 2 Answer: b
Explanation: 2, 3-pentanediol contains two chiral atoms. Explanation: A polarimeter is a scientific instrument used
d) 4 6. Which of the following structures represent the same
So, the number of possible stereoisomers is 4 (22). to measure the angle of rotation caused by passing
View Answer stereoisomer?
polarized light through an optically active substance.
Answer: d 9. How many chiral stereoisomers can be drawn for
CH3CHFCHFCH(CH3)2? 2. A solution of 0.1 g/mL of a pure R enantiomer in a 1.0
Explanation: 3-Bromo-2-butanol has two chirality centers
a) 4 dm (i.e., 10 cm) polarimeter rotates plane polarized light
with different sets of four substituents. Each chirality
b) 5 by +4.8°. What is the rotation observed on this solution in
center can have either an S or R configuration. For a
c) 6 a 2 dm polarimeter?
compound with n chirality centers there is the possibility
a) Only 1 and 2 d) 7 a) +2.4°
of a maximum of 2n stereoisomers. In this case there is
b) Only 2 and 3 View Answer b) +4.8°
more than one stereoisomer.
c) 1, 2 and 3 c) +19°
4. How many stereoisomers of 2,3-butanediol, d) Only 3 and 1 Answer: a d) +9.6°
CH3CH(OH)CH(OH)CH3, exist? View Answer Explanation: CH3CHFCHFCH(CH3)2 contains 2 chiral atoms. View Answer
a) 3 So, the number of possible stereoisomers is 4 (22).
Answer: b Answer: d
b) 4
Explanation: It is important that you can rotate around 10. What is the total number of isomers, stereoisomers Explanation: The specific optical rotation of a sample, *α+,
c) 1
carbon-carbon single bonds to make different included, designated by the dichlorocyclopentane? is calculated using the equation *α+ = α/cl, where α is the
d) 2
conformations, and to rotate molecules in three- a) 7 observed rotation, c is the concentration (in g/mL), and l is
View Answer
dimensions to compare their chirality chemistry (model b) 6 the pathlength (in dm). *α+ is a constant for a sample.
c) 4

3. Polarimeter works on the principle of which of the
following?
a) polarisation of light
b) change of the electrical conductivity of solution with
composition
c) change of angle of refraction with composition
d) change of electrical conductivity of solution with
temperature
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: If light encounters a polarizer, only the part of
the light that oscillates in the defined plane of the
polarizer may pass through. That plane is called the plane
of polarization. The plane of polarization is turned by
optically active compounds. According to the direction in
which the light is rotated, the enantiomer is referred to as
dextro-rotatory or levo-rotatory.
4. What is the effect of the I on the specific optical rotation
(α), if I gets double?
a) α gets double
b) α gets halved
c) α gets four times
d) α eight times
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Specific rotation, *α+, is a fundamental
property of chiral substances that is expressed as the angle
to which the material causes polarized light to rotate at a
particular temperature, wavelength, and concentration.
Doubling l will double the value of α.
5. If a solution of a compound (30.0 g/100 mL of solution)
has a measured rotation of +15° in a 2 dm tube, what is
the specific rotation?
a) +50°
b) +25°
c) +15°
d) +7.5°
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The specific optical rotation of a sample, *α+,
is calculated using the equation *α+ = α/cl, where α is the
observed rotation, c is the concentration (in g/mL), and l is
the pathlength (in dm). *α+ is a constant for a sample.
6. Which of the following groups has the highest priority
according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog sequence rules?
a) CH3
b) CH2Cl
c) CH2OH
d) CHO
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: R/S and E/Z descriptors are assigned by using
a system for ranking priority of the groups attached to
each stereocenter. This procedure, often known as the
sequence rules, is the heart of the CIP system. Compare
the atomic number (Z) of the atoms directly attached to
the stereocenter; the group having the atom of higher
atomic number receives higher priority.
7. What is the percent composition of a mixture of (S)-(+)-
2-butanol, α= +13.52°, and (R)-(-)-2-butanol, α = -13.52°,
with a specific rotation α = +6.76°?
a) 75%(R) 25%(S)
b) 25%(R) 75%(S)
c) 50%(R) 50%(S)
d) 67%(R) 33%(S)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The specific optical rotation of a sample, *α+,
is calculated using the equation *α+ = α/cl, where α is the
observed rotation, c is the concentration (in g/mL), and l is
the pathlength (in dm). *α+ is a constant for a sample.
8. What can be said with certainty if a compound has α= -
9.25°?
a) The compound has the (S) configuration
b) The compound has the (R) configuration
c) The compound is not a meso form
d) The compound possesses only one stereogenic center
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Compounds which rotate the plane of
polarization of plane polarized light counterclockwise are
said to be levorotary and correspond with negative values.
It is optically active substance.
9. Which of these is a comparatively insignificant factor
affecting the magnitude of specific optical rotation?
a) Concentration of the substance of interest
b) Purity of the sample
c) Temperature of the measurement
d) Length of the sample tube
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The specific rotation of a molecule is the
rotation in degrees observed upon passing polarized light
through a path length of 1 decimetre (dm) at a
concentration of 1 g/mL. Specific rotation is almost always
reported along with the temperature, wavelength of light
used, the solvent, and the concentration, since it is
sensitive to these factors as well.
10. What is the specific optical rotation of (S)-malic acid at
a concentration of 5.5 g/ mL in the solvent pyridine at 20°C
at a wavelength of 589 nm?
a) the specific rotation is –27°
b) the specific rotation is +27°
c) the specific rotation is –17°
d) the specific rotation is +17°
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The specific optical rotation of a sample, *α+,
is calculated using the equation given below, α (is the
measured rotation in degrees, l is the path length in
decimeters, and ρ (Greek letter “rho”) is the concentration
of the liquid in g/mL, for a sample at a temperature T
(given in degrees Celsius) and wavelength λ (in
nanometers).
ENANTIOMERISM
1. Which of the following is the definition for
enatiomerism?
a) A pair of stereoisomers each of which has two chirality
centres
b) A pair of stereoisomers that are not mirror images of
one another
c) A pair of stereoisomers that are non-superimposable
mirror images of one another
d) Any pair of stereoisomers
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The relationship between two stereoisomers
having molecules that are mirror images of each other;
89
enantiomers have identical chemical and physical
properties in an achiral environment but form different
products when reacted with other chiral molecules and
exhibit optical activity. A pair of stereoisomers that are
non-superimposable mirror images of one another are
enantiomers.
2. Which of the following statements is not true regarding
pairs of enantiomers?
a) They have identical boiling points
b) They rotate plane polarized light in opposite directions
c) They react at identical rates with chiral reagents
d) They have identical melting points
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: This statement is true. All (+) enantiomers are
levorotatory, corresponding to rotation of plane polarized
light in a clockwise direction.
3. Which of the following statements regarding optical
rotation is not true?
a) All R enantiomers are dextrorotatory
b) All (+) enantiomers are laevorotatory
c) All (-) enantiomers rotate plane polarized light in a
counter clockwise direction
d) (+) and (-) enantiomers rotate plane polarized light in
opposite directions
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: This statement is false. Pairs of enantiomers
react at different rates with chiral reagents.
4. How many enantiomers are there of the molecule
shown below?
a) 6
b) 2
c) 0
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Chiral centers are carbons that have four non-
identical substituents on them and are designated as
either of R stereochemistry or S stereochemistry. If a

molecule has one stereocenter of R configuration, then in
the mirror image of that molecule, the stereocenter would
be of S configuration, and vice-versa. And above
compound does not satisfy these conditions to show
enantiomerism.
5. Which of the following notations is not used to
distinguish between pairs of enantiomers?
a) R and S
b) E and Z
c) + and –
d) D and L
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: All four of these notations are used to
distinguish between isomers, but only three are used
specifically in the context of enantiomers. The fourth – E
and Z – is used to differentiate between geometric
isomers, not enantiomers.
6. Which among the following is true about
enantiomerism?
a) Assignments of R and S labels and (+) and (–) labels are
not connected
b) The labels R and S refer to different conformers
c) The labels (+) and (–) are used to distinguish
enantiomers
d) The specific rotation of enantiomers is equal and
opposite
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: R and S not refers to different conformers.
Chiral centers are carbons that have four non-identical
substituents on them and are designated as either of R
stereochemistry or S stereochemistry. If a molecule has
one stereocenter of R configuration, then in the mirror
image of that molecule, the stereocenter would be of S
configuration, and vice-versa.
7. Which of the following molecules does not possess
enantiomers?
a) CH3CH2CH2CHBrCH3
b) CH3CH2CBr2CH3
c) CH3CHBrCH2CH3
d) CHBr2CH2CHBrCH3
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: For being an enantiomer it is necessary that
carbon atom has four non-identical substituents around it,
making this carbon a chiral center, and as proof of its
chirality the molecule has a non-superimposable mirror
image. Molecules that are mirror images of each other is
enantiomers.
8. Which of the following is true of any (S)-enantiomerism?
a) It rotates plane-polarized light to the right
b) It rotates plane-polarized light to the left
c) It is a racemic form
d) It is the mirror image of the corresponding (R)-
enantiomer
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Stereocenters, (sometimes called chiral
centers) are carbons that have four non-identical
substituents on them and are designated as either of R
stereochemistry or S stereochemistry. If a molecule has
one stereocenter of R configuration, then in the mirror
image of that molecule, the stereocenter would be of S
configuration, and vice-versa.
9. Which of the following is not true of enantiomers? They
have the same:
a) boiling point
b) melting point
c) specific rotation
d) density
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Enantiomers have identical chemical and
physical properties in an achiral environment but form
different products when reacted with other chiral
molecules and exhibit optical activity. A pair of
stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images
of one another are enantiomers.
10. In the absence of specific data, it can only be said that
(R)–2–bromopentane is which of the following?
a) dextrorotatory (+)
b) levorotatory (–)
c) optically inactive
d) analogous in absolute configuration to (R)–2–
chloropentane
View Answer
90
Answer: d d) Only A
Explanation: In the absence of specific data, it can only be View Answer
said that (R)–2–bromopentane analogous in absolute
configuration to (R)–2–chloropentane. Answer: d
Explanation: Chiral molecules are non-superimposable on
their mirror images. A good way to determine whether a
molecule is chiral is to determine whether it has a plane of
CHIRALITY symmetry. A molecule with a plane of symmetry is achiral
1. Which statement about a chiral compound A is (not chiral). Molecule 1 does not have a plane of symmetry
so it is chiral. Molecules 2 and 3 both have planes of
incorrect?
a) A racemate contains equal amounts of (+)-A and (–)-A symmetry, so they are not chiral.
b) If A is resolved, it is separated into its enantiomers 4. Which symmetry element makes the given compound
c) (+)-A can also be labelled R-A, because (+) means the
achiral?
same as R
d) (+)-A and (–)-A will rotate polarized light equally but in
opposite directions
View Answer
Answer: c
a) Plane of symmetry (POS)
Explanation: Follow the direction of the remaining 3
b) Center of symmetry (COS)
priorities from highest to lowest priority (lowest to highest
c) Axis of symmetry (AOS)
number, 1<2<3). A clockwise direction is an R (rectus, Latin
d) Alternating axis of symmetry (AAOS)
for right) configuration. A dextrorotary compound is often
View Answer
prefixed “(+)-” or “d-“
Answer: a
2. Which of the following is the definition of chirality?
Explanation: In order for a molecule to be achiral, it must
a) The superimposability of an object on its mirror image
be superimposable on its mirror image. Molecules with a
b) A molecule with a mirror image
plane of symmetry or a center of symmetry meet this
c) The non-superimposability an object on its mirror image
criterion.
d) A molecule that has a carbon atom with four different
substituents 5. Which of the following compound(s) is/are chiral?
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Chirality is not restricted to molecules. While
it is common for the presence of a carbon atom in a
molecule with four different substituents to be the origin
of chirality of a compound, it is not a requirement for
a) Both A and B
chirality.
b) Only B
3. Which of the following compound(s) is/are chiral? c) Only A
d) Neither A nor B
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In order for a molecule to be chiral, it must
not be superimposable on its mirror image. Molecules
a) Only A and B
with a plane of symmetry or a center of symmetry do not
b) Only B
meet this criterion. Molecule A has a plane of symmetry
c) Only B and C
(shown above in fuchsia), molecule B has no symmetry.

6. The given compound is a chiral molecule.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In order for a molecule to be chiral, it must
not be superimposable on its mirror image. Molecules
with a plane of symmetry or a center of symmetry do not
meet this criterion. This molecule is having plane of
symmetry, it is an achiral molecule.
7. Which symmetry element makes the given compound
achiral?
a) Plane of symmetry (POS)
b) Center of symmetry (COS)
c) Axis of symmetry (AOS)
d) Alternating axis of symmetry (AAOS)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In order for a molecule to be achiral, it must
be superimposable on its mirror image. Molecules with a
center of symmetry meet this criterion.
8. The given compound is a chiral molecule.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In order for a molecule to be chiral, it must
not be superimposable on its mirror image. Molecules
with a plane of symmetry or a center of symmetry do not
meet this criterion. This molecule is not having any
symmetry element, it is a chiral molecule.
9. Which of the following compound(s) is/are achiral?
a) I
b) II
c) III
d) I and II
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In order for a molecule to be chiral, it must
not be superimposable on its mirror image. Molecules
with a plane of symmetry or a center of symmetry do not
meet this criterion. Molecule II and III are not having
symmetry element, they are chiral molecule. Molecule ‘I’
is having plane of symmetry, it is an achiral atom.
10. Which of the following compound(s) is/are chiral?
a) I
b) II
c) III
d) I and II
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In order for a molecule to be chiral, it must
not be superimposable on its mirror image. Molecules
with a plane of symmetry or a center of symmetry do not
meet this criterion. Molecule I and II are not having plane
of symmetry, they are chiral molecule. Molecule ‘III’ is
having plane of symmetry, it is an achiral atom.
ENANTIOMERS
1. Which of the following statements regarding
enantiomers not true?
a) All (+) enantiomers are levorotatory
b) All (-) enantiomers rotate plane polarized light in a
counterclockwise direction
91
c) (+) and (-) enantiomers rotate plane polarized light in Answer: d
opposite directions Explanation: Priorities are assigned to each of the four
d) All R enantiomers are dextrorotatory different groups attached to a given chiral center (one
View Answer through four, one being the group of highest priority). (It
should be understood that each chiral center has to be
Answer: d treated separately.) Orient the molecule so that the group
Explanation: This statement is true. (+) and (-) enantiomers of priority four (lowest priority) points away from the
rotate plane polarized light in opposite directions. observer. Draw a circular arrow from the group of first
priority to the group of second priority. If this circular
2. Which of the following is/are the S-enantiomer of
alanine? motion is counterclockwise, it is the S enantiomer.
5. Which of the following is the pair of enantiomer from
the following substance?
a) Only 1
b) Only 2
a) I and II
c) 1 and 3
b) II and III
d) 2 and 3
c) III and IV
View Answer
d) I and V
Answer: d View Answer
Explanation: 1 and 3 have an S configuration, but 2 has an
Answer: c
R configuration. The priority of the substituents on the
Explanation: Stereocenters, (sometimes called chiral
chirality center of alanine is: -NH2 > -COOH > -CH3 > -H.
centers) are carbons that have four non-identical
3. Would the following compound have an enantiomer? substituents on them and are designated as either of R
stereochemistry or S stereochemistry. If a molecule has
one stereocenter of R configuration, then in the mirror
image of that molecule, the stereocenter would be of S
configuration, and vice-versa.
a) True 6. Is the given pair of compound enantiomers?
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
a) True
Explanation: Yes, this compound has enantiomer because
b) False
of the steric bulk of the phenyl groups, the molecule
View Answer
would be held in place.
Answer: a
4. Which of the following is true of any (S)-enantiomer?
Explanation: Stereocenters, (sometimes called chiral
a) It rotates plane-polarized light to the right
centers) are carbons that have four non-identical
b) It rotates plane-polarized light to the left
substituents on them and are designated as either of R
c) It is a racemic form
stereochemistry or S stereochemistry. If a molecule has
d) It is the mirror image of the corresponding (R)-
one stereocenter of R configuration, then in the mirror
enantiomer
image of that molecule, the stereocenter would be of S
View Answer
configuration, and vice-versa.
 92

7. Which of the following is the enantiomer for the b) trans-1,3-Cyclohexanediol d) A pair of stereoisomers that are non-superimposable
following substance? c) cis-1,4-Cyclohexanediol mirror images of one another
d) trans-1,4-Cyclohexanediol View Answer
View Answer d)
Answer: c View Answer
Answer: b Explanation: Not all stereoisomers are diastereomers. For
Explanation: Trans-1,3-Cyclohexanediol exist as example, a pair of molecules which are non- Answer: a
a) enantiomer. (S,S)-cyclohexane-1,3-diol is shown below. superimposable mirror images of one another are Explanation: Both molecules are chiral. It can be
enantiomers, not diastereomers. determined that these molecules are non-superimposable
and are not mirror images. Therefore, the molecules are
2. What is the relationship between given compound? diastereomers.
b) 4. Which of the following can exist as diastereomers?
10. Which of the following is capable of existing as a pair a) Lactic acid
of enantiomers? b) 1-Butene
a) 2-methylpropane c) 2-Butene
c) a) Diastereomer
b) 2-methylpentane d) Ethane
b) Enantiomer
c) 3-methylpentane View Answer
c) Identical
d) 3-methylhexane
d) Don’t have any relation Answer: c
View Answer
d) View Answer Explanation: The two possible geometries of 2-butene are
View Answer Answer: d cis-2-butene and trans-2-butene; cis indicates that
Answer: a
Explanation: 3-methylhexane exists as a pair of substituents are arranged on the same side of the double
Answer: a Explanation: Both molecules have the same molecular
enantiomer. This carbon atom has four non-identical bond, while trans indicates opposite sides. These are
Explanation: Stereocenters, (sometimes called chiral formula (C9H17Cl) and the same connectivity. Each
substituents around it, making this carbon a chiral center, stereoisomers; the atoms are connected in the same way
centers) are carbons that have four non-identical molecule also has three stereocenters and does not
and as proof of its chirality the molecule has a non- but arranged differently in space.
substituents on them and are designated as either of R contain a plane of symmetry. Therefore, both molecules
superimposable mirror image. A fancy term used in
stereochemistry or S stereochemistry. If a molecule has are chiral. It can be determined that these molecules are
textbooks and in the literature to describe molecules that
one stereocenter of R configuration, then in the mirror non-superimposable and are not mirror images. Therefore,
are mirror images of each other is enantiomers, as in “the
image of that molecule, the stereocenter would be of S the molecules are diastereomers.
enantiomer of the left molecule above is the molecule on
configuration, and vice-versa.
the right, its mirror image.” 3. Which of the following is the diastereomer of the
8. Which of the following molecules exists as a pair of following compound? 5. Which structure(s) represent(s) diastereomer(s) of the
enantiomers? following compound?
a) 2-Bromopropane
b) 1-Bromo-3-methylbutane
c) 2-Cyclohexen-1-ol
d) cis-1,2-Dichlorocyclobutane
View Answer

Answer: c
a)
Explanation: 2-Cyclohexen-1-ol can exist as enantiomers as
shown below tis compound is called as (1R)-2-Cyclohexen- DIASTEREOMERS

1. Which of the following is the definition of a pair of a)

diastereomers? b)
a) A pair of stereoisomers each of which has two chirality
1-ol.
centers
9. Which of the following diols exists as a pair of b) Any pair of stereoisomers
enantiomers? c) A pair of stereoisomers that are not mirror images of c) b)
a) cis-1,3-Cyclohexanediol one another
 93

8. What is the relation between the given compound? tartaric acid. The amine also has to be chiral in order to 4. Which statement is not true for a meso compound?
make the diastereomeric salt, so quinoline which is achiral. a) The specific rotation is 0°
b) There are one or more planes of symmetry
c) A single molecule is identical to its mirror image
c) d) The stereochemical labels, (R) and (S), must be identical
MESO STRUCTURES
for each stereogenic center
1. Which of the following is the definition of a meso View Answer
a) diastereomers
compound?
b) constitutional isomers Answer: d
a) A molecule with chirality centers which is chiral
c) enantiomers Explanation: Statement stereochemical labels, (R) and (S),
d) b) A chiral compound with more than one chirality center
View Answer d) identical c) A diastereomer with no chirality centers must be identical for each stereogenic center is not true
View Answer about meso compounds, stereochemical labels, (R) and
d) A molecule with chirality centers which is not chiral
Answer: b View Answer (S), can or cannot be identical for each stereogenic center.
Answer: a
Explanation: It can be determined that these molecules
Explanation: It can be determined that these molecules 5. Which is a meso compound?
are non-superimposable and are not mirror images. Answer: d
Therefore, the molecules are diastereomers. are non-superimposable and are not mirror images. a) (2R,3R)-2,3-Dibromobutane
Explanation: Meso compounds are not chiral. Molecule
Therefore, the molecules are diastereomers. b) (2R,3S)-2,3-Dibromopentane
with chirality centers which is chiral are false. So, other
6. What is the relation between the given compound? statements are false. c) (2R,4R)-2,4-Dibromopentane
9. What is the relation between the given compound? d) (2R,4S)-2,4-Dibromopentane
2. A compound whose molecules are superimposable on View Answer
their mirror images even though they contain asymmetric
Answer: d
carbon atoms is called
a) A threo compound Explanation: (2R,4S)-Dibromopentane is superimposable
a) constitutional isomers on its mirror image, so it is achiral (i.e., not chiral). Achiral
b) A meso compound
b) enantiomers molecules which have chirality centers are called meso
c) A unsymmetric compound
c) diastereomers compounds. Meso compounds are possible if two (or
a) diastereomers d) An erythro compound
d) identical more) chirality centers in a molecule have the same set of
b) constitutional isomers View Answer
View Answer four substituents. Examination of molecular models might
c) enantiomers
d) identical Answer: b help you when examining stereoisomers.
Answer: c
View Answer Explanation: Meso compounds are possible if two (or
Explanation: It can be determined that these molecules 6. Which of the following is a mesocompound?
more) chirality centers in a molecule have the same set of
are non-superimposable and are not mirror images.
Answer: a four substituents. Examination of molecular models might
Therefore, the molecules are diastereomers.
Explanation: It can be determined that these molecules help you when examining stereoisomers.
7. What is the relation between the given compound? are non-superimposable and are not mirror images.
Therefore, the molecules are diastereomers. 3. Which of the following compounds is a meso
compound?
a) I
10. Which of the following compounds would be suitable a) (2R,3R)-dibromobutane
b) II
for preparing the necessary diastereomeric salts in b) (2R,3S)-dibromobutane
c) III
preparation of Naproxen? c) (2R,3S)-3-bromo-2-butanol
a) constitutional isomers d) IV
a) Quinoline d) (2R,3R)-3-bromo-2-butanol
b) enantiomers View Answer
b) Tartaric acid View Answer
c) diastereomers c) Malic acid Answer: a
d) identical d) Cinchonidine Answer: b
Explanation: Compound I is superimposable on its mirror
View Answer View Answer Explanation: (2R,3S)-Dibromobutane is superimposable on
image, so it is achiral. Achiral molecules which have
its mirror image, so it is achiral (i.e., not chiral). Achiral
Answer: c chirality centers are called meso compounds. Meso
Answer: d molecules which have chirality centers are called meso
Explanation: It can be determined that these molecules compounds are possible if two (or more) chirality centers
Explanation: The correct answer is cinchonidine. Because compounds. Meso compounds are possible if two (or
are non-superimposable and are not mirror images. in a molecule have the same set of four substituents.
naproxen contains a carboxylic acid, it will be necessary to more) chirality centers in a molecule have the same set of
Therefore, the molecules are diastereomers. Examination of molecular models might help you when
use an amine to form a salt. This rules out malic acid and four substituents. Examination of molecular models might
examining stereoisomers.
help you when examining stereoisomers.
 94

7. The given compound is meso compound. more) chirality centers in a molecule have the same set of angle. Thus, cycle gains stability. That is why 5-membered Answer: a
four substituents. Examination of molecular models might rings are less stable than 6-membered. Explanation: Pyrrole is more reactive than furan and
help you when examining stereoisomers. thiophene in electrophilic reactions. Therefore; pyrrole is
2. Which of the following is a not a five membered ring? more prone to electrophilic substitution than furan. The
10. Which is the meso isomer of butane-1,2,3,4-tetraol? a) Pyridine nitrogen atom in pyrrole can conjugate with the π-
a) True b) Pyrrole electrons on the ring, so the density of the π-electrons on
b) False c) Furan the ring will increase.
View Answer d) Thiophene
a)
View Answer 6. What is the product when thiophene reacts with Br2 in
Answer: a
benzene?
Explanation: The given compound is superimposable on its Answer: a a) 2-bromothiophene
mirror image, so it is achiral. Achiral molecules which have b) Explanation: Pyridine is a basic five membered heterocyclic b) 3-bromothiophene
chirality centers are called meso compounds. Meso organic compound with the chemical formula C5H5N. It is c) 2,5-dibromothiophene
compounds are possible if two (or more) chirality centers structurally related to benzene, with on (=CH–) group d) 3,4-dibromothiophene
in a molecule have the same set of four substituents. c) replaced by a nitrogen atom. View Answer
Examination of molecular models might help you when
examining stereoisomers. 3. Which of the following five membered rings is most Answer: c
resonance stabilized? Explanation: This is electrophilic substitution reaction,
8. Which of the following is(are) not meso compound(s)? d) a) Furan bromination of thiophene in presence of benzene leads to
View Answer b) Thiophene formation of 2,5-dibromothiophene.
c) Pyrrole
Answer: b
d) Pyridine
Explanation: If we redraw each structure with the OH
View Answer
groups (for example) on C2 and C3 eclipsed, or re-write
the structures as Fischer projections, then we can see Answer: b
a) II 7. What is the product when pyrrole reacts with Br2 in
more easily which structure has a mirror plane between C2 Explanation: Thiophene is most resonance stabilized five
b) II and III ethanol?
and C3. And this condition will satisfy the meso membered rings among above compounds. As thiophene
c) I and III a) 2,3-dibromopyrrole
compound. has Sulphur and least electronegativity ring than nitrogen
d) I and II b) 2,3,4,5-tetrabromopyrrole
View Answer and oxygen in pyrrole and furan respectively. c) 2,5-dibromopyrrole
d) 3,4-dibromopyrrole
Answer: a 4. Five membered rings come under which category of
HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS View Answer
Explanation: Meso compounds are possible if two (or heterocycle classification on the basis of chemical
more) chirality centers in a molecule have the same set of FIVE MEMBERED RINGS behavior? Answer: b
four substituents. Examination of molecular models might a) -excessive heterocycle Explanation: This is electrophilic substitution reaction,
1. Which of the following is not true about the five b) -deficient heterocycle
help you when examining stereoisomers. bromination of pyrrole in presence of ethanol leads to
membered rings? c) -equivalent heterocycle formation of 2,3,4,5-tetrabromopyrrole.
9. Which of the following is(are) not meso compound(s)? a) Five membered rings are more stable than 4 membered d) Can’t say about the five membered rings
rings View Answer 8. What is the name of the following reaction?
b) Five membered rings are more stable than 6 membered
rings Answer: a
c) Five membered rings are more stable than 7 membered Explanation: In five membered ring, 6 π electrons are
rings distributed between 5 atoms, each atom shares more than
d) Five membered rings are more stable than 8 membered 1 e– (1.2e–).
a) I a) Gattermann reaction
rings
b) II and III 5. What is the reactivity order in the following five b) Riemer tiemann reaction
View Answer c) Friedal craft reaction
c) I and III membered heterocyclic compounds?
d) I and II Answer: b a) Pyrrole d) Blanc’s chloromethylation
View Answer Explanation: 6-membered rings can have 3D b) Furan View Answer
conformations, such as the chair conformation (the more c) Thiophene
Answer: b Answer: b
stable) and the boat conformation. These conformations d) Pyridine
Explanation: Meso compounds are possible if two (or Explanation: This is a Riemer tiemann reaction, in which
relax the angles, getting them closer to the tetrahedral View Answer
 95

boiling pyrrole will react with aqueous or alcoholic potash The only way we can have five carbons, a nitrogen, and stability of molecule. 9. Which of the following is the correct range for the bond
and chloroform. only five hydrogens is if the carbons and nitrogen form a length in the pyridine molecule?
ring with alternating double bonds. a) 1.34 – 1.40 A°
9. What is the name of the following reaction? b) 1.24 – 1.32 A°
2. Which element is present as hetero atom in pyridine? c) 2.4 – 2.49 A°
a) Sulphur d) 1.02 – 1.17 A°
b) Nitrogen View Answer
6. Pyridine come under which category of heterocycle
c) Oxygen
classification on the basis of chemical behavior?
d) Sulphur and nitrogen Answer: a
a) Gattermann reaction a) -excessive heterocycle
View Answer Explanation: As shown in below diagram, 1.34 – 1.40 A° is
b) Riemer tiemann reaction b) -deficient heterocycle
the correct range for the bond length in the pyridine
c) Friedal craft reaction Answer: b c) -equivalent heterocycle
d) Blanc’s chloromethylation Explanation: Pyridine is an analogue of benzene in which d) can’t say about the five membered rings
View Answer one -CH unit is replaced by N. The chemical formula for View Answer
pyridine is: C5H5N.
Answer: a Answer: b
Explanation: Nitrogen is more electronegative than other molecule.
Explanation: This is a Gattermann reaction, in which 3. The electron of Nitrogen participating in the resonance
boiling pyrrole will react with HCN and HCl followed by in pyridine is present in which orbital? carbon atom in pyridine, so distribution of 6 e– is unequal
10. What is the greatest angle in pyridine ring?
addition of water and leads to formation of pyrole-2- a) p-orbital (more electron on N). a) 116°
carbaldehyde. b) sp2-orbital b) 140°
7. What is the smallest angle in pyridine ring?
c) sp3-orbital c) 124°
10. What will be the reagent used for the completion of a) 116.7°
d) sp -orbital d) 118°
the following reaction? b) 115.0°
View Answer View Answer
c) 124.0°
Answer: b d) 118.1° Answer: c
Explanation: In pyridine, from three sp2 orbital, one hybrid View Answer
Explanation: As shown in below diagram, the angle
orbital is used for one electron which is utilized in the π- between C-C-N is the greatest angle which is 124°.
a) Concentrated acid Answer: a
cloud.
b) Dilute acid Explanation: As shown in below diagram, the angle
c) Concentrated base 4. Pyridine is a not a planner compound? between C-N-C is the smallest angle which is 116.7°.
d) Dilute base a) True
View Answer b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In dilute acid for a brief time, pyrrole form Answer: b
trimer. Explanation: Pyridine is planner monocyclic compound and
contains 6 πe- the aromatic sextet. It fulfils the criteria for
the Huckel’s rule. SOURCE OF PYRIDINE COMPOUNDS
STRUCTURE OF PYRIDINE 8. What is the dipole moment of the pyridine?
5. How many number of resonating structure stabilises a a) Zero 1. Which of the following plant is the natural source of
1. Pyridine is a which type of heterocyclic compound from pyridine molecule? b) 2.2 D pyridine?
the following options? a) 4 c) 1.17 D a) Atropa belladonna
a) Six membered heterocyclic compound b) 5 d) 4.3 D b) Ocimum tenuiflorum
b) Seven membered heterocyclic compound c) 6 View Answer c) Azadirachta indica
c) Four membered heterocyclic compound d) 7 d) Ficus religiose
d) Five membered heterocyclic compound View Answer Answer: b View Answer
View Answer Explanation: The dipole moment of the pyridine is 2.2D
Answer: b Answer: a
Answer: a Explanation: Like benzene, pyridine also has 2 kekule Explanation: Pyridine is not abundant in nature, it is
Explanation: Pyridine is a five membered heterocyclic structure (a and b) along with 3 more resonating structure present in the leaves and roots of belladonna (Atropa
compound. The chemical formula for pyridine is: C5H5N. (c, d and e) which contributes to a lesser extent to the belladonna).
towards the nitrogen molecule.
 96

2. Why is extraction of pyridine from coal tar or as a nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD). These condensation from the acetaldehyde and formaldehyde. It cyclooctadiene) as a catalyst, and can be performed even
byproduct of coal gasification ineffective? compounds assist dehydrogenase enzymes in the is then condensed with acetaldehyde and ammonia into in water.
a) Less concentration of desired compound catabolism of fat, carbohydrates, and amino acids, and in dihydropyridine.
b) This method is expensive the enzymes involved in synthesis of fats and steroids and 12. What is the name reaction of the following reaction?
c) Reactive is rare other vital metabolites. 9. Which of the following reagent can’t be used as the
d) Dangerous procedure reagent in the dealkylation of alkylpyridines in the pyridine
View Answer 6. Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Escherichia coli synthesis?
produce nicotinic acid by condensation of which of the a) Vanadium oxide
a) Chichibabin synthesis
Answer: a following compounds? b) Nickel based catalyst
b) Dealkylation of alkylpyridines
Explanation: The process was labor-consuming and a) Glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate c) Silver or platinum-based catalyst
c) Hantzsch pyridine synthesis
inefficient because coal tar contains only about 0.1% b) Kynurenine d) Copper catalyst
d) Bönnemann cyclization
pyridine, and therefore a multi-stage purification was c) Pyrrole View Answer
View Answer
required, which further reduced the output. d) Tryptophan
View Answer Answer: d
Answer: d
3. Which of the following derivative of pyridine is mostly Explanation: The oxidative dealkylation is carried out
Explanation: The trimerization of a part of a nitrile
found in mycobacterium tuberculosis? Answer: c either using air over vanadium(V) oxide catalyst, by vapor-
molecule and two parts of acetylene into pyridine is called
a) Niacin Explanation: Mammals synthesize nicotinic acid through dealkylation on nickel-based catalyst, or hydrodealkylation
Bönnemann cyclization.
b) Nicotinamide oxidation of the amino acid ‘tryptophan’, where an with a silver- or platinum-based catalyst. There are no
c) Nicotinic acid intermediate product, aniline, creates a pyridine evidences found when copper is used as catalyst in this 13. What is the name reaction of the following reaction?
d) Strychnine derivative, kynurenine. reaction.
View Answer
7. What is the name of the reaction given below when 10. What is the name reaction of the following reaction?
Answer: c condensation of acrolein and acetaldehyde take place? a) Chichibabin synthesis
Explanation: The bacteria Mycobacterium tuberculosis and b) Ciamician–Dennstedt rearrangement
Escherichia coli produce nicotinic acid by condensation. c) Kröhnke pyridine synthesis
d) Bönnemann cyclization
4. Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Escherichia coli a) Chichibabin synthesis View Answer
produce nicotinic acid by condensation of which of the a) Chichibabin synthesis b) Dealkylation of alkylpyridines
following compounds? b) Dealkylation of alkylpyridine Answer: b
c) Hantzsch pyridine synthesis
a) Glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate c) Hantzsch pyridine synthesis d) Bönnemann cyclization Explanation: The Ciamician–Dennstedt rearrangement
b) Amino acid d) Bonnemann cyclisation View Answer entails the ring-expansion of pyrrole with dichlorocarbene
c) Pyrrole View Answer to 3-chloropyridine.
d) acetylene Answer: c
Answer: a Explanation: The Hantzsch pyridine synthesis typically uses
View Answer
Explanation: The reaction can be described as a
a 2:1:1 mixture of a β-keto acid (often acetoacetate), an
Answer: c condensation reaction of aldehydes, ketones, α, β- ELECTROPHILIC SUBSTITUTION IN PYRIDINE
aldehyde (often formaldehyde), and ammonia or its salt as
Explanation: The bacteria Mycobacterium tuberculosis and unsaturated carbonyl compounds, or any combination of the nitrogen donor. 1. Electrophilic substitution reaction of pyridine is most
Escherichia coli produce nicotinic acid by condensation by the above, in ammonia. In particular, unsubstituted
effective in which of the conditions?
glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate and aspartic acid. pyridine is produced from acetaldehyde, which are 11. Which of the following catalyst can be used in the
a) In slightly acidic conditions
inexpensive and widely available. synthesis of pyridine by Bönnemann cyclization?
5. Which of the following derivative of pyridine is mostly b) In slightly basic conditions
a) Vanadium oxide
found in mammals? 8. In the synthesis of pyridine by Chichibabin synthesis, c) In neutral medium
b) Nickel based catalyst
a) Nicotinamide synthesis of acroloien is done which method? d) In vigorous conditions
c) Silver or platinum-based catalyst
b) Vitamin B6 a) Knoevenagel Condensation View Answer
d) Cobalt catalyst
c) Nicotinic acid b) Aldol condensation View Answer Answer: d
d) Strychnine c) Dieckmann condensation
Explanation: When electrophilic substitution reaction of
View Answer d) Claisen condensation Answer: d
pyridine is carried out in acidic conditions then pyridine
View Answer Explanation: The trimerization of a part of a nitrile
Answer: c ring will further get deactivated forming pyridinium ion.
molecule and two parts of acetylene into pyridine is done
Explanation: Mammals synthesize nicotinic acid through Answer: a However, under more vigorous conditions the usual
with CoCp2(cod) (Cp = cyclopentadienyl, cod = 1,5-
oxidation. The coenzyme forms of nicotinic acid are Explanation: Acrolein is formed in a Knoevenagel
 97

electrophilic substitution reaction can be possible but yield at 3-position is more stable as it will have 3-resonating d) 3- methyl-pyridine-1-sulphonic acid
will be less. structure and none of will have positive charge on N. View Answer

2. Which of the following electrophilic substitution 5. Which of the following is the product for the below Answer: a
reaction is not possible in pyridine? reaction? Explanation: Alkyl group activate the pyridine ring towards
a) Nitration electrophilic substitution, however, directive influence of a) 4-amino -pyridine-5-sulphonic acid
b) Sulphonation the ring predominates regardless of the position of b) 4- amino -pyridine-3-sulphonic acid
c) Bromination alkylation i.e. attack at 3-position. c) 4- amino -pyridine-6-sulphonic acid
d) Friedel craft reaction d) 4- amino -pyridine-2-sulphonic acid
a) 3- bromopyridine 8. Which of the following is the product for the below View Answer
View Answer
b) 2- bromopyridine reaction?
Answer: d c) 2- bromopyridine and 3- bromopyridine Answer: a
Explanation: Common alkylations and acylations, such as d) 3- bromopyridine and 3,5- dibromo pyridine Explanation: Amino group dominates the ring orientation
Friedel–Crafts alkylation or acylation, usually fail for View Answer effect and direct the incoming electrophile to o– and p–
pyridine because they lead only to the addition at the position. 4-amino group directs the incoming electrophile
Answer: d predominantly to the 3-position.
nitrogen atom. Substitutions usually occur at the 3- a) 5- bromo-2-aminopyridine
Explanation: Electrophilic substitution reaction at position
position, which is the most electron-rich carbon atom in b) 3- bromo-2-aminopyridine
the 3-position 5 position is preferred over attack at 2 and
the ring and is, therefore, more susceptible to an c) 4- bromo-2-aminopyridine
4-position because the intermediate found by electrophilic
electrophilic addition. d) 6- bromo-2-aminopyridine NUCLEOPHILIC SUBSTITUTION IN PYRIDINE
addition at 3-position is more stable as it will have 3-
View Answer
3. At which position of pyridine electrophilic substitution resonating structure and none of will have positive charge 1. At which position of pyridine nucleophilic substitution
reaction is most preferred? on N. Answer: a reaction is most preferred?
a) First Explanation: Amino group dominates the ring orientation a) First and third
6. Which of the following is the product for the below
b) Second effect and direct the incoming electrophile to o- and p- b) Second
reaction?
c) Third position. 2-amino group directs the incoming electrophile c) Third
d) Forth predominantly to the 5-position. d) Second and Forth
View Answer View Answer
9. Which of the following is the product for the below
Answer: c reaction? Answer: d
a) 3- pyridinesulphonic acid
Explanation: Electrophilic substitution reaction at position Explanation: When the nucleophile is at the 2 and 4
b) 2- pyridinesulphonic acid
the 3-position is preferred over attack at 2 and 4-position positions, the intermediate anion is stabilized by the
c) 4- pyridinesulphonic acid
because the intermediate found by electrophilic addition electronegative nitrogen atom. This results in a more
d) 2,4- pyridinedisulphonic acid
at 3-position is more stable as it will have 3-resonating stable anion as compared to the intermediate anion when
View Answer a) 2- Nitro-3-aminopyridine
structure and none of will have positive charge on N. the nucleophile is at the 3 positions. Hence, the 2 and 4
b) 4- Nitro-3-aminopyridine
Answer: a positions is preferred for nucleophilic substitution.
4. Which of the following is the product for the below c) 5- Nitro-3-aminopyridine
Explanation: Electrophilic substitution reaction at position
reaction? d) 6- Nitro-3-aminopyridine 2. Pyridine undergoes nucleophilic substitution with
the 3-position is preferred over attack at 2 and 4-position
View Answer NaNH2 at 100℃ to give which of the following?
because the intermediate found by electrophilic addition
at 3-position is more stable as it will have 3-resonating a) 3-aminopyridine
Answer: a
structure and none of will have positive charge on N. b) 2-aminopyridine
Explanation: Amino group dominates the ring orientation
c) 3,5-diaminopyridine
a) 3- Nitropyridine effect and direct the incoming electrophile to o- and p-
7. Which of the following is the product for the below d) 2,5-diaminopyridine
b) 2- Nitropyridine position. 3-amino group directs the incoming electrophile
reaction? View Answer
c) 4- Nitropyridine predominantly to the 2-position.
d) 2,4- dinitropyridine Answer: b
View Answer 10. Which of the following is the product for the below
Explanation: Here, sodium amide is used as the
reaction?
nucleophile yielding 2-aminopyridine. The hydride ion
Answer: a
released in this reaction combines with a proton of an
Explanation: Electrophilic substitution reaction at position a) 3- methyl-pyridine-5-sulphonic acid available amino group, forming a hydrogen molecule.
the 3-position is preferred over attack at 2 and 4-position b) 3- methyl-pyridine-4-sulphonic acid
because the intermediate found by electrophilic addition c) 3- methyl-pyridine-6-sulphonic acid
 98

3. Pyridine undergoes nucleophilic substitution with excess followed by aromatic nucleophilic substitution. d) they slow down the sorption on sodium amide dihydropyridine when undergoes partial hydrogenation of
of NaNH2 at 100℃ to give which of the following? View Answer
a) 3-aminopyridine
b) 2,6-diaminopyridine Answer: a
c) 3,5-diaminopyridine Explanation: Electron-withdrawing groups inhibit the
pyridine take place.
d) 2,5-diaminopyridine Chichibabin reaction they decrease the basicity of the ring
View Answer nitrogen by decreasing the density of electron on nitrogen. 4. When Lithiumtetrahydroborate in the presence of water
So the donation of an electron is less. reacts with pyridine, which product is formed?
Answer: b 6. Nucleophilic substitution reaction of pyridine is most a) Piperidine
Explanation: Sodium amide in excess is used as the effective in which of the conditions? b) 1,4-dihydropyridine
nucleophile yielding 2,6-diaminopyridine. The hydride ion a) In slightly acidic conditions REDUCTION OF PYRIDINE c) 1,2-dihydropyridine
released in this reaction combines with a proton of an b) In slightly basic conditions d) 2,5-dihydropyridine
available amino group, forming a hydrogen molecule. c) In neutral medium 1. What will be the product if reaction with hydrogen gas View Answer
d) No specific condition requirements in the presence of Raney nickel takes place?
4. What will be the product of the following reaction? Answer: b
View Answer a) Pyrimidine
b) Piperdine Explanation: Selective synthesis of 1,4-dihydropyridine is
Answer: d c) Pyrylium salt achieved in the presence of organometallic complexes of
Explanation: The nitrogen atom makes pyridines more d) Pentazine magnesium and zinc, and Lithiumtetrahydroborate in the
reactive towards nucleophilic substitution, particularly at View Answer presence of Water.
a) 3-aminopyridine
the 2- and 4-positions, by lowering the LUMO energy of
b) 2-aminopyridine 5. When lithium aluminium hydride reacts with pyridine,
the π system of pyridine. Answer: a
c) 3,5-diaminopyridine which product is not formed?
Explanation: Hydrogen-saturated piperidine is obtained
d) 2,5-diaminopyridine 7. What is the name of the following reaction? a) Piperidine
through reaction with hydrogen gas in the presence of
View Answer b) 1,4-dihydropyridine
Raney nickel.
c) 1,2-dihydropyridine
Answer: b
2. What is name of the reaction when piperdine is d) 2,5-dihydropyridine
Explanation: We can see the ease of replacement of
converted by pyridine commercially? View Answer
halogens in these positions by nucleophiles. The a) Chichibabin reaction a) Dehydrogenation
intermediate anion is stabilized by electronegative b) Dealkylation of pyridine Answer: a
b) Hydrogenation
nitrogen and by delocalization round the ring. c) Hantzsch pyridine synthesis Explanation: Partially hydrogenated derivatives are
c) Hydrogenolysis
d) Bonnemann cyclisation d) Transfer hydrogenation obtained under milder conditions, reduction with lithium
View Answer View Answer aluminium hydride yields a mixture of 1,4-dihydropyridine,
1,2-dihydropyridine, and 2,5-dihydropyridine.
Answer: a Answer: b
5. What will be the product of the following reaction? Explanation: The Chichibabin reaction is a method for Explanation: Piperidine is commercially obtained by the 6. What will be the product of the following reaction?
producing 2-aminopyridinederivatives by the reaction of hydrogenation of pyridine using nickel catalyst at about
pyridine with sodium amide. The direct amination of 200℃.
pyridine with sodium amide takes place in liquid ammonia.
Following the addition elimination mechanism first, a 3. By which of the following agent there will be incomplete
nucleophilic NH2− is added while a hydride (H−) is leaving. reduction of pyridine?
a) Na-NH2, EtOH
a) 3-chloropyridine 8. Electron-withdrawing groups inhibit the Chichibabin b) H2/RaNi, 200℃
b) 2-dichloropyridine reaction. Which of the following statement is not true c) Na/C2H5OH
c) 3,5-dichloropyridine about this fact? a)
d) NaBH3
d) 2,5-dichloropyridine a) they increase the basicity of the ring nitrogen View Answer
View Answer b) these electron-withdrawing groups can also form
complexes with sodium amide Answer: a
Answer: b
c) for single electron transfer pathway, altering the Explanation: NaNH2 in presence of ethanol will form 1, 4- b)
Explanation: This is the direct conversion to
distribution of spin density of the intermediate radical
chloropyridines with POCl3. The reaction starts by attack of
anion
the oxygen atom at phosphorus to create a leaving group,
 99

gives you 3-aminopyridine.The mechanism finishes when multiple polypeptide chains. The quaternary structure hydroxyl groups on other molecules to form two ester
the basic reactant donates electrons to acquire a proton refers to the number and arrangement of the protein bonds, as in nucleic acid.
and regenerate the reactant NH−2. This is obviously hard subunits with respect to one another. Examples of
(you’re generating an extremely strong base, which proteins with quaternary structure include hemoglobin, 7. Animals store glucose in the form of which
prefers not to be free!), so it’s one of the reasons why heat DNA polymerase, and ion channels. macromolecule?
c) a) Amylose
is needed.
4. Amylose is soluble in which of the following solvent? b) Glycogen
a) Water c) Glycerol
b) Alcohol d) Cellulose
POLYMERISATION & BIOMOLECULES c) Partially soluble in alcohol View Answer
d) d) Soluble in acidic solution
MACROMOLECULES – 1 Answer: b
View Answer View Answer
Explanation: Glycogen is a multibranched polysaccharide
1. Macromolecule described as large molecules built up
Answer: b Answer: a of glucose that serves as a form of energy storage in
from small repeating units called as which of the
Explanation: Hydrogen-saturated piperidine is obtained Explanation: A dry form of amylose has been prepared humans, animals, fungi, and bacteria. The polysaccharide
following?
through reaction with hydrogen gas in the presence of that is easily soluble in water at all temperatures. It can go structure represents the main storage form of glucose in
a) Biopolymer
Raney nickel. Group –COOH will remain same. into solution even at high concentrations (up to 10%), the body.
b) Dimers
c) Monomers forming very viscous liquids that are indistinguishable in
7. Pyridine undergoes nucleophilic substitution with 8. In the formation of a macromolecule, what type of bond
d) Metamers appearance and properties from those prepared by
phenyl lithium at 100℃ to give which of the following? would join two amino acid subunits?
autoclaving amyloses.
a) 3-phenylpyridine View Answer a) Ionic bond
b) 2-phenylpyridine 5. Proteins, which are tremendously complex molecules, b) Phosphodiester bond
Answer: c
c) 3,5-diphenylpyridine what are their basic units or building blocks? c) Hydrogen bond
Explanation: Monomer is a molecule that “can undergo
d) 2,5-diaphenylpyridine a) Carbohydrates d) Peptide bond
polymerization thereby contributing constitutional units to
View Answer b) NH2 View Answer
the essential structure of a macromolecule.
c) Polypeptides
Answer: b Answer: d
2. Carbohydrates are polyhydroxy compounds of d) Amino acids
Explanation: Nucleophilic substitution takes place Explanation: The bond that holds together the two amino
_______________ View Answer
preferentially at the 2- and 4- positions as the acids is a peptide bond, or a covalent chemical bond
a) Glucose
intermediate anion is stabilised by the electronegative Answer: d between two compounds (in this case, two amino acids). It
b) Oligosaccharides
c) Aldehyde and ketone Explanation: The basic building block of a protein is called occurs when the carboxylic group of one molecule reacts
d) Glyceraldehyde an amino acid. There are 20 amino acids in the proteins with the amino group of the other molecule.
View Answer you eat and in the proteins within your body, and they link
together to form large protein molecules. The variety of 9. In the formation of a macromolecule, what type of
nitrogen.
Answer: c ways they mix and match allows for the great diversity of reaction would join two subunits together?
8. What will be the product of the following reaction? proteins in nature. a) Hydrophobic reaction
Explanation: The carbohydrates contain a chemically
b) Hydrolysis reaction
reactive group that is either an aldehyde group or a keto
group, they are frequently referred to as aldopentoses or 6. Nucleic acids are chains of 5-carbon sugars linked by c) Dehydration reaction
which type of bonds with an organic base protruding from d) Denaturation reaction
ketopentoses or aldohexoses or ketohexoses.
each sugar? View Answer
a) 3-phenylpyridine
3. There are several levels of protein structure, which is a) Amino
b) 4-phenylpyridine Answer: c
the most complex protien? b) Phophodiester
c) 3-phenylpyridine and 4-phenylpyridine Explanation: A dehydration reaction is a chemical reaction
a) Primary c) Carbonyl
d) No reaction that involves the loss of a water molecule from the
b) Secondary d) Phosphate
View Answer reacting molecule. Dehydration reactions and dehydration
c) Tertiary View Answer
synthesis has the same meaning, and are often used
Answer: c d) Quaternary
Answer: b interchangeably. Two monosaccharaides, such as glucose
Explanation: A benzyne intermediate is generated when View Answer
Explanation: A phosphodiester bond occurs when exactly and fructose, can be joined together (to form sucrose)
bromide leaves. This intermediate can be attacked on
Answer: d two of the hydroxyl groups in phosphoric acid react with using dehydration synthesis. The new molecule, consisting
either carbon-3 or carbon-4, giving you both possible
Explanation: Many proteins are actually assemblies of of two monosaccharides, is called a disaccharide.
products. Path 1 gives you 4-aminopyridine, and path 2
 100

10. Assuming that all of the below given compound had a) C and O b) mineral salts a) lipid molecules are hydrophilic
the same number of carbon atoms, which of the following b) OH and H c) proteins b) lipid molecules are hydrophobic
has the most C-H bonds? c) CH and NH2 d) carbohydrates c) lipid molecules are neutral
a) Unsaturated fat d) COOH and H View Answer d) lipid molecules are zwitterions
b) Polysaturated fat View Answer View Answer
c) Polysaccharide Answer: c
d) Saturated fat Answer: b Explanation: Proteins show enormous diversity because of Answer: b
View Answer Explanation: Hydrolysis, which means to split water, a different proportions and sequences of 20 amino acids Explanation: Insolubility of lipids in water is due to the fact
reaction in which a water molecule is used during the within the protein molecule. Proteins are the most that the polar groups they contain are
Answer: d breakdown. Dehydration reaction is a chemical reaction abundant and most varied of the macromolecules having much smaller than their nonpolar portions. The nonpolar
Explanation: From a chemical standpoint, saturated fats that involves the loss of a water molecule from the one or more polypeptides (chains of amino acids). The chains are long complex hydrophobic hydrocarbon chains.
are simply fat molecules that have no double bonds reacting molecule. proteins constitute almost 50% of the total dry weight of If shaken in water lipids often form small droplets or
between carbon molecules because they are saturated the cell. micelles.
with hydrogen molecules. So, saturated fat will have a 4. What type of macromolecule carries out catalysis in
maximum number of C-H bonds. biological systems? 7. In which of the following groups are all polysaccharides? 10. Macromolecules like Enzymes, vitamins and hormones
a) proteins called enzymes a) sucrose, glucose and fructose can be classified into a single category of biological
b) carbohydrates called starches b) maltose, lactose and fructose chemicals. Why?
c) lipids called steroids c) glycogen, sucrose and maltose a) all of these help in regulating metabolism
MACROMOLECULES – 2 d) nucleic acids called DNA d) glycogen, cellulose and starch b) all of these are exclusively synthesized in the body of a
View Answer View Answer living organism as at present
1. What happens when a macromolecule undergoes
c) all of these are conjugated proteins
hydrolysis reaction? Answer: a Answer: d d) all of these enhance oxidative metabolism
a) protein coils into its secondary structure Explanation: Enzymes are proteins functioning as catalysts Explanation: Polysaccharides are complex long chain View Answer
b) the bond between two subunits of a macromolecule is that speed up reactions by lowering the activation energy. carbohydrates which are formed by dehydrate synthesis or
broken A simple and succinct definition of an enzyme is that it is a polymerisation of more than 10 but generally very large Answer: c
c) a bond is formed between two subunits of a biological catalyst that accelerates a chemical reaction number of units called monosaccharide. Starch, glycogen Explanation: A conjugated protein is a protein that
macromolecule without altering its equilibrium. and cellulose are all polysaccharides. functions in interaction with other (non-polypeptide)
d) water breaks ionic bonds chemical groups attached by bonding or weak
View Answer 5. Amino acids and proteins are ionized at typical 8. Cellulose is the most important constituent of plant cell interactions. Enzymes, vitamins and hormones are
biological pH such that both the amino group and the wall. What are its constituents? conjugate proteins.
Answer: b carboxyl group gain hydrogen ions to become -NH3+ and - a) branched chain of glucose molecules linked by (3-1, 4
Explanation: Macromolecules (Polymers) are broken down COOH, respectively. glycosidic bond in straight chain and a-1, 6 glycosidic bond
into monomers in a process known as hydrolysis, which a) True at the site of branching
means to split water, a reaction in which a water molecule b) false b) unbranched chain of glucose molecules linked by (3-1, 4 FREE RADICAL VINYL POLYMERISATION
is used during the breakdown. View Answer glycosidic bond)
1. Which of the following is an initiator molecule in the
2. Which of the following is not a disaccharide? c) branched chain of glucose molecules linked by a-1, 6 free radical polymerisation?
Answer: a glycosidic bond at the site of branching
a) Sucrose Explanation: An amino acid has both a basic amine group a) Benzoyl peroxide
b) Maltose d) unbranched chain of glucose molecules linked by a-1, 4 b) Sulphuric acid
and an acidic carboxylic acid group. There is an internal glycosidic bond
c) Lactose transfer of a hydrogen ion from the -COOH group to the - c) Potassium permanganate
d) Amylose View Answer d) Chromium oxide
NH2 group to leave an ion with both a negative charge and
View Answer a positive charge, called as zwitterion. If we increase the Answer: b View Answer
pH of a solution of an amino acid by adding hydroxide Explanation: Cellulose molecule is composed of 1600 to
Answer: d Answer: a
ions, the hydrogen ion is removed from the -NH3+ group. If 6000 glucose molecules joined together. Those polymers
Explanation: Amylose is a polysaccharide made of α-D- Explanation: The whole process of free radical
glucose units, bonded to each other through α(1,4) we decrease the pH by adding an acid to a solution of an form long twisting macromolecules of cellulose. The chains polymerisation starts off with a molecule called an
amino acid, the -COO– part of the zwitterion picks up a are unbranched and linear, which are linked by 3-1, 4
glycosidic bonds. initiator. This is a molecule like benzoyl peroxide. When
hydrogen ion. glycosidic bond.
they split, the pair of electrons in the bond which is broken
3. Dehydration and hydrolysis reactions involve removing will separate. This is unusual as electrons like to be in pairs
6. What are the most diverse macromolecules in the cell? 9. Lipids are insoluble in water because of which of the
or adding which of the following to macromolecule whenever possible. When this split happens, we’re left
a) lipids following reason?
subunits? with two fragments, called initiator fragments.
 101

2. Why is vinyl polymerization also known as addition Answer: d 8. What is the name for polymers with Z groups only on repeat units together successively along the chain,
polymerization? Explanation: Termination reaction in which our unpaired one side of the carbon chain? therefore, here number of monomers are four.
a) monomers are unsaturated compounds electrons can shut down the polymerization: it’s is called a) Enatiometric
b) it is a chain reaction disproportionation. This is a rather complicated way in b) Atactic
c) most monomers contain (CH2=CH─) group which two growing polymer chains solve the problem of c) Syndiotactic
COPOLYMERISATION
d) it proceeds through radical their unpaired electrons. d) Isotactic
View Answer View Answer 1. Which of the following is true about copolymerisation?
6. Which of the following reagents may be used to initiate
a) radical, coordination, anionic, or cationic
Answer: c radical polymerization of styrene? Answer: d polymerization, depending on the type of initiation
Explanation: In addition polymerisation, polymer are a) HCl Explanation: Isotactic polymers are composed of isotactic
b) addition of monomer to a metal complex, propagation
formed by simple linking of monomers without the co- b) Peroxides macromolecules. In isotactic Macromolecules all the is by successive insertion of monomer at the metal, and
generation of other products. Most of the monomers c) Hydroxide ion substituents are located on the same side of the
termination occurs when the metal complex separates
involves in chain polymerization contains (CH2=CH─) d) BF3 macromolecular backbone. from the polymer
group, known as vinyl group. View Answer
9. Which of the following is the structure of the radical c) monomers react by eliminating small molecules like
3. Which of the following happens in initiation step of the Answer: b intermediate formed in the first propagation step of the H2O, NH3, CH2O and NaCl in a repetitive manner, Indefinite
free radical polymerisation? Explanation: The whole process of free radical polymerization of methyl methacrylate? growth of the polymer occurs at both ends
a) Decomposition of initiator polymerisation starts off with a molecule called an d) a mixture of more than one (or different) monomeric
b) Renewal of inhibitor initiator. This is a molecule like peroxide or AIBN. species is allowed to polymerize
c) Addition of monomer molecules to the growing chains View Answer
d) Disproportionation 7. Which polymer will be formed when vinyl acetate reacts a)
with peroxides? Answer: d
View Answer
Explanation: When two or more different monomers unite
Answer: a together to polymerize, the product is called a copolymer
Explanation: The breakdown of the initiator molecule to b) and the process is called copolymerization. If M and N are
form radicals, followed by the radical’s reaction with a present together, Random type MM MN NNN MM N M
a)
monomer molecule is called the initiation step of the MM N N…… and Alternating type M N M N M N M N M
polymerization. ………
c)
4. Which of the following happens in propagation step of 2. Gradient copolymer comers under which of the
b) following copolymer category?
the free radical polymerisation?
a) Decomposition of initiator a) Linked copolymer
b) Renewal of inhibitor d) b) Branched copolymer
c) Addition of monomer molecules to the growing chains View Answer c) Terepolymer
c)
d) Disproportionation d) Brush copolymer
10. How many monomer units of ethylene are present in View Answer
View Answer
the given polyethylene formed by?
Answer: b Answer: a
d)
Explanation: The adding of more and more monomer Explanation: Linear copolymers consist of a single main
View Answer
molecules to the growing chains, is called propagation. chain and gradient copolymers are single chain of polymer
Self-perpetuating reactions like this one are called chain Answer: a in which the monomer composition changes gradually
a) 1 along the chain.
reactions. Explanation: Polyvinyl acetate, or PVA for short, is one of
b) 2
those low-profile behind-the-scenes polymers. It is found
5. Which of the following happens in termination step of c) 3 3. Which of the following copolymers is the copolymer
in the case with polyethylene or polystyrene.
the free radical polymerisation? d) 4 with regular alternating A and B units?
a) decomposition of initiator View Answer a) Alternating copolymer
b) addition of free radical to monomer b) Periodic copolymer
Answer: d c) Statistical copolymer
c) addition of monomer molecules to the growing chains
Explanation: A repeat unit or repeating unit is a part of a d) Block copolymer
d) disproportionation
polymer whose repetition would produce the complete View Answer
View Answer
polymer chain (except for the end-groups) by linking the
 102

Answer: a —- B-B-B-B-B-A-A-A-A-A-B-B-B-B-B—- Answer: a termination occurs when the metal complex separates
Explanation: Alternating copolymers are with regular Explanation: Copolymers copolymer consisting of three from the polymer.
alternating A and B units, as shown below. This sequence 7. Which of the following copolymers is the copolymer in distinct monomers, are called as terepolymer copolymer
will not change. which the main chain is formed from one type of as it is in star shape, as shown in below. This sequence will 2. Which catalyst is commonly used in coordination chain
—- A-B-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-B—- monomer A and branches are formed from another not change. polymerization?
monomer B? a) nickel
4. Which of the following copolymers is the copolymer a) Terepolymer copolymer b) ziegler- Natta catalyst
with A and B units arranged in a repeating sequence? b) Graft copolymer c) zeolite
a) Alternating copolymer c) Statistical copolymer d) platinum
b) Periodic copolymer d) Star copolymer View Answer
c) Statistical copolymer View Answer 10. Which of the following is the condition for ideal
d) Block copolymer copolymerization? Answer: b
View Answer Answer: b a) r1r2=1 Explanation: A Ziegler–Natta catalyst, named after Karl
Explanation: Copolymers in which the main chain is b) r1r2=0 Ziegler and Giulio Natta, is a catalyst used in the synthesis
Answer: b formed from one type of monomer A and branches are c) r1=r2 of polymers of 1-alkenes (alpha-olefins).
Explanation: Copolymers with A and B units arranged in a formed from another monomer B, are called as graft d) r1=1
repeating sequence are periodic polymers as shown copolymer, as shown in below. This sequence will not 3. Which of the following is true about homogenous
View Answer
below. This sequence will repeat itself to form a polymer. change. Ziegler Natta polymerisation?
(A-B-A-B-B-A-A-A-A-B-B-B)n Answer: a a) This is based on titanium tetrachloride
Explanation: The composition and structural type of the organoaluminium co-catalyst
5. Which of the following copolymers is the copolymer copolymer depend on the reactivity ratios r1 and b) This is based on Kaminsky catalyst
with sequence of monomer residues follows a statistical r2according to the Mayo–Lewis equation also called the c) This is based on neodymium-based catalyst
rule? 8. Which of the following copolymers is the copolymer copolymerization equation. d) This is based on organoaluminium co-catalyst
a) Alternating copolymer with several polymer chains connected to a central core? Ideal copolymerisation happens when chain radicals have View Answer
b) Periodic copolymer a) Terepolymer copolymer equal preference to add one of the monomers over the
c) Statistical copolymer b) Graft copolymer Answer: b
other.
d) Block copolymer c) Statistical copolymer Explanation: The Homogenous Ziegler Natta coordination
View Answer d) Star copolymer polymerization is done with the help of homogenous
View Answer catalyst such as the Kaminsky catalyst. Kaminsky catalysts
Answer: c COORDINATION POLYMERISATION are based on metallocenes of group 4 metals (Ti, Zr, Hf)
Explanation: Copolymers with sequence of monomer Answer: d activated with methylaluminoxane (MAO).
1. Which of the following is true about coordination
residues follows a statistical rule, are called as statistical Explanation: Copolymers with several polymer chains
polymerisation? 4. Which of the following olefine undergo coordination
copolymer, as shown in below. This sequence will not connected to a central core, are called as star copolymer
a) radical, coordination, anionic, or cationic polymerisation in the presence of Ziegler-Natta catalysts?
change. as it is in star shape, as shown in below. This sequence will
polymerization, depending on the type of initiation a) vinyl chloride
—- A-B-B-B-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-A-B-B-B-A-A-B—- b) polymerization that is catalysed by transition metal salts b) vinyl ethers
and complexes c) acrylate esters
6. Which of the following copolymers is the copolymer c) monomers react by eliminating small molecules like d) ethylene
which comprises two or more homopolymer subunits H2O, NH3, CH2O and NaCl in a repetitive manner, Indefinite View Answer
linked by covalent bonds? growth of the polymer occurs at both ends
a) Alternating copolymer not change. d) a mixture of more than one (or different) monomeric Answer: d
b) Periodic copolymer species is allowed to polymerize Explanation: The mixing of TiCl4 with trialkylaluminium
c) Statistical copolymer 9. Which of the following copolymers is the copolymer complexes produces Ti(III)-containing solids that catalyze
View Answer
d) Block copolymer consisting of three distinct monomers? the polymerization of ethylene. Many alkenes do not
View Answer a) Terepolymer copolymer Answer: b polymerize in the presence of Ziegler-Natta or Kaminsky
b) Graft copolymer Explanation: Coordination polymerisation is a form of catalysts. This problem applies to polar olefins such as
Answer: d c) Statistical copolymer polymerization that is catalysed by transition metal salts vinyl chloride, vinyl ethers, and acrylate esters.
Explanation: Copolymers which comprises two or more d) Star copolymer and complexes. In this addition of monomer to a metal
homopolymer subunits linked by covalent bonds, are View Answer complex take place, followed by propagation is by 5. Which of the following is true about heterogeneous
called as block copolymer, as shown in below. This successive insertion of monomer at the metal, and Ziegler Natta polymerisation?
sequence will not change. a) This is based on titanium tetrachloride

b) This is based on Kaminsky catalyst
c) This is based on neodymium-based catalyst
d) This is based on titanium tetrachloride organo-
aluminium co-catalyst
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Coordination polymerization with
heterogeneous Ziegler-Natta catalysts is based on titanium
tetrachloride and organoaluminium co-catalyst. The
mixing of TiCl4 with trialkylaluminium complexes produces
Ti(III)-containing solids that catalyse the polymerization of
ethylene and propylene.
6. Homogenous Ziegler Natta coordination polymerization
occurs via which mechanism?
a) Cossee–Arlman mechanism
b) Mechanism of free-radical polymerization
c) Cationic polymerization mechanism
d) Anionic polymerization mechanism
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Cossee–Arlman mechanism is the
pathway for the formation of C–C bonds in the
polymerization of alkenes. The mechanism features an
intermediate coordination complex that contains both the
growing polymer chain and the monomer (alkene), these
ligands combine within the coordination sphere of the
metal to form a polymer chain that is elongated by two
carbons.
7. Which catalyst is used for the coordination
polymerisation of polybutadiene?
a) titanium tetrachloride organo-aluminium co-catalyst
b) kaminsky catalyst
c) neodymium-based catalyst
d) organo-aluminium co-catalyst
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The salt of neodymium has been widely used
in industrial polymerization of 1,3-butadiene. The
neodymium catalyst causes high catalytic activity during
the polymerization of dienes, however good control has
not been achieved with regard to molecular weight and
molecular weight distribution.
8. Titanium tetrachloride organoaluminium co-catalyst is
used in which of the following polymerisation?
a) Ziegler-Natta polymerization
b) Anionic vinyl polymerization
c) Free-radical polymerization
d) Metathesis polymerization
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Coordination polymerization with
heterogeneous Ziegler-Natta catalysts is based on titanium
tetrachloride and organo-aluminium co-catalyst. The
mixing of TiCl4 with trialkylaluminium complexes produces
Ti(III)-containing solids that catalyse the polymerization of
ethylene and propylene.
STEP REACTION POLYMERISATION
1. Which of the following is true about Step-growth
polymerisation?
a) radical, coordination, anionic, or cationic
polymerization, depending on the type of initiation
b) polymerization that is catalysed by transition metal salts
and complexes
c) monomers react by eliminating small molecules like
H2O, NH3, CH2O and NaCl in a repetitive manner, Indefinite
growth of the polymer occurs at both ends
d) monomers react to form first dimers, then trimmers,
longer oligomers and eventually long chain polymers
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Step-growth polymerization refers to a type
of polymerization mechanism in which bi-functional or
multifunctional monomers react to form first dimers, then
trimmers, longer oligomers and eventually long chain
polymer.
2. Which of the following is not true about step growth
polymerisation?
a) Molar mass of backbone chain increases rapidly at early
stage and remains approximately the same throughout the
polymerization
b) Similar steps repeated throughout reaction process
c) Initiator are required for the step growth polymerisation
d) Rapid loss of monomer early in the reaction
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Initiator is not required for the step growth
polymerisation. Step-Growth polymerization occurs by
consecutive reactions in which the degree of
polymerization and average molecular weight of the
polymer increase as the reaction proceeds.
3. Which of the following is polymer formed by step-
growth polymerization is not classified under
condensation polymerisation?
a) Polyester
b) Polyurethane
c) Polysiloxane
d) Polyamide
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Most step-growth polymers are classified as
condensation polymers, but not all step-growth polymers.
Polyurethanes formed from isocyanate and alcohol
bifunctional monomers) release condensates; in this case,
we talk about addition polymers.
4. Which monomers are required for the formation of
Bakelite via a typical step-growth polymerization?
a) phenol and formaldehyde
b) isocyanate and alcohol
c) diamine and formaldehyde
d) ester and phenol
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The synthesis of first truly synthetic polymeric
material, Bakelite, was announced by Leo Baekeland in
1907, through a typical step-growth polymerization
fashion of phenol and formaldehyde.
5. Formation of polytriazole polymers via step-growth
polymerization is produced from which of the following
monomers?
a) Compound which bears both alkyne and azide
functional group
b) Compound which bears both alkene and azide
functional group
c) Compound which bears both alkane and azide
functional group
d) Compound which bears both vinyl and azide functional
group
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Poly-Triazole polymers are produced from
monomers which bear both an alkyne and azide functional
103
group. The monomer units are linked to each other by the
a 1,2,3-triazole group; which is produced by the 1,3-
Dipolar cycloaddition, also called the Azide-alkyne Huisgen
cycloaddition.
6. How does the reaction rate vary with increasing extent
of reaction beyond 94% conversion in self catalyzed
reaction?
a) decreases
b) increases
c) remains same
d) first increases than decreases
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The kinetics of the step-growth
polymerization can be described with Flory’s equal
reactivity principle. If the polymerization is carried out in
the presence of a strong acid (sulfonic acids) and if the
catalyst concentration is kept constant throughout the
process the average degree of polymerization increases
linearly with the reaction time, which is a much more
favorable situation for obtaining high average molecular
weight polymers than the weak-acid catalyzed third-order
reaction.
7. What is the trend in the molecular weight of step
growth polymer at lower conversion and higher
conversion respectively?
a) Increase then decrease
b) Decreases an increases
c) Remains same
d) Can’t say about molecular weight
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Step-growth polymers increase in molecular
weight at a very slow rate at lower conversions and reach
moderately high molecular weights only at very high
conversion (i.e., >95%).
8. Which of the following is not prepared by Ziegler-Natta
coordination polymerisation?
a) High density Polyethylene (HDPE)
b) Ultrahigh molecular weight Polyethylene (UHMWPE)
c) Ethylene-1-alkenebcopolymer (linear low density
polyethylene, LLDPE)
d) Polyvinyl acetate (PVAc)
View Answer
 104

Answer: d 4. To which of the following does thymine form hydrogen d) cysteine phosphate molecule, a 5-carbon deoxyribose sugar and a
Explanation: Vinyl chloride is polar olefins and such bonds in DNA? View Answer nitrogenous base.
alkenes do not polymerize in the presence of Ziegler-Natta a) adenine
or Kaminsky catalysts. b) thymine Answer: c 11. Glycine and proline are the most abundant amino acids
c) cytosine Explanation: The triplet code for phenylalanine can be in which of the following structure?
d) guanine UUU or UUC. For serine it can be UCU, UCC, AGU or AGC. a) Hemoglobin
View Answer For tyrosine, it is UAU or UAC. For cysteine it can be UGU b) Myoglobin
AMINO ACIDS, DNA AND RNA or UGC. c) Insulin
1. In double helix of DNA, the two DNA strands show Answer: a d) Collagen
Explanation: In molecular biology, two nucleotides on 8. To which of the following does guanine form hydrogen View Answer
which type of characteristics? bonds in DNA?
a) coiled around a common axis opposite complementary DNA strands that are connected
via hydrogen bonds are called a base. In the Watson-Crick a) adenine Answer: d
b) coiled around each other b) thymine Explanation: Glycine and proline are the most abundant
c) coiled differently DNA base pairing, Adenine (A) forms a base pair with
Thymine (T) and Guanine (G) forms a base pair with c) cytosine amino acids in collagen. The most common motifs in the
d) coiled over protein sheath d) guanine amino acid sequence of collagen are glycine-proline-X and
View Answer Cytosine (C).
View Answer glycine-X-hydroxyproline, where X is any amino acid other
5. What term is used to describe the process by which than glycine, proline or hydroxyproline.
Answer: a Answer: c
Explanation: The DNA molecule consists of two long, DNA is copied to produce two daughter DNA molecules?
a) reproduction Explanation: In molecular biology, two nucleotides on 12. Which of the following statements about amino acids
parallel chains which are joined together by short opposite complementary DNA strands that are connected is correct?
b) replication
crossbars at regular intervals. The two chains are spirally via hydrogen bonds are called a base. In the Watson-Crick a) Amino acids are uncharged at neutral pH
c) translation
coiled around a common axis in a regular manner to form DNA base pairing, Adenine (A) forms a base pair with b) Amino acids are classified according to the structures
d) transcription
a right handed double helix. Thymine (T) and Guanine (G) forms a base pair with and properties of their side chains
View Answer
Cytosine (C). c) Amino acids in proteins are mainly in the D-
2. A nucleotide is formed of which of the following units?
Answer: b configuration
a) nitrogen base and phosphate 9. A nucleoside is formed of which of the following units?
Explanation: Replication is the copying of DNA into two d) Twenty four amino acids are commonly used in protein
b) nitrogen base, sugar and phosphate a) nitrogen base and phosphate
c) nitrogen base and sugar daughter DNA molecules. Translation is the process by synthesis
which the genetic code for a specific protein (carried in b) nitrogen base, sugar and phosphate View Answer
d) sugar and phosphate c) nitrogen base and sugar
messenger RNA) is used for the synthesis of a new protein.
View Answer d) sugar and phosphate Answer: b
Answer: b 6. What term is used to describe the process by which a View Answer Explanation: Amino acids are usually classified by the
Explanation: Nucleotide is an organic compound consisting segment of DNA is copied to produce a molecule of properties of their side chain into four groups. The side
messenger RNA? Answer: c chain can make an amino acid a weak acid or a weak base,
of a nitrogen-containing purine or pyrimidine base linked Explanation: A nucleoside consists simply of a nucleobase
a) reproduction and a hydrophile if the side chain is polar or a hydrophobe
to a sugar (ribose or deoxyribose) and a phosphate group. (also termed a nitrogenous base) and a five-carbon sugar
b) replication if it is nonpolar.
c) translation (either ribose or deoxyribose).
3. Which of the following nitrogenous base is not present
d) transcription 13. Which of the following amino acids is mostly likely to
in RNA? 10. DNA is composed of repeating units of
a) adenine View Answer disrupt an alpha helix?
a) ribonucleosides a) Proline
b) thymine b) deoxyribonucleosides
Answer: d b) Leucine
c) cytosine c) ribonucleotides
Explanation: Transcription is the term used to describe c) Glycine
d) guanine d) deoxyribonucleotides
View Answer how the genetic code relevant for the synthesis of one d) Valine
protein (a gene) is copied from DNA to form messenger View Answer View Answer
Answer: a RNA.
Answer: d Answer: a
Explanation: Though both RNA and DNA contain the Explanation: It is a long, double” chain of
7. What amino acid is coded by the triplet of bases UAU? Explanation: Certain amino acids with simple side chains,
nitrogenous bases adenine, guanine and cytosine, RNA deoxyribonucleotide, or deoxyribotide, units. The two
a) phenylalanine such as alanine, are very favorable for formation of alpha
contains the nitrogenous base uracil instead of thymine. deoxyribonucleotide chains are twisted around a common
b) serine helices, whereas cyclic amino acids like proline tend to
Uracil pairs with adenine in RNA, just as thymine pairs with axis to form a right-handed double helix (spiral) that
c) tyrosine disrupt alpha helices.
adenine in DNA. encloses a cylindrical space in it. Each deoxyribonucleotide
unit, in turn, consists of three different molecules:
 105

14. Which amino acid can form disulphide bonds? REACTIVITY OF MOLECULES REACTION MECHANISM 5. Which of the following is a permanent electron 9. Relative basic strength of amines does not depend upon
a) Proline displacement effect? a) Inductive effect
b) Leucine INDUCTIVE EFFECT a) Inductomeric b) Mesomeric effect
c) Cysteine 1. Electronegativity is defined as the power of an atom in a b) Electromeric c) Steric effect
d) Valine c) Inductive d) Stabilisation of cation by hydration
molecule to
View Answer a) Repel electrons towards itself d) All of the mentioned View Answer
View Answer
Answer: c b) Attract electrons towards itself Answer: b
Explanation: Cysteine aminoacid can form disulphide c) Expand itself Answer: c Explanation: Relative basic strength of amines does not
bond(bond which joins two atoms of sulphur atom) d) All of the mentioned Explanation: Inductive effect is the permanent electron depend upon mesomeric effect. This effect is used in a
because this is the only amino acid with a sulphydryl group View Answer displacement effect and inductomeric and electromeric qualitative way and describes the electron withdrawing or
in its side chain is cysteine. are temporary electron displacement effect. releasing properties of substituents based on relevant
Answer: b
Explanation: Electronegativity is defined as the power of resonance structures.
15. Which of the following amino acid is a limiting amino 6. Arrange the following groups in the order of decreasing
acid in pulses? an atom in a molecule to attract electrons towards itself. (+I) effect. 10. Due to presence of C – X polar bond in alkyl halide,
a) Leucine Fluorine is the most electronegative element. a) C6H5O– > COO– > CR3 > CHR2 > H alkyl halides are
b) Lysine b) C6H5O– > H > CR3 > CHR2 > COO– a) More reactive than corresponding alkane
2. The factors on which electronegativity depends upon
c) Methionine a) Valence state of atom c) CR3 > C6H5O– > H > COO– > CHR2 b) Less reactive than corresponding alkane
d) Glutamine b) Hybridisation d) C6H5O– > COO– > CHR2 > CR3 > H c) Equally reactive as corresponding alkane
View Answer View Answer d) None of the mentioned
c) Both valence state and hybridisation
View Answer
Answer: c d) None of the mentioned Answer: a
Explanation: Amino acids that are present in low View Answer Explanation: The correct order is- C6H5O– > COO– > CR3 > Answer: a
proportion limit the functioning of the proteins, and are so CHR2 > H. Explanation: Due to presence of C – X polar bond in alkyl
Answer: c
called limiting amino acids of those particular proteins. halide, alkyl halides are more reactive than corresponding
Explanation: The factors on which electronegativity 7. Arrange the following groups in the order of decreasing
Generally proteins in pulses like beans are limited in alkane.
depends upon is valence state of atom and hybridisation. (-I) effect.
methionine.
a) CN > F > Br > Cl > COOH > I > H
3. How does the electronegativiy gets affected with the
16. Which of the characteristics below apply to amino acid b) COOH > CN > F > Br > Cl > I > H
negative oxidation state? ELECTROMERIC EFFECT
Glycine? c) H > COOH > CN > I > Cl > F > Cl
a) It decreases
a) Optically inactive b) It increases d) CN > COOH > F > Cl > Br > I > H 1. Which of the following is a temporary effect brought
b) Hydrophilic, basic and charged c) It remains constant View Answer into play at the requirement of attacking reagent?
c) Hydrophobic d) None of the mentioned a) Inductive effect
d) Hydrophilic, acidic and charged Answer: d
View Answer Explanation: The correct order is- CN > COOH > F > Cl > Br b) Mesomeric effect
View Answer
> I > H. c) Electromeric effect
Answer: a d) Inductomeric effect
Answer: a
Explanation: Electronegativity decreases with the negative 8. Which of the following is an application of inductive View Answer
Explanation: The entire class of amino acids has a common oxidation state since the tendency to attract an electron
backbone of an organic carboxylic acid group and an effect?
will decrease with the negative charge of the anion. a) Bond length Answer: c
amino group attached to a saturated carbon atom. The
2 b) Dipole moment Explanation: Electromeric effect is a temporary effect
simplest member of this group is glycine, where the 4. The electronegativity of sp hybridised atom will be
c) Strength of carboxylic acids brought into play at the requirement of attacking reagent.
saturated carbon atom is unsubstituted, rendering it a) 3.29 Electromeric effect refers to a molecular polarizability
optically inactive. d) All of the mentioned
b) 2.48 effect occurring by an intra-molecular electron
View Answer
c) 3.69 displacement.
d) 2.75 Answer: d
View Answer Explanation: Bond length, dipole moment and strength of 2. Select the correct statement from the following option
carboxylic acids are some of the applications of inductive a) When multiple bonds are present between two
Answer: d different atoms, electromeric shift towards the more
effect.
Explanation: The electronegativity of sp2 hybridised atom electronegative atom takes place
will be 2.75. Fluorine is the most electronegative element. b) When multiple bonds are present between two similar
 106

atoms, the first possibility is symmetric alkenes or alkynes d) All of the mentioned d) (+I) effect 3. The phenomenon in which 2 or more structures,
c) When multiple bonds are present between two similar View Answer View Answer involving identical position of atoms can be written for a
atoms, the second possibility is asymmetric alkenes or particular molecule, is called
alkynes Answer: a Answer: d a) Conjugation
d) All of the mentioned Explanation: The positively charged and electron deficient Explanation: Those groups which are electron repelling b) Resonance
View Answer compounds which have a tendency to form a bond by and have lesser electron attracting power than hydrogen c) Hyper conjugation
accepting the electron pair are known as electrophiles. show (+I) effect. d) Vibration
Answer: d View Answer
Explanation: When multiple bonds are present between 6. Which of the following is an example of lewis base? 10. Which of the following molecule will show highest
two different atoms, electromeric shift towards the more a) ZnCl2 dipole moment? Answer: b
electronegative atom takes place. When multiple bonds b) BF3 a) CH3Cl Explanation: The phenomenon in which 2 or more
are present between two similar atoms, the first possibility c) NH3 b) CH3Br structures, involving identical position of atoms can be
is symmetric alkenes or alkyne and the second possibility is d) FeCl2 c) CH3F written for a particular molecule, is called resonance. The
asymmetric alkenes or alkynes. View Answer d) CH3I mesomeric effect is a permanent effect and operates in
View Answer compounds containing at least one double bond.
3. Select the correct statement from the following option. Answer: c
a) Conjugate effect is stronger than (-I) effect Explanation: NH3 is an example of lewis base and ZnCl2, Answer: c 4. Select the incorrect option from the following option.
b) Conjugate effect is weaker than (-I) effect BF3 and FeCl2 are the examples of lewis acid. Explanation: CH3F will show the highest dipole moment a) Resonating structures have a real existence
c) Conjugate effect is same as (-I) effect because it is the most electronegative compound. b) The actual structure lies between various possible
7. Which of the following is an incorrect statement about
d) None of the mentioned resonating structures
the nucleophiles?
View Answer c) Resonating structures are useful as they allow us to
a) They are electron rich
MESOMERIC EFFECT describe molecules
Answer: a b) They possess an empty orbital to receive the electron
d) None of the mentioned
Explanation: Conjugate effect is stronger than (-I) effect. pair 1. In mesomeric effect, the electrons are transferred from
c) They attack electron deficient centres View Answer
Conjugate effect (or delocalization) is an effect in which a) A multiple bonds to an atom
molecular orbitals (MOs) are conjugated to new molecular d) Examples are: OH–, NH3, H2O etc Answer: a
b) A multiple bonds to a single covalent bond
orbitals that are more delocalized and therefore generally View Answer Explanation: Resonating structures have no real existence.
c) An atom with a lone pair to the adjacent single covalent
lower in energy. bond All the other options are correct. The actual structure lies
Answer: b
d) All of the mentioned between various possible resonating structures,
4. When the complete transfer of π-electrons take place Explanation: Nucleophiles possess an unshared electron
View Answer resonating structures are useful as they allow us to
away from the atom at the requirement of attacking pair which is not firmly held to the nucleus. All the other
describe molecules.
agent, it is called options are correct. They are electron rich and attack on
Answer: d
a) (-E) effect electron deficient centres. Examples are: OH–, NH3, H2O Explanation: In mesomeric effect, the electrons are 5. The resonance energy is defined as a difference in
b) (+E) effect etc. energy between
transferred from a multiple bonds to an atom, a multiple
c) (-I) effect bond to a single covalent bond and an atom with the lone a) Two consecutive resonating structures
8. Lewis acids are the examples of nucleophilic reagents.
d) (+I) effect a) True pair to the adjacent single covalent bond. b) Resonance hybrid and most unstable resonating
View Answer b) False structure
2. Which of the following is a resonance effect? c) Resonance hybrid and most stable resonating structure
Answer: b View Answer
a) Inductive effect d) First and last resonating structures
Explanation: When the complete transfer of π-electrons b) Electromeric effect View Answer
Answer: b
take place away from the atom at the requirement of c) Mesomeric effect
Explanation: Lewis acids are the examples of electrophilic
attacking agent, it is called (+E) effect. reagents and Lewis bases are the examples of nucleophilic d) Inductomeric effect Answer: c
View Answer Explanation: The resonance energy is defined as a
5. The positively charged and electron deficient reagents.
difference in energy between resonance hybrid and most
compounds which have a tendency to form a bond by Answer: c stable resonating structure. The resonance energy of a
9. Those groups which are electron repelling and have
accepting the electron pair are known as Explanation: Mesomeric effect is also known as resonance compound is a measure of the extra stability of the
lesser electron attracting power than hydrogen show
a) Electrophiles effect. The mesomeric effect is a permanent effect and conjugated system compared to the corresponding
a) (+E) effect
b) Nucleophiles operates in compounds containing at least one double number of isolated double bonds.
b) (-E) effect
c) Homophiles bond.
c) (-I) effect
 107

6. Which of the following is an application of mesomeric 10. Phenyl group show b) 6 7. On increasing the number of α-hydrogens, the number
effect? a) (+M) effect c) 9 of hyperconjugation structures will
a) Dipole moment b) (+E) effect d) 12 a) Decrease
b) Strength of acids and bases c) (+I) effect View Answer b) Increase
c) Bond length d) (-M) effect c) Remains same
d) All of the mentioned View Answer Answer: b d) None of the mentioned
View Answer Explanation: Number of hyperconjugation structures in View Answer
Answer: d isopropyl radical is 6. Isopropyl is C3H7.
Answer: d Explanation: Phenyl group show (-M) effect. The phenyl Answer: b
Explanation: Dipole moment, strength of acids and bases group or phenyl ring is a cyclic group of atoms with the 4. The resonance energy (kCal/mol) of tertiary butyl is Explanation: On increasing the number of α-hydrogens,
and bond length are some of the applications of formula C6H5. a) 9 the number of hyperconjugation structures will increase.
mesomeric effect. b) 10 Hyperconjugation is directly proportional to the number of
c) 11 α-hydrogens. α-hydrogen is the hydrogen atom attached
7. Dipole moment of CH3-CH2-Cl > CH2=CH-Cl. d) 12 to the carbon which is attached to a functional group.
a) True HYPERCONJUGATION View Answer
b) False 1. Which of the following is known as Baker-Nathan 8. When the contributing structure contains the same
View Answer Answer: d number of two-electron bonds as the normal lewis
effect? Explanation: The resonance energy of tertiary butyl is 12
a) Mesomeric effect formula, it will be
Answer: a kCal/mol. It is also called tert-butanol, is the simplest a) Heterovalent hyperconjugation
Explanation: Dipole moment of CH3-CH2-Cl > CH2=CH-Cl. b) Inductive effect tertiary alcohol, with a formula of (CH3)3COH It is one of b) Sacrificial hyperconjugation
This is due to resonance in vinyl chloride. c) Hyperconjugation the four isomers of butanol. c) Isovalent hyperconjugation
d) Electromeric effect
d) All of the mentioned
8. Select the correct statement from the following option. View Answer 5. Larger the number of hyperconjugation structures, the
View Answer
a) Benzene ring has two different types of bond length for stability of free radicals will
single and double bonds Answer: c a) Increase Answer: c
b) All the bond length in benzene ring is equal due to Explanation: Hyperconjugation is also known as Baker- b) Decrease Explanation: When the contributing structure contains the
hyperconjugation Nathan effect. Hyperconjugation is the stabilising c) Remains same
interaction that results from the interaction of the same number of two-electron bonds as the normal lewis
c) All the bond length in benzene ring is equal due to d) None of the mentioned formula, it will be isovalent hyperconjugation.
resonance electrons in a ς-bond (usually C-H or C-C) with an adjacent View Answer
d) All of the mentioned empty or partially filled p-orbital or a π-orbital to give an 9. The compound that can be most readily sulphonated is
View Answer extended molecular orbital that increases the stability of Answer: a a) Benzene
the system. Explanation: Larger the number of hyperconjugation b) Toluene
Answer: c structures, greater will be the stability of free radicals. c) Nitrobenzene
Explanation: All the bond length in benzene ring is equal 2. Hyperconjugation involves the delocalisation of
d) Chlorobenzene
due to resonance. All the bond lengths are equal in a) ς bond orbital 6. Which of the following is a consequence of Baker-
View Answer
benzene ring i.e. double bond as well as single bond due to b) π bond orbital Nathan effect?
resonance. c) Both ς and π bond orbital a) It is helpful in explaining the directive influence of alkyl Answer: b
d) None of the mentioned groups in aromatic alkyl benzene Explanation: The compound that can be most readily
9. Greater the number of resonating structures for a given View Answer b) It is helpful in explaining the relative stability of alkenes sulphonated is toluene. Toulene contains a methyl group
intermediate, c) It is helpful in explaining the relative stabilities of alkyl with benzene ring and is a colorless, water-insoluble liquid
a) Less will be its stability Answer: a carbocations with the smell associated with paint thinners.
b) More will be its stability Explanation: Hyperconjugation involves the delocalisation d) All of the mentioned
c) It will not affect its stability of ς bond orbital. It is the stabilising interaction that View Answer 10. Ethene is devoid of any alpha hydrogen so
d) None of the mentioned results from the interaction of the electrons in a ς-bond hyperconjugation is not possible.
View Answer (usually C-H or C-C) with an adjacent empty or partially Answer: d a) True
filled p-orbital or a π-orbital to give an extended molecular Explanation: Baker-Nathan effect is helpful in explaining b) False
Answer: b orbital that increases the stability of the system. the directive influence of alkyl groups in aromatic alkyl View Answer
Explanation: Greater the number of resonating structures benzene. It is helpful in explaining the relative stability of
for a given intermediate, more will be its stability. More 3. Number of hyperconjugation structures in isopropyl alkenes and relative stabilities of alkyl carbocations. Answer: a
resonating structure increases the stability. radical is Explanation: Ethene is devoid of any alpha hydrogen so
a) 3 hyperconjugation is not possible because the presence of
 108

alpha hydrogen is the necessary condition for pair is called homolytic fission. Homo refers to same and in 7. Which of the following is intermediate organic species CARBOCATIONS
hyperconjugation. this fission every atom has same number of electrons. based on carbon formed by homolytic fission?
a) Carbenes 1. Stability of free radicals can be explained on the basis of
4. The breaking of a covalent bond in such a way that both b) Carbo-cations a) Inductive effect
the electrons of shared pair are carried away by one of c) Carbanions b) Electromeric effect
FISSION OF COVALENT BOND atom is called c) Hyperconjugation
d) Free radicals
1. A covalent bond between two atoms may be broken in a) Morpholytic fission View Answer d) Mesomeric effect
b) Monolytic fission View Answer
different ways depending upon
a) Nature of given organic compound c) Heterolytic fission Answer: d
d) Homolytic fission Explanation: Free radicals are intermediate organic species Answer: c
b) Nature of attacking reagent Explanation: Stability of free radicals can be explained on
c) Reaction conditions View Answer based on carbon formed by homolytic fission. Free radicals
are different from cations and anions. They do not carry the basis of hyperconjugation effect and ease of
d) All of the mentioned Answer: c formation.
View Answer any charge with them.
Explanation: The breaking of a covalent bond in such a way
that both the electrons of shared pair are carried away by 8. Which of the following is intermediate organic species 2. The hybridisation of carbocation is
Answer: d a) Sp
Explanation: A covalent bond between two atoms may be one of atom is called heterolytic fission. Hetero refers to based on carbon formed by photolysis?
different and in this fission every atom has different a) Carbenes b) Sp2
broken in different ways depending upon nature of given c) Sp3
organic compound, nature of attacking reagent and number of electrons. b) Carbo-cations
c) Carbanions d) Sp3d
reaction conditions. 5. Heterolytic fission takes place between two atoms of View Answer
d) Free radicals
widely different View Answer
2. Select the incorrect statement from the following Answer: b
a) Conductivity
option. Explanation: The hybridisation of carbocation is sp2. A
a) Fission of covalent bond leads to the generation of b) Viscosity Answer: a
c) Electronegtivity Explanation: Carbenes are intermediate organic species carbocation is molecule in which a carbon atom bears
intermediate organic species three bonds and a positive charge.
d) All of the mentioned based on carbon formed by photolysis. A carbene is a
b) They are stable and long-lived
View Answer molecule containing a neutral carbon atom with a valence
c) The presence of reactive intermediates is confirmed by 3. Arrange the following carbocations in the order of
their detection by spectroscopic methods of two and two unshared valence electrons. increasing stability.
Answer: c
d) None of the mentioned Explanation: Heterolytic fission takes place between two 9. Triplet carbene is more stable than singlet carbene. a) Benzyl > 30 > 20 > 10
View Answer atoms of widely different electronegativity. The more a) True b) Benzyl > 10 > 20 > 30
electronegative atom will not attract the electron as b) False c) 30 > 20 > 10 > Benzyl
Answer: b d) 10 > 20 > 30 > Benzyl
Explanation: The intermediate species are unstable and compared to less electronegative atom. View Answer
View Answer
short-lived. All the other options are correct. Fission of 6. Select the incorrect statement from the following Answer: a
covalent bond leads to the generation of intermediate option. Explanation: Triplet carbene is more stable than singlet Answer: a
organic species. The presence of reactive intermediates is a) Heterolytic fission takes place generally in a polar carbene. A carbene is a molecule containing a neutral Explanation: The correct stability order of carbocation is-
confirmed by their detection by spectroscopic methods. solvent carbon atom with a valence of two and two unshared Benzyl > 30 > 20 > 10. Benzyl carbocation is the most stable
b) Heterolytic fission takes place usually at higher valence electrons. and 10 carbocation is least stable.
3. The breaking of a covalent bond in such a way that each
temperatures
atom separates with one electron of the shared pair is 10. The shape of carbanion is 4. The shape of carbocation is
c) Cations and anions formed are generally carbon-based
called a) Linear a) Pyramidal
d) None of the mentioned
a) Homolytic fission b) Trigonal planar b) Bent
b) Heterolytic fission View Answer c) Linear
c) Pyramidal
c) Monolytic fission Answer: b d) Bent d) Trigonal planar
d) Morpholytic fission Explanation: Heterolytic fission takes place usually at View Answer View Answer
View Answer lower temperatures. All the other options are correct.
Answer: c Answer: d
Heterolytic fission takes place generally in a polar solvent
Answer: a Explanation: The shape of carbanion is pyramidal. A Explanation: The shape of carbocation is trigonal planar. It
and cations and anions formed are generally carbon-
Explanation: The breaking of a covalent bond in such a way carbanion is an anion in which carbon has an unshared is sp2 hybridised. A carbocation is molecule in which a
based.
that each atom separates with one electron of the shared pair of electrons and bears a negative charge usually with carbon atom bears three bonds and a positive charge.
three substituents for a total of eight valence electrons.
 109

5. Carbonium ions are the intermediates in which the to +1. A carbocation is molecule in which a carbon atom c) Sp3 b) (-I) effect and resonance
positive charge is carried by the carbon atom with bears three bonds and a positive charge. d) Sp3d c) Hyperconjugation
___________ electrons in the valence shell. View Answer d) (+M) effect and resonance
a) 6 9. The homolytic bond dissociation energy is inversely View Answer
b) 5 proportional to the Answer: c
c) 4 a) Bond length Explanation: The hybridisation of carbanion is sp3. A Answer: b
d) 3 b) Ease of formation carbanion is an anion in which carbon has an unshared Explanation: Negative charge of carbanion can be
View Answer c) Dipole moment pair of electrons and bears a negative charge usually with dispersed by (+I) effect and resonance. A carbanion is a
d) All of the mentioned three substituents for a total of eight valence electrons. nucleophile. The stability and reactivity of a carbanion is
Answer: a View Answer determined by several factors.
Explanation: Carbonium ions are the intermediates in 3. The formal charge at the carbanion is
which the positive charge is carried by the carbon atom Answer: b a) +1 7. Which of the following carbanion is least stable?
with six electrons in the valence shell. It is an organic Explanation: The homolytic bond dissociation energy is b) -1 a) 10
cation in which the positive charge is located on a carbon inversely proportional to the ease of formation of free c) 0 b) 20
atom. radicals. Free radicals do not carry any charge. d) +2 c) 30
View Answer d) CH3
6. Positive charge of carbocations can be dispersed by 10. Which of the following free radical has the maximum View Answer
a) (+I) effect of alkyl group ease of formation? Answer: b
b) Resonance in allyl or benzyl carbocation a) 10 Explanation: The formal charge at the carbanion is -1. A Answer: c
c) Hyperconjugation in 10, 20 and 30 carbocations b) 20 carbanion is an anion in which carbon has an unshared Explanation: 30 carbanion is the least stable carbanion. The
d) All of the mentioned c) 30 pair of electrons and bears a negative charge usually with same factors that determine the stability of the carbanion
View Answer d) CH3 three substituents for a total of eight valence electrons. also determine the order in pKa in carbon acids.
View Answer
Answer: d 4. The geometry of carbanion is 8. Which of the following carbanion is most stable?
Explanation: Positive charge of carbocations can be Answer: c a) Pyramidal a) 10
dispersed by (+I) effect of alkyl group or by resonance in Explanation: 30 free radical has the maximum ease of b) Linear b) 20
allyl or benzyl carbocation or by hyperconjugation in 10, formation. Free radicals do not carry any charge. c) Tetrahedral c) 30
20 and 30 carbocations. d) Trigonal planar d) CH3
View Answer View Answer
7. Alkyl substitution at the carbon bearing positive charge
CARBANIONS Answer: a Answer: d
stabilizes carbocations.
a) True Explanation: The geometry of carbanion is pyramidal. A Explanation: CH3 carbanion is the most stable carbanion.
1. Select the correct statement from the following option.
b) False a) Carbanion is the intermediate compound carbanion is an anion in which carbon has an unshared The same factors that determine the stability of the
View Answer pair of electrons and bears a negative charge usually with carbanion also determine the order in pKa in carbon acids.
b) In carbanion, central carbon atom carries negative
charge three substituents for a total of eight valence electrons.
Answer: a 9. On increasing the number of alkyl groups, the stability
c) It possess an unshared pair of electron 5. The structure of carbanion is pyramidal but it undergoes of carbanions
Explanation: Alkyl substitution at the carbon bearing
d) All of the mentioned rapid inversion similar to those of amines. a) Increases
positive charge stabilizes carbocations. Carbocation is a View Answer
molecule in which a carbon atom bears three bonds and a a) True b) Decreases
positive charge. b) False c) Remains same
Answer: d
View Answer d) None of the mentioned
Explanation: Carbanion is the intermediate compound in
8. The formal charge at the carbocation is equal to which central carbon atom carries a negative charge and it View Answer
a) -1 Answer: a
possess the unshared pair of electron. It is an anion in Explanation: The structure of carbanion is pyramidal but it Answer: b
b) 0
which carbon has an unshared pair of electrons and bears undergoes rapid inversion similar to those of amines. The Explanation: On increasing the number of alkyl groups, the
c) +1
a negative charge usually with three substituents for a carbanion exists in a trigonal pyramidal geometry. stability of carbanions decreases. The alkyl groups have (-I)
d) +2
total of eight valence electrons. Formally, a carbanion is the conjugate base of a carbon effect.
View Answer
2. The hybridisation of carbanion is acid.
Answer: c 10. Due to (+I) effect, the methyl groups are electron
a) Sp 6. Negative charge of carbanion can be dispersed by accepting in nature.
Explanation: The formal charge at the carbocation is equal
b) Sp2 a) (+I) effect and resonance a) True
 110

b) False Answer: a 8. Which step in SN1 reaction is a slow rate determining b) SN2
View Answer Explanation: The halide ion is an extremely weak base step? c) SNAr
because hydrogen halide are acidic as they release a a) Attack of nucleophile d) SNi
Answer: b proton. b) Formation of a racemic mixture View Answer
Explanation: Due to (+I) effect, the methyl groups are c) Formation of a transition state
electron releasing in nature. The same factors that 4. When the nucleophile :OR attacks the RX, the resultant d) All of the mentioned Answer: d
determine the stability of the carbanion also determine product will be View Answer Explanation: Reaction of alcohol with SOCl2 proceeds with
the order in pKa in carbon acids. a) R – OH retention of configuration via substitution nucleophilic
b) ROR Answer: c internal (SNi) mechanism.
c) R:CN Explanation: The first step of formation of the transition
d) RNHR state is a slow rate determining step in SN1 reaction. 13. The nucleophilic substitutions do not occur in
NUCLEOPHILLIC SUBSTITUTION REACTION haloarenes because
View Answer
9. A low concentration of nucleophile favours the a) The carbon-halogen bond is much shorter
1. The atom which defines the structure of a family of
Answer: b a) SN2 reaction b) The carbon-halogen bond is stronger compared to that
organic compounds and their properties is called
Explanation: When the nucleophile :OR attacks the RX, the b) SN1 reaction in haloalkanes
a) Resonating structure
b) Homologous structure resultant product will be ROR. X will be separated. c) Both SN1 and SN1 reaction c) The lone pair of electrons on the halogen participates in
d) None of the mentioned delocalisation with the π-electrons of benzene ring
c) Functional group 5. Select the correct statement from the following option.
d) Nucleophile View Answer d) All of the mentioned
a) SN2 reaction follows second order kinetics View Answer
View Answer b) No intermediate is involved in SN2 mechanism Answer: b
c) SN2 reactions are one-step reaction Explanation: A low concentration of nucleophile favours Answer: d
Answer: c
d) All of the mentioned the SN1 reaction but high concentration of nucleophile Explanation: The nucleophilic substitutions do not occur in
Explanation: The atom which defines the structure of a
family of organic compounds and their properties is called View Answer favours the SN2 reaction. haloarenes because the carbon-halogen bond is much
shorter and stronger compared to that in haloalkanes and
a functional group. Functional groups are specific groups Answer: d 10. Which of the following reactions are favoured by polar the lone pair of electrons on the halogen participates in
of atoms or bonds within molecules that are responsible Explanation: SN2 reaction follows second order kinetics aprotic solvent? delocalisation with the π-electrons of benzene ring.
for the characteristic chemical reactions of those and no intermediate is involved in it. So, SN2 reactions are a) SN1 reactions
molecules. one-step reaction. b) SN2 reactions 14. Which of the following drastic condition is required for
c) Both SN1 and SN1 reactions the substitution in haloarenes?
2. The functional group in alkyl halide is 6. The reactivity order of alkyl halides in SN2 is d) None of the mentioned a) High temperature
a) Hydroxyl group a) CH3 X > 10 > 20 > 30
b) Halogen atom View Answer b) High pressure
b) CH3 X > 20 > 10 > 30 c) Strong concentrated reagent
c) Inert gas c) CH3 X > 30 > 10 > 20 Answer: b
d) All of the mentioned d) All of the mentioned
d) CH3 X > 30 > 20 > 10 Explanation: SN1 reactions are favoured by polar protic View Answer
View Answer View Answer solvents whereas SN2 reactions are favoured by polar
aprotic solvent. Answer: d
Answer: b Answer: a Explanation: Drastics conditions like high temperature,
Explanation: The functional group in alkyl halide is a Explanation: The correct order of reactivity in alkyl halide 11. Arrange the following in the decreasing order of
halogen atom. Halide refers to halogen. Halogens are a high pressure and strong concentrated reagents are used
is- CH3 X > 10 > 20 > 30. CH3 X is most reactive whereas 30 is leaving group in nucleophilic substitution reaction. to carry substitution in haloarenes.
group in the periodic table consisting of five chemically least reactive. a) H– > Cl– > HO– > Br– > CH3COO–
related elements: fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br), b) Cl– > Br– > HO– > H– > CH3COO– 15. The rate of nucleophilic substitution reactions are
iodine (I), and astatine (At). 7. SN1 reaction involves heterolysis to form the c) Cl– > Br– > CH3COO – > HO– > H– higher in the presence of
carbocation as an intermediate. d) HO– > CH3COO – > H– > Br– > Cl– a) Electron withdrawing groups
3. The halide ion is an extremely a) True View Answer b) Electron releasing groups
a) Weak base b) False c) Both electron withdrawing and releasing groups
b) Weak acid View Answer Answer: c d) None of the mentioned
c) Strong base Explanation: The correct order is- Cl– > Br– > CH3COO – > View Answer
d) Strong acid Answer: a HO– > H–.
View Answer Explanation: SN1 reaction involves heterolysis to form the Answer: a
carbocation as an intermediate. 12. Reaction of alcohol with SOCl2 is Explanation: The rate of nucleophilic substitution reactions
a) SN1 are higher in the presence of electron withdrawing groups.
 111

ELECTROPHILLIC SUBSTITUTION REACTION – I Answer: a b) Isopropyl benzene Answer: b

Explanation: The necessary condition for desulphonation c) O-xylene Explanation: An activating substituent group activates the
1. Which of the following is rate determining step in is- Use dilute acid, high concentration of water and d) P-xylene ortho and para positions. It does not activate the meta
electrophilic substitution reaction? remove volatile hydrocarbon by steam distillation. View Answer position.
a) Generation of electrophile
b) Attack by an electrophilic reagent on benzene ring 5. Which of the following act as electrophile in Answer: b 2. A deactivating substituent group directs
c) Formation of product halogenation? Explanation: p-xylene is not a product of reaction of a) Ortho position
d) All of the mentioned a) Nitronium ion benzene with CH3Cl and AlCl3. Toulene, isopropyl benzene b) Para position
View Answer b) Sulphonium ion and O-xylene are the products of such reaction. c) Both ortho and para positions
c) Halonium ion d) Meta position
Answer: b d) Acylium ion 9. The product of Friedel-Crafts Acylation reactions are View Answer
Explanation: Attack by an electrophilic reagent on benzene View Answer a) Alkylbenzene
ring is a rate determining step in electrophilic substitution b) Alkylamine Answer: d
reaction. It is also the slowest step of the reaction. Answer: c c) Arylketone Explanation: A deactivating substituent group directs only
Explanation: Halonium ion act as electrophile in d) Halobenzene meta position. It does not activates ortho or para
2. Which of the following act as a catalysis in the nitration halogenation. Nitronium ion is used in nitration. View Answer positions.
of benzene? Sulphonium ion is used in sulphonation. Acylium ion is
a) Conc. HCl used in acylation. Answer: c 3. Which of the following is ortho-para directing group?
b) Dil. HCl Explanation: The product of Friedel-Crafts Acylation a) –NHCOCH3
c) Conc. H2SO4 6. Aromatic bromination catalyzed by the Lewis acid reactions are Arylketone. The acylated products may easily b) –NO2
d) Dil. H2SO4 thalium acetate gives be converted to the corresponding alkanes via c) –CN
View Answer a) Para isomer Clemmensen Reduction or Wolff-Kishner Reduction. d) –CHO
b) Ortho isomer View Answer
Answer: c c) Meta isomer 10. How will you convert benzene into n-propyl benzene?
Explanation: Conc. H2SO4 act as a catalysis in the nitration d) Para and ortho isomer a) Friedel-Crafts Alkylation Answer: a
of benzene. Benzene is treated with a mixture of View Answer b) Friedel-Crafts Acylation Explanation: NHCOCH3 is ortho-para directing group. NO,
concentrated nitric acid and concentrated sulphuric acid at c) Friedel-Crafts Alkylation followed by clemmensen CN and CHO are meta-directing groups.
a temperature not exceeding 50°C. Answer: a reduction
Explanation: Aromatic bromination catalyzed by the Lewis d) Friedel-Crafts Acylation followed by clemmensen 4. Which of the following is meta directing group?
3. Fuming sulphuric acid is the solution of _________% acid thalium acetate gives only para isomer. It is not Ortho reduction a) –NHCOCH3
SO3 in conc. H2SO4. and meta directing. View Answer b) –COOH
a) 10 c) –OH
b) 9 7. The reaction in which benzene reacts with alkyl halide in Answer: d d) –OCH3
c) 8 presence of a lewis acid as a catalyst to produce Explanation: Friedel-Crafts Acylation followed by View Answer
d) 7 alkylbenzene is known as clemmensen reduction of ketone will give n-propyl
View Answer a) Nitration benzene. Clemmensen reduction is a chemical reaction Answer: b
b) Halogenation described as a reduction of ketones (or aldehydes) to Explanation: -COOH is meta directing group. All the other
Answer: d c) Friedel-Crafts Acylation alkanes using zinc amalgam and hydrochloric acid. options are ortho-para directing groups.
Explanation: Fuming sulphuric acid is the solution of 7% d) Friedel-Crafts Alkylation
SO3 in conc. H2SO4. It is also called Oleum which is 5. The most stable carbonium ion is
View Answer
produced in the contact process, where sulphur is oxidized a) Methyl carbonium ion
to sulphur trioxide which is subsequently dissolved in Answer: d ELECTROPHILLIC SUBSTITUTION REACTION – II b) 20 carbonium ion
concentrated sulphuric acid. Explanation: The reaction in which benzene reacts with c) 10 carbonium ion
1. An activating substituent group activates d) 30 carbonium ion
alkyl halide in presence of a lewis acid as a catalyst to
4. Which of the following is the necessary condition for a) Ortho position View Answer
produce alkylbenzene is known as Friedel-Crafts
desulphonation? b) Para position
Alkylation. With anhydrous ferric chloride as a catalyst, the
a) Remove volatile hydrocarbon by steam distillation c) Both ortho and para positions Answer: d
alkyl group attaches at the former site of the chloride ion.
b) Low concentration of water d) Meta position Explanation: The most stable crbonium ion is 30carbonium
c) High concentration of sulphonating agent 8. Which of the following is not a product of the reaction View Answer ion. The least stable is primary or 10carbonium ion.
d) A large excess of fuming sulphuric acid of benzene with CH3Cl and AlCl3?
View Answer a) Toulene
 112

6. Which of the following has the highest activation of

benzene ring?
a) – NHCOCH3
b) –OH
c) –NH2
d) –C6H5
View Answer

Answer: c
Explanation: –NH2 among the following has the highest
activation of benzene ring. In cases where the substituents
is esters or amides, they are less activating because they
form resonance structure that pull the electron density
away from the ring.

7. HBr reacts fastest with

a) 2-methylpropan-2-ol
b) Propan-1-ol
c) Propan-2-ol
d) 2-methylpropan-1-ol
View Answer

Answer: a
Explanation: HBr reacts fastest with 2-methylpropan-2-ol.
Hydrogen bromide is the diatomic molecule and a
colorless compound.

8. The compound that can be most readily sulphonated is

a) Benzene
b) Nitrobenzene
c) Toluene
d) Chlorobenzene
View Answer

Answer: c
Explanation: The compound that can be most readily
sulphonated is toluene. Toulene contains CH3 group.

9. In Cannizaro reaction, two molecules of aldehydes are

reacted to produce
a) Alcohol only
b) Carboxylic acid only
c) Alcohol and carboxylic acid
d) Alcohol, carboxylic acid and ketone
View Answer

Answer: c
Explanation: In Cannizaro reaction, two molecules of
aldehydes are reacted to produce alcohol and carboxylic
acid using a hydroxide base.